# Account Scoring (Beta)
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/account-scoring
Score every account in your market on ICP fit and buying signals, powered by your Market configuration, Vendor Presence bridges, and an Account Scoring bridge.
Account Scoring is currently in **beta**. If you'd like access to this feature, please reach out to your Starbridge contact or [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai).
## Why Account Scoring
Prioritizing your accounts is harder than it should be.
You probably already have a gut sense of how you'd rank your accounts — but that logic usually lives in someone's head or a spreadsheet that goes stale the moment a new signal comes in.
Account Scoring fixes that. Every buyer in your market gets one clear, explainable **account score (1–100)**, combining how well they fit your ideal customer profile with how active their buying signals are right now.
With Account Scoring, you can work your territory with intent — pulling up the accounts that match a specific play you're running, or simply working down your list starting with your hottest account.
Getting Account Scoring up and running takes two setup steps, followed by building your scoring logic:
Your organization's Market — buyers, customers, products, competitors, and complementary vendors — is already configured by default. Review it, especially your Buyers definition, since that's the buyer pool Account Scoring runs against.
Run vendor presence searches across your Market so competitive and complementary vendor data is ready to feed into scoring.
Start from scratch, or migrate an existing buyer bridge you've already been using for scoring.
Once buyers are scored, you'll see account scores on feed cards, on buyer pages, and throughout the new Territory and Total Market Buyers views.
***
## Step 1: Confirm your Market
Market is the org-level configuration that describes how your organization sells, so Starbridge can tailor scoring, signals, and the broader product experience to your business instead of a generic template.
Market is configured by Admins. A default Market should already exist for your organization — this step is about **reviewing and confirming it's accurate**, not building it from zero.
Your Market is made up of five parts:
* **Buyers** — the accounts you sell to, defined using buyer filters. This is the most important part to get right, since it directly defines your organization's total addressable market (TAM) — the buyer pool that both Account Scoring and Vendor Presence bridges run against.
* **Customers** — who your current customers are, what your ideal customer profile (ICP) looks like, and the target job titles you typically sell to.
* **Products** — the product categories or problems your organization solves, rather than a catalog of individual SKUs or product names.
* **Competitors** — the vendors you compete against, tied to the specific products they compete on.
* **Complementary vendors** — vendors you sell or work alongside, but don't compete with (for example, a CRM provider like Salesforce).
Before moving on, double-check each of these — particularly your **Buyers** definition. If it's too broad, too narrow, or out of date, both your Account Scoring bridge and your Territory/Total Market views will inherit that mistake.
Market isn't just an input to Account Scoring — it also tailors the Starbridge experience across the rest of the product based on the buyers, products, and vendors you've told us about.
***
## Step 2: Set up Vendor Presence bridges
With your Market confirmed, the next step is setting up **Vendor Presence bridges** at the market level.
A Vendor Presence bridge lets you run a vendor presence search across **every buyer in your Market at once**, checking each one for:
* Any **competitor** vendors defined against your products
* Any **complementary** vendors you sell or work alongside
This step is highly recommended before you build your Account Scoring bridge. Vendor presence is one of the strongest available inputs into your Fit score — knowing whether a buyer already uses a competitor or a complementary vendor materially sharpens how well Account Scoring can rank them. Vendor presence data is also surfaced elsewhere in the product, including on individual buyer pages, so it's worth setting up even beyond scoring.
Once your Vendor Presence bridges have run, that data becomes available as a column option when you build your Account Scoring bridge in the next step.
***
## Step 3: Build your Account Scoring bridge
With your Market confirmed and Vendor Presence bridges in place, you're ready to build your **Account Scoring bridge** — a single, org-level bridge that scores every buyer in your Market.
Account Scoring bridges are set up by Admins.
Building your Account Scoring bridge follows six steps:
Decide whether to build your Account Scoring bridge from scratch, or migrate an existing buyer bridge you've already been using to score accounts.
Double-check that the Buyers defined in your Market are accurate — this is the buyer pool your Account Scoring bridge will run against.
Add the buyer attributes, vendor presence, and AI Analysis columns you want to count toward Fit. If you migrated an existing bridge, confirm the Fit attributes that came over are correct — you can review everything that migrated in the scoring migration report we provide once migration is complete.
Add the bridges you want to count as signal sources. Only include bridges that represent actionable buying signals — exclude one-off analyses or bridges that don't reflect an active buying opportunity (for example, a bridge that looks for dissatisfaction with your own product).
For each fit attribute you've included, define what value indicates a strong buyer fit. For each signal type, define what indicates a strong buying signal. For both Fit and Signals, you can optionally add a prompt describing how different attributes or signal types should be weighed against and prioritized relative to one another (for example, "an RFP is the strongest signal, even without an accompanying meeting"). If you migrated an existing account scoring bridge, your original scoring prompt is migrated in under each fit attribute for you to review and confirm.
Run scoring on the first 5 buyers in your bridge to confirm everything is set up correctly, making edits as needed. Once you're happy with the results, run scoring for every buyer in your Market.
This produces one overall **account score (1–100)** per buyer, made up of:
* A **Fit score**, shown as a band of **Weak, Moderate, Strong,** or **Ideal** — reflecting how well a buyer matches the strong-fit definition you set for each included attribute, shaped by your overall Fit prompt if you provided one.
* A **Signal score**, shown as a band of **Ice Cold, Cool, Warm,** **Hot,** or **Burning Hot** — reflecting how active and timely a buyer's included signals are, shaped by your overall Signal prompt if you provided one, along with a short explanation of the opportunity it represents.
Fit and Signals then combine into the overall score with a few consistent principles: a strong-fit account with no active signals can still score highly on fit alone; among similar-fit accounts, hotter signals move a buyer higher; and a weak-fit account can get a lift from a hot signal but can't be pushed all the way into your best-fit tier.
Scores refresh daily as underlying signals refresh, but you'll need to manually re-run scoring after changing your Fit or Signal configuration. Any column added to the bridge after initial setup is excluded from scoring by default until you opt it in.
***
## Where scores show up
Once your Account Scoring bridge has run, scores surface throughout the product:
* **On feed cards** — each account update in your feed now shows the buyer's account score alongside the change.
* **On the buyer page** — see the overall score plus the underlying Fit and Signal explanations for any buyer.
* **In the new Territory and Total Market Buyers views** — the Buyers page now has three tabs:
* **Territory** — scoped to a rep's own territory. Sort and filter by account score and by every underlying input that feeds into it (Fit attributes, vendor presence, signal types, and more).
* **Total Market** — the same functionality as Territory, scoped to every buyer in your organization's Market.
* **All Buyers** — the existing view you have today, unchanged. No account score or score-input columns appear here.
Buyer List configuration and management has moved to **Settings**, where it's accessible to Builders and Admins. You can still apply Buyer Lists as a filter on all three Buyers view tabs.
If your organization hasn't finished confirming its Market or hasn't set up a territory yet, the Total Market and Territory tabs will prompt you to do so rather than showing an empty view.
***
## FAQ
No — a default Market already exists for your organization. This is a review-and-confirm step, especially for your Buyers definition, not a build-from-zero step.
Yes, they're optional, but strongly recommended. Vendor presence is one of the strongest Fit inputs, and the data is also useful on its own — for example, on buyer pages.
No — when you build your Account Scoring bridge, you can choose to migrate from an existing buyer bridge instead of starting from scratch. Compatible fit attributes and your existing scoring prompt are brought over for you to review, and you'll get a scoring migration report summarizing exactly what came across. AI Analysis and custom web agent columns keep their existing values so you don't spend extra credits re-running them.
Account scores range from 1–100, blending a Fit band (Weak, Moderate, Strong, or Ideal) with a Signal band (Ice Cold, Cool, Warm, Hot, or Burning Hot). A top score generally means both strong ICP fit and an active, timely signal.
Market, Vendor Presence bridges for Market, and the Account Scoring bridge are configured by Admins. Buyer List management in Settings is available to both Builders and Admins.
***
Have questions or feedback on the Account Scoring beta? Reach out to your Starbridge contact or [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai).
# Set up users, roles, and teams
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/adding-new-users-configuring-roles-and-teams-s
Once your Bridges are set up, add users, assign their roles, create teams, and subscribe them to the right Bridges.
## User roles
There are 3 user roles in Starbridge:
* View and action signals from shared Bridges
* Receive email digests
* Export Bridges as CSVs
* Use Ask Starbridge and Explore
* Full access to RFP actions
*Everything a Consumer can, plus:*
* Build, configure, and share Bridges
* Define buyer lists
* Access all Bridges in the org
*Everything a Builder can, plus:*
* Add/remove users and assign roles
* Create and manage teams
* Set up integrations, API keys, and SSO
* Configure Bridge credit limits and monitor usage
* [Configure feeds on behalf of users](/builders/configuring-bridges-for-consumers)
You can modify user roles at any time after initial assignment.
## Add users
Go to **Settings → Organization Settings → Users**.
Click **+ Add User**, then specify the user's **Role**.
## Set up teams
Group users into teams so Bridges can be shared with everyone at once — all team members automatically get access to any Bridge shared with their team.
Go to **Settings → Teams**.
Click **+ New Team**, then enter a team name and add users.
## Configure a user's feed
View and adjust any user's Bridge subscriptions and email digest settings.
Go to **Settings → Organization Settings → Users**.
Click the **⋯** menu next to a user → **Configure feed and digest**.
Toggle Bridges on or off and set the user's email digest cadence (daily or weekly).
## Log in as a user
Log in as any Builder or Consumer in your organization to see Starbridge exactly as they do. Use it to **validate a user's setup** — confirm they're subscribed to the right Bridges and getting the right digests after you configure their feed — or to **troubleshoot** an issue a user reports.
Go to **Settings → Organization Settings → Users**.
Click the **⋯** menu next to the user → **Log in as user**. You'll be taken into Starbridge acting as that user.
Click **Exit** in the banner to end the session and return to your settings.
While you're in a session, a banner at the top of the screen reads **"You are signed in as \[user's name]"** so it's always clear whose account you're acting in.
Sessions expire automatically after **20 minutes**. A countdown appears in the final few minutes before you're returned to your own settings.
Only Admins can log in as other users in their organization.
## Related articles
See the full admin checklist demo'd in the platform.
Once users are set up, learn how to share Bridges with your team.
# Configure single sign-on (SSO)
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/configuring-sso
## Overview
SAML SSO lets your organization centrally manage authentication and user access. Once enabled, users will authenticate through your identity provider, such as Okta, Azure AD, OneLogin, Ping, or any SAML-compatible system.
Starbridge supports both **SP-initiated** and **IdP-initiated** login:
* **SP-initiated login** — Users start at the Starbridge login page and are redirected to your identity provider to authenticate.
* **IdP-initiated login** — Users start from your identity provider's app portal (for example, the Okta dashboard or Azure My Apps) and are signed directly into Starbridge without visiting the login page first.
No additional configuration is required to enable IdP-initiated login. Once SSO is configured, both login flows work automatically.
You'll be asked to copy values from your identity provider (IdP) into Starbridge. After you save the configuration, Starbridge will display the remaining values you need to paste back into your IdP to complete the connection.
In **Authentication Mode**, choose how your users should authenticate going forward:
Users sign in using only their Starbridge password. SSO is disabled.
Everyone must log in through your identity provider.
* Password logins will be disabled
* Ensures centralized access control and improved security
Users can choose whether to log in with SSO or with their Starbridge password.
This mode is helpful for testing before enforcing SSO, and for phased rollouts.
Your IdP will provide two pieces of information that must be entered into Starbridge.
**Sign-in URL**
This is your IdP's SAML login endpoint (often called the "SSO URL," "Login URL," or "Identity Provider SSO URL"). Paste the full URL from your identity provider.
**X.509 certificate**
Paste the X.509 certificate provided by your IdP. This certificate is used to verify signed SAML responses returned by your identity provider.
Copy only the certificate text, including the `----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----` and `----END CERTIFICATE-----` lines. If your IdP provides multiple certificates, use the active signing certificate.
After pasting your Sign-in URL and X.509 certificate, click **Save**.
If the settings validate successfully, Starbridge will display the remaining values your IdP needs to complete the SSO connection.
Starbridge will display your application-specific SAML details, including:
* Domain
* **Entity ID**
* **SSO URL**
Copy these values into your identity provider's SAML configuration, then follow your IdP's prompts to finalize.
Test logging in with SSO. If your IdP supports IdP-initiated login, also verify that clicking the Starbridge app tile in your IdP's portal signs you in successfully.
We strongly recommend testing before enforcing SSO for all users.
## Need help?
If you need assistance configuring your identity provider or troubleshooting SSO, contact [**support@starbridge.ai**](mailto:support@starbridge.ai) and include:
* Your IdP (Okta, Azure AD, etc.)
* A screenshot of your SAML configuration
* The error message seen during login (if any)
## Related articles
Add users, assign roles, and create teams after enabling SSO.
Configure your org context so Starbridge personalizes signals and AI features correctly.
# Connect your CRM
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/connecting-your-crm
Authenticate Salesforce or HubSpot and configure the objects and fields Starbridge can access.
Connecting your CRM is the first step in the CRM integration setup. Once connected, Starbridge can match your accounts to Starbridge buyers, sync territories, and push and pull data through lookup and sync columns in your Bridges.
This step requires Starbridge Admin access.
To integrate your CRM to Starbridge, you must first add the following custom fields to your CRM Account and Contact objects:
* **Starbridge Account ID** (text) — Starbridge's unique identifier for every account. Enables lookups by Starbridge account identifier and helps admins identify which accounts were created or modified by Starbridge.
* **Starbridge Contact ID** (text) — Starbridge's unique identifier for every contact. Enables lookups by Starbridge contact identifier and helps admins identify which contacts were created or modified by Starbridge.
* **Starbridge Is Active** (boolean) — whether Starbridge considers the contact currently active. Defaults to `true` for active contacts; set to `false` when Starbridge detects the contact is no longer employed at the account.
These fields significantly improve deduplication accuracy and let Starbridge maintain accounts and contacts up to date in your CRM over time.
**Account field: Starbridge Account ID**
Before connecting Starbridge to Salesforce, you need to create a custom field on the Account object to store Starbridge data.
1. In Salesforce, click the **Gear icon (⚙)** → **Setup**
2. In the left sidebar, search for **Object Manager** and open it, or directly click **Objects and Fields** → **Object Manager**
3. Click **Account** → **Fields & Relationships** → **New**
4. Create the field — **Starbridge Account ID**:
| Setting | Value |
| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- |
| Field Type | Text |
| Field Label | `Starbridge Account ID` |
| Length | `25` |
| Description (optional) | `The unique ID for this account from Starbridge.` |
| Unique | ✓ Checked |
| External ID | ✓ Checked |
Click **Next** → **Next** → **Save**.
Salesforce automatically appends `__c` to custom field API names (e.g. `Starbridge_Account_ID__c`). This is expected.
Before connecting Starbridge to HubSpot, you need to create a custom property on the Company object to store Starbridge data.
1. In HubSpot, go to **Settings (Gear icon ⚙)** → **Properties**
2. In the **Select an object** dropdown, select **Company properties**, then click **Create property** (top right)\\
3. Create the property — **Starbridge Account ID**:
| Setting | Value |
| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- |
| Property label | `Starbridge Account ID` |
| Description (optional) | `The unique ID for this company from Starbridge.` |
| Field type | Single-line text |
| Unique | ✓ Require unique values for this property |
Click **Create**.
Do not delete this property after creation. HubSpot will not allow you to recreate it with the same configuration.
**Contact fields: Starbridge Contact ID and Starbridge Is Active**
Before connecting Starbridge to Salesforce, you need to create two custom fields on the Contact object to store Starbridge data.
1. In Salesforce, click the **Gear icon (⚙)** → **Setup**
2. In the left sidebar, search for **Object Manager** and open it, or directly click **Objects and Fields** → **Object Manager**
3. Click **Contact** → **Fields & Relationships** → **New**
4. Create the first field — **Starbridge Contact ID**:
| Setting | Value |
| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- |
| Field Type | Text |
| Field Label | `Starbridge Contact ID` |
| Length | `25` |
| Description (optional) | `The unique ID for this contact from Starbridge.` |
| Unique | ✓ Checked |
| External ID | ✓ Checked |
Click **Next** → **Next** → **Save & New**
5. Create the second field — **Starbridge Is Active**:
| Setting | Value |
| ---------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Field Type | Checkbox |
| Field Label | `Starbridge Is Active` |
| Default Value | Unchecked |
| Description (optional) | `Whether this contact is actively employed at this account, from Starbridge.` |
Click **Next** → **Next** → **Save**.
Salesforce automatically appends `__c` to custom field API names (e.g. `Starbridge_Contact_ID__c`). This is expected.
Before connecting Starbridge to HubSpot, you need to create two custom properties on the Contact object to store Starbridge data.
1. In HubSpot, go to **Settings (Gear icon ⚙)** → **Properties**
2. In the **Select an object** dropdown, select **Contact properties**, then click **Create property** (top right)
3. Create the first property — **Starbridge Contact ID**:
| Setting | Value |
| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- |
| Property label | `Starbridge Contact ID` |
| Description (optional) | `The unique ID for this contact from Starbridge.` |
| Field type | Single-line text |
| Unique | ✓ Require unique values for this property |
| Click **Create** | |
4. Create the second property — **Starbridge Is Active**:
| Setting | Value |
| ------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Property label | `Starbridge Is Active` |
| Description (optional) | `Whether this contact is actively employed at this company, from Starbridge.` |
| Field type | Single checkbox |
| Click **Create property** | |
Do not delete these properties after creation. HubSpot will not allow you to recreate them with the same configuration.
The Salesforce or HubSpot account used to connect Starbridge to your CRM determines who owns the integration.
**Salesforce:** We strongly recommend creating a dedicated API-only integration user rather than connecting as a personal admin account. This keeps your audit trail clean (all Starbridge writes are attributed to one system user, not a person), limits permissions to only what Starbridge needs, and ensures the connection isn't disrupted by team changes.
**HubSpot:** HubSpot's OAuth model ties the connection to the account rather than an individual user, so there's no equivalent integration user setup.
We strongly recommend connecting Starbridge using a dedicated API-only integration user rather than a personal admin account. This allows you to easily track Starbridge's changes, retain the ability to roll back changes easily, and scope permissions to only what Starbridge needs. Most Salesforce Enterprise, Unlimited, and Performance orgs include up to 5 free Salesforce Integration user licenses.
1. In Salesforce, click the **Gear icon (⚙)** → **Setup**\\
2. Navigate to **Users** → **Users** → click **New User** and fill in the required fields:\\
| Field | Value |
| ------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| First Name | `Starbridge` |
| Last Name | `Integration` |
| Alias | `Starbrdg` |
| Email | Your email address (used to receive the Salesforce verification email) |
| Username | `starbridge@yourcompany.com` (replace yourcompany.com with your organization's domain) |
| Nickname | `Starbridge` |
| User License (IMPORTANT) | Salesforce Integration |
| Profile (IMPORTANT) | Salesforce API Only System Integrations *(or "Minimum Access – API Only" in newer orgs)* |
Click **Save**. Check your email and verify the new integration user account in the Salesforce verification email.
3. Create a Permission Set for the integration user:
* Go to **Setup** → **Permission Sets** → **New**
* Label: Starbridge API Integration
* License: **Salesforce** API Integration
* Click **Save**
4. In the Permission Set named Starbridge API Integration, open **Object Settings** and enable at minimum:
| Object | Object Permissions | Field Permissions |
| ------------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------ |
| Accounts | Read, Create, Edit, View All Records | Read Access, Edit Access |
| Contacts | Read, Create, Edit, View All Records | Read Access, Edit Access |
| Leads | Read, Create, Edit, View All Records | Read Access, Edit Access |
| Opportunities | Read, Create, Edit, View All Records | Read Access, Edit Access |
| Users | Read, View All Records | Read Access |
* To grant object access, click **Edit** and check the checkboxes listed above under **Object Permissions**.
* To grant field access, check the **Read Access** and **Edit Access** checkboxes to select all fields at once under **Field Permissions**. In the Permission Set named Starbridge API Integration:
* Open **System Permissions**
* Click **Edit**
* Scroll down to **Approve Uninstalled Connected Apps** and check the checkbox
* Scroll back up and click **Save**
5. Assign the Permission Set to the integration user:
* Go to **Setup** → **Users**
* Click the integration user's name (go to the letter 'I' for `Integration, Starbridge`)
* Assign the **Starbridge API Integration** permission set:
* Hover over **Permission Set Assignments**
* Click **Edit Assignments**
* Scroll down and select **Starbridge API Integration** from the **Available Permission Sets**, then click **Add**
* Click **Save**
6. Log in as the integration user before connecting to Starbridge:
* Log out of your current account in Salesforce
* Log in to Salesforce using the Starbridge API Integration user username (**not** your personal email) and password
* Once you log in, you will not be able to access the Salesforce UI, since you are logged in as an API only integration user. This is expected.
**Don't have a password?** Check your email for a verification email from Salesforce. Verify your integration user account to create a password. Save this password in a secure place.
7. Proceed with the steps described below in Starbridge.
Starbridge uses OAuth and does not store your Salesforce username or password.
Unlike Salesforce, HubSpot doesn't have a dedicated integration user concept — the connection is made via OAuth and persists at the account level. Any admin with sufficient permissions can connect Starbridge. We recommend connecting as an admin or Super Admin with access to at minimum the **Company**, **Contact**, **Owner**, and **Deal** objects.
1. Log into HubSpot as an admin or Super Admin
2. Proceed with the steps below.
Starbridge uses OAuth and does not store your HubSpot username or password.
Go to [**Settings → Integrations**](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/integrations), click **Create**, and select **Salesforce** or **HubSpot**.
If you want to connect a sandbox before connecting production, connect to a sandbox instance first. Starbridge supports separate sandbox and production connections.
Log into your Salesforce or HubSpot account when prompted.
The user you connect must have permission to read and write the objects you want Starbridge to access. Most teams use an admin user or a dedicated integration user to keep audit trails clean. See the instructions above under **Choose who will connect your CRM > Step-by-step instructions for Salesforce**.
**Salesforce only:** Salesforce has introduced stricter controls on uninstalled connected apps. The authenticating user must have the **Approve Uninstalled Connected Apps** (or **Use Any API Client**) system permission to authorize Starbridge for the first time. After a successful OAuth, the app appears under Connected Apps OAuth Usage where you can manage policies and assign it to additional users. See the instructions above under **Choose who will connect your CRM > Step-by-step instructions for Salesforce**.
After connecting, open your CRM integration and click **Objects & fields**.
Use the **CRM Configuration Guide** panel on the right to review field recommendations by use case. For each use case you want to enable, click **Enable all recommended fields** — Starbridge selects the recommended objects and fields in one click.
Enable all the use cases you expect to need before saving. Each save triggers a resync, which can take a few minutes or a few hours depending on the amount of data being synced — selecting everything upfront means one resync instead of several as you add use cases over time.
The **Account categorization** use case is strongly recommended. When enabled, reps can see account context from your CRM directly in Starbridge.
Select the account field that best represents account type; by default we recommend Salesforce's **Account Type** field or HubSpot's **Lifecycle Stage** field, and this is included when you click **Enable all recommended fields**.
Review the selected fields, adjust if needed, then click **Save changes**. Starbridge will only access, edit, or create data within the objects and fields you explicitly select here.
Starbridge will never modify or overwrite data in your CRM without your explicit approval. This step does **not** modify or overwrite any data in your CRM; it only connects your CRM to Starbridge so Starbridge can access its data moving forward.
You'll see a **Refreshing** status while Starbridge saves your changes and pulls the latest data from your CRM — duration depends on the size of your CRM. When complete, the status updates to **Connected**.
### Reauthenticating your CRM connection
Use **Reauthenticate** when you need to refresh or swap the CRM credentials Starbridge is using, without disconnecting or reconfiguring your integration from scratch.
**When to reauthenticate:**
* **Your integration status shows "Reauthentication required."** This happens infrequently, typically when an access token is refreshed on the CRM side.
* **You want to switch the connected user.** Common reasons: the original user left the company and their CRM access is expiring, or (Salesforce and Salesforce Sandbox only) the original connection used a personal user profile and you want to switch to a dedicated integration user as a best practice.
**How it works:**
Click **Reauthenticate** on your CRM integration. This opens the OAuth window for Salesforce or HubSpot, where you log in as the user you want connected going forward.
**What to expect:**
Reauthenticating has no effect on account matching, CRM lookup and sync columns, or contact sync, *as long as the new user has equivalent permissions to the previous one.*
If the newly connected user has **fewer permissions** — for example, no read or write access to an object or field Starbridge was previously using — those objects or fields may disappear from CRM columns, account matching, or contact sync. This won't delete or change any data in your CRM; the affected lookups and syncs will simply stop working until permissions are corrected on the new user.
## Next steps
With your CRM connected, the next step is account matching — mapping your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers. This is required before territories, CRM-synced buyer lists, and lookup and sync columns will work.
Map your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers.
# Setting up your Organization Profile
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/organization-business-context
Configure your Organization Profile to personalize signals, scoring, and AI-generated content across Starbridge.
Your Organization Profile is one of the most important things to get right in Starbridge. It's the business context layer that powers how Starbridge understands your company - and it feeds directly into signals search and scoring, Ask Starbridge, AI-generated column content, and any emails or summaries Starbridge drafts on your behalf.
Starbridge auto-generates an Organization Profile when your account is created, but the generated content is only a starting point. **You should review it before using Starbridge in earnest, and keep it updated as your business evolves.**
Only Admins can view and edit the Organization Profile. Navigate to **Settings → Organization Profile** to get started.
## Why it matters
Every AI-powered feature in Starbridge uses your Organization Profile to contextualize its outputs. Concretely, that means:
* **Signals search & scoring** - Starbridge scores buyer signals against what's relevant *for your business*. If your ICP, competitors, or use cases are missing or wrong, signals get misfiled and buyers get mis-scored.
* **Ask Starbridge & Slackbot** - When you ask questions like "Who are our best-fit accounts in the mid-market?" or "Summarize why this account is a good fit," the answer is grounded in your Organization Profile. Thin or inaccurate context produces generic answers.
* **AI-generated columns** - When you create a column with AI (e.g., "Does this account show signs of legacy infrastructure?"), the prompt is enriched with your company context so the output reflects your positioning, not a generic tech company's.
* **AI-generated emails and content** - Starbridge-drafted emails and summaries reference your products, value props, and differentiators. Without accurate context here, generated content will read as off-brand or vague.
The downstream impact of a stale or incomplete Organization Profile is real: insights feel off, answers feel generic, and it erodes trust in the platform. Spending 10–15 minutes here pays dividends across everything else.
## Sections at a glance
The Organization Profile is organized into four main sections. Each field has an info tip explaining what to include — read them before filling in a section, especially for fields like "Core Problems We Solve" and "Product Experience & Value Narrative" that are easy to get wrong.
### Company & Product Overview
The foundational layer. This is where Starbridge learns what your company actually does.
| Field | What to include |
| ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Company Name** | Your legal or DBA name |
| **Company URL** | Your primary public-facing URL |
| **Company Overview** | 2–4 sentences on what your business does. Be specific — say what you sell and who you sell it to, not just a mission statement. |
| **Core Problems We Solve** | The actual problems your buyers experience before finding you. Frame these from the buyer's perspective, not your feature list. |
| **Products and Services** | The key things you sell. Include product names if you have them — Starbridge will use these when scoring and summarizing. |
| **Product Experience & Value Narrative** | What it's actually like to use your product. How do different personas — an admin vs. an end user, a VP vs. an IC — experience value differently? |
The **Core Problems We Solve** and **Product Experience & Value Narrative** fields have the biggest impact on Ask Starbridge quality. Generic filler here (e.g., "we help companies be more efficient") produces generic answers. Be specific about your buyers' pain and how your product addresses it.
### Customers & Competitors
This section anchors Starbridge's understanding of your market — who you sell to, who you beat, and why you win.
| Field | What to include |
| ---------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Ideal Customer Profile** | Key segments, org types, headcount ranges, geographies, and budget indicators you target. The more specific, the better. |
| **Customers** | A handful of real, named customers — especially well-known logos. Starbridge uses these to find similar accounts. |
| **Buyer Personas & Target Titles** | Who actually buys and who champions the product internally. Include specific titles, not just "decision-maker."
Starbridge will tag any contacts with these titles as **ICP** (ideal customer profile) or **Target** contacts. |
| **Competitors & Incumbents** | Tools and vendors you most commonly replace or compete against. Include the status quo (e.g., "spreadsheets" or "manual research") if that's a common competitor. |
| **Why Customers Choose Us** | Your differentiation in plain terms. Why do buyers choose you over the alternatives listed above? |
A common mistake is listing competitors without context. "We compete with Salesforce" is less useful than "We compete with Salesforce's native activity tracking — we win when teams need deeper intent signal coverage without a custom data team." Give Starbridge the reasoning, not just the name.
### Customer Use Cases & Outcomes
This section helps Starbridge surface relevant signals and frame value in the context of what your customers actually achieve.
| Field | What to include |
| ------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Key Outcomes/Results** | Quantified or qualitative results your customers consistently achieve. E.g., "25% increase in outbound response rate" or "reduced time-to-close by identifying intent earlier." |
| **Customer Use Cases & Case Studies** | Real examples of how customers use your product and what they got from it. Reference specific segments or company types if you have them. |
### Additional Information
An open-ended field for anything that doesn't fit elsewhere — niche market context, regulatory environment, go-to-market nuances, etc. Leave it blank if you don't have something specific to add; don't pad it with generic information.
## Regenerating your profile
If you've made significant changes to your business and want to start fresh, you can regenerate your Organization Profile by clicking **Generate with AI** on the Organization Profile page.
Regenerating will **overwrite all manual edits** you've made. Starbridge will prompt you to confirm before proceeding. If you want to preserve specific customizations, copy them elsewhere before regenerating, then paste them back in afterward.
## Keeping it accurate
Your Organization Profile should reflect how you'd describe your company to a new hire on their first day - specific enough to be useful, accurate enough to trust.
A few situations that should prompt a review:
* You've launched a new product or expanded into a new segment
* Your ICP or pricing has shifted
* You've entered (or exited) a competitive market
* You've accumulated a set of new reference customers worth naming
* Ask Starbridge answers are starting to feel off or overly generic
There's no automated reminder to update your Organization Profile, so we recommend making it part of your quarterly GTM hygiene review.
## Frequently asked questions
Admins have access to view and edit the Organization Profile under **Settings → Organization Profile**.
The clearest signal is Ask Starbridge. Ask a question like "Why would a \[your ICP] care about \[your product]?" - if the answer is accurate and specific to your business, your profile is in good shape. If it's generic or wrong, find the relevant section and update it.
No, but the more complete your profile, the better Starbridge's outputs will be. At minimum, we recommend filling in **Company Overview**, **Core Problems We Solve**, **Ideal Customer Profile**, and **Competitors & Incumbents** before building your first Bridge.
# Overview guide - start here!
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/overview-guide
Everything you need to configure Starbridge for your team.
As a Starbridge admin, you're responsible for setting up the workspace, onboarding your team, and connecting Starbridge to your CRM so every rep sees the right signals for their accounts. This guide covers what to set up, in what order, and where to go for the details.
New to Starbridge? Watch the [Admin Training Walkthrough](/admins/video-walkthrough) first — it covers org setup, user management, and platform configuration end to end.
## What admins set up
**Organization profile:** Starbridge uses your org description and business context to generate sharper outbound emails, RFP responses, and AI analysis across every bridge your team builds. Set it once and everything downstream benefits.
**Users, roles, and teams:** Three roles — Admin, Builder, and Consumer — control what people can do in Starbridge. Teams control which Bridges people see. Getting this right means reps only see what's relevant to them, and admins can manage permissions at scale instead of one user at a time.
**Territories:** Every user should have a territory that reflects their book of business. Territories filter feeds, email digests, and bridges by default — so reps aren't looking at signals for accounts that aren't theirs. Territories can be synced automatically from your CRM.
**CRM integration:** Connecting Salesforce or HubSpot unlocks the most powerful parts of Starbridge: account matching, CRM-synced buyer lists and territories, and the ability to push enriched contacts, account scores, and signals back into your CRM.
## Recommended setup order
This is a high-level description. Specific articles document each step in detail.
Go to **Settings → Organization Profile** and fill in your Organization Description and Organization Business Context. This is the foundation for all AI-generated content in Starbridge.
Go to **Settings → Integrations** and connect Salesforce or HubSpot. Select the objects and fields you want Starbridge to access. The **Objects and fields** experience recommends objects and fields to enable for various use cases, like account scoring or contact enrichment.
See [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) for setup guidance.
Map your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers. This is the foundation for CRM-synced territories, buyer lists, and pushing data to and from your CRM in bridges.
See [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching) to get started.
Add your users, assign roles, and organize them into teams. Builders can create and edit bridges; Consumers can view and action signals. Teams make it easy to subscribe groups of reps to the right bridges in one step.
See [Users & roles](/admins/adding-new-users-configuring-roles-and-teams-s) for setup guidance.
Many teams prefer to build out their key bridges and populate signals in the feed before adding reps to the platform — so there's something to see on day one. [Chat with your CSA](mailto:support@starbridge.ai) about the right time to bring your team on.
Assign a territory to every user so their feed and email digest are filtered to their book of business from the start.
See [Set up territories](/admins/setting-up-your-workspace/setup-territories) for guidance on territories and how to sync them from your CRM.
## Monitoring your team
Once your team is live, the [Usage Dashboard](/admins/usage-dashboard) gives you a view of who's active, how many signals are being reviewed and acted on, and how individual users are contributing — filterable by team, role, and date range, and exportable as CSV.
## Next steps
Fill in your org business context to customize Starbridge's AI-generated content and analysis for your team\`
Watch the admin training walkthrough to see platform configuration end to end.
# Example Organization Business Context
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/setting-up-your-workspace/example-organization-business-context-to-fill-out
This page is a template. Copy it into your organization profile (or use it as a worksheet) and replace the placeholders with your company-specific details.
## One-sentence description
One sentence describing what the company does, who it serves, and its core value proposition.
## The core problems we solve
* Problem statement 1
* Problem statement 2
* Problem statement 3
* Problem statement 4
* Problem statement 5
* Problem statement 6
Brief paragraph describing how the company addresses these problems—mention core platform, approach, or technology differentiators.
## What it feels like to use the product
### For line-of-business / admins
Describe the administrative or leadership experience—dashboards, reporting, insights, control, decision-making benefits.
### For end users / practitioners
Describe the day-to-day experience of users—workflow improvements, AI tools, usability, impact on workload.
### For IT / operations
Describe the technical setup and benefits—integrations, automation, compliance, interoperability.
### For support / success teams
Describe support channels and resources—chat, email, help center, onboarding, training.
## Product modules and integrations
### Products
* **Product name:** Short description of what it does and key differentiator.
* **Product name:** Description of core purpose, audience, or outcomes.
* **Product name:** Description of additional functionality or specialized use case.
* **Partner products or integrations:** Summary of key partnerships or systems integrated into the platform.
### Services
* **Professional learning / implementation:** Overview of onboarding, training, or coaching services.
* **Customer support:** Overview of support channels and service levels.
* **Materials and delivery:** Description of digital, print, or hybrid delivery options.
## Target buyer roles and contact titles
* Superintendent / district leadership
* Chief academic officer
* Principal / school leadership
* Director of curriculum
* Instructional coach
* Teacher
* Other relevant buyer or influencer roles
## Customer use cases (real stories)
### Example 1
**Customer:** Name of organization or district
**Segment:** Type of organization or grade range
**Region:** Geographic area
**Year:** Implementation or publication year
**Product/modules used:** List of product modules
**Integrations leveraged:** List of integrations or partners used
**Measurable outcomes:** Quantitative or qualitative results
### Example 2
**Customer:** Additional story (if available)
## Why decision-makers choose us over the alternatives
* Key differentiator or award
* Validation or third-party recognition
* State-level approval or certification
* Integrated AI or automation features
* Breadth of content or curriculum partnerships
* Exceptional support or customer experience
* Technical interoperability or compliance advantages
## Competitors
* Competitor 1
* Competitor 2
* Competitor 3
* Competitor 4
* Competitor 5
## Customers
* Notable customer 1
* Notable customer 2
* Notable customer 3
## Segments
* **Primary vertical:** Example — K-12 Education, Higher Education, Workforce Training
* **Organization types:** Example — Public schools, private institutions, districts
* **Size bands:** Example — Serves districts of all sizes or specific enrollment ranges
* **Geographies:** Example — United States, global, specific states or regions
## Market focus
* **Fit by offering:** Overview of how the product aligns with market needs.
* **Segments and size bands:** Overview of target markets and scale served.
* **Operating environments:** Typical integrations and compatible systems.
* **Compliance and authorizations:** Certifications, data privacy, and accessibility standards met.
* **Contract vehicles and channels:** How the company sells (direct, RFP, partners).
* **Geography and language:** Operating markets and language availability.
* **Delivery models:** SaaS, hybrid, or print-based components.
* **In-scope:** Summary of core product functions (e.g., curriculum, analytics, instruction, AI tools).
## The result
Brief description of measurable or reported outcomes—include performance metrics, engagement results, or efficiency gains.
## References
* Official website: \[link]
* About page: \[link]
* Case study or press release: \[link]
* Third-party review or certification: \[link]
* Partnerships page: \[link]
# Set up territories
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/setting-up-your-workspace/setup-territories
## Overview
A territory in Starbridge controls which buyers a user sees signals for — in their feed, their email digest, and across bridges. Every user should have a territory that reflects their book of business.
Once a territory is set, Starbridge filters every view to that user's accounts by default. Their feed surfaces signals only from buyers in thier territory. Their email digest covers only their accounts. When they open a bridge, results are scoped to their territory. Reps can research or ask questions about any buyer, regardless of their territory — but the default keeps the noise out so reps start every session focused on what matters to them.
There are two ways to set up territories in Starbridge, and they're not mutually exclusive. Most organizations use one or both depending on the role.
## The two approaches
### Account ownership territories
Starbridge reads account ownership directly from your CRM accounts and automatically maintains a territory for each rep. When accounts are reassigned in your CRM, territories in Starbridge update automatically overnight.
**Use this when** a user's territory is defined by who owns an account in the CRM — for example, an Account Owner, BDR Owner, or SDR Account Owner field on the account object. This is the right approach any time territory = "accounts where this person is listed as the owner."
This approach requires account matching (linking your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers) and user matching (linking your CRM users to Starbridge users) before territories can be generated. See [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching) and [CRM-synced territories](/integrations/crm-territories) for setup details.
### Buyer list territories
Assign a [buyer list](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list) to a user as their territory.
**Use this when** a user's territory is best described as "a specific list of accounts" rather than "accounts assigned to them in the CRM." Buyer list territories can sync dynamically from your CRM, or can be defined geographically or in terms of buyer attributes when territory boundaries are stable or defined outside your CRM.
Buyer lists come in three forms:
* **Dynamic list** — built using Starbridge filters (state, buyer type, enrollment, budget, etc.). Updates automatically as Starbridge's data changes, but does not reflect CRM ownership.
* **Static list** — a fixed list of accounts. Good when you know exactly what accounts should be in the list.
* **CRM-synced list** — created directly from a Salesforce List View or HubSpot Segment (List). The accounts in the Starbridge list reflect the accounts in your CRM list; use the Resync button to pull in changes. Good when your territory definition already exists as a list in your CRM. See [CRM-Synced Buyer Lists](/integrations/crm-synced-buyer-lists).
To assign a buyer list as a user's territory: create the buyer list, then go to [**Settings > Users**](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/users), select the user, click **Edit territory**, and select the buyer list to assign as their territory.
## How to choose
| | Account ownership territory | Buyer list territory |
| :------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | :-------------------------- | :------------------- |
| Territory is defined by CRM account ownership ('Account Owner'-type fields) | ✓ | |
| Territory updates automatically when CRM changes | ✓ | ✓ |
| Territory is a fixed or manually maintained list | | ✓ |
| Territory is defined by region, segment, or Starbridge filters | | ✓ |
| No CRM integration, or territories are defined in your CRM as lists of accounts | | ✓ |
The two approaches aren't mutually exclusive — each user can only have one territory, but different users on the same team can use different approaches (account ownership versus buyer list).
## Examples
**Marketing or enablement roles** often benefit from a buyer list rather than a CRM-synced territory. A marketing manager focused on a specific segment — say, higher ed institutions above 10,000 enrollment — can use a dynamic buyer list filtered by enrollment, regardless of how accounts are assigned in the CRM.
**Regional sales reps** can go either way. If their CRM accounts are assigned by region and ownership is tracked there, CRM sync works well. If their territory is simply "all accounts in these states," a dynamic buyer list filtered by state is often simpler to set up and maintain.
**BDRs with individually assigned accounts** are a strong fit for CRM-synced territories, especially when account assignments change frequently via round-robin or re-assignment. Since their territory is exactly "the accounts assigned to me in the CRM," syncing directly from the CRM ownership field keeps Starbridge current automatically.
**Mixed teams** are common. For example: sales reps with regional territories use dynamic buyer lists filtered by state, while BDRs with individually assigned accounts use CRM-synced territories. Both approaches coexist — you just configure each user's territory the right way for their role.
## Changing a user's territory
Admins can change any user's territory from the **Users** page by selecting a different buyer list or switching to an account ownership territory. Users with a Builder role can also change their own territory from their **My Territory** page.
# Usage Dashboard
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/usage-dashboard
## Overview
The Usage Dashboard gives you a view of how your team is using Starbridge — who's active, how many signals are being reviewed and acted on, and how individual users are contributing — all filterable by date range and exportable as CSV.
The dashboard is only visible to Admins.
## Accessing the dashboard
Go to **Usage Dashboard** in the left navigation.
## Summary tiles
At the top of the dashboard, three tiles show team-wide totals for the selected date range:
* **Active users** — the number of unique users who visited any page or sent a message to Ask Starbridge via Starbridge or Slack in the period
* **Signals reviewed** — signals any user opened or to which they applied any status (Actioned, Starred, Not interested, Needs action); deduplicated by signal across users
* **Signals actioned** — signals any user marked as Actioned, Starred, Not interested, or Needs action; deduplicated by signal across users
* **Chat questions asked** — questions sent by any user to Ask Starbridge. Includes Ask Starbridge from any tab/surface in the product and Ask Starbridge via Slack integration, if installed for your organization.
Use the **date range picker** in the top right to switch between **Last 7 days**, **Last 30 days**, **Last 3 months**, or **Last 6 months**. All summary tiles update to reflect the selected period.
## Team activity table
The Team Activity table shows one row per user and includes:
* **Name** — the user's full name
* **Teams** — tags showing the user's assigned teams, sorted alphabetically; the role tag (Consumer, Builder, or Admin) always appears last
* **Activity this week** — a day-by-day breakdown of the past 7 days showing which days the user was active, with a total count (0–7); only visible when **Last 7 days** is selected
* **Last active** — the date the user was last active in Starbridge; always current and not affected by the date range filter
* **Sessions** — total sessions in the selected date range; a session is defined as any signal metric produced within a 60-minute window
* **Signals reviewed** — signals this user opened or to which they applied any status (Actioned, Starred, Not interested, Needs action) in the selected date range
* **Signals actioned** — signals this user marked as Actioned, Starred, Not interested, or Needs action in the selected date range
* **Chat sessions** — unique chat sessions initiated by this user with Ask Starbridge. E.g., each time a user starts a new chat or clicks 'New chat', this initiates a new chat session.
* **Chat questions asked** — questions sent by this user to Ask Starbridge. Includes Ask Starbridge from any tab/surface in the product and Ask Starbridge via Slack integration, if installed for your organization.
The table defaults to alphabetical order by first name (A–Z).
### Sorting
Click any column header to sort by that column. Activating a new sort clears any existing sort. Click the same header again to reverse the direction.
### Filtering
Use the **Team** and **Role** dropdowns above the table to filter the list to specific segments. Both filters support multi-select.
### Searching
Use the **search field** to find a specific user by name. The search is case-insensitive and hides rows that don't match.
## Exporting data
Click **Export** to download CSV files:
* **Summary file** — the team-wide totals shown in the summary tiles
* **Team activity file** — the full per-user table with all columns
## A note on historical data
Analytics tracking begins when the dashboard goes live. Last 7 days, Last 30 days, Last 3 months, and Last 6 months will become available as your team accumulates usage history over time.
## Related articles
Watch the full admin setup walkthrough in the platform.
Add users, assign roles, and create teams for your organization.
# Video walkthrough
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/video-walkthrough
Watch this admin training walkthrough to learn how to configure organization settings, manage users, and set up the platform for your team.
## Next steps
Fill in your org business context to customize Starbridge's AI-generated content and analysis for your team\`
Read an overview of the workspace setup process for admins.
# Custom AI Analysis
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/ai-columns
Analyze the data already in your Bridge with a natural-language prompt, and run it across every row at once.
## Example use cases
* **Scoring.** Score accounts or signals against your own criteria, e.g. a 1-5 readiness score.
* **Summaries.** Summarize a meeting, RFP, or set of items into a few lines.
* **Drafting.** Draft a personalized email or call script from each row's data.
## Set up a Custom AI Analysis column
From any Bridge, click **"Add enrichment"**, choose **Custom AI Analysis**, name the column, then configure it.
Describe what you want in plain language. Type **@** to reference another column and pull its value into the prompt, e.g. *Summarize @Meeting in two sentences for a sales rep.*
The more specific you are, the better the output. Add validation criteria like word limits, tone, and the exact format you want back.
Choose how the result is shaped:
* **Single Output** returns one value per row.
* **Multiple Output** breaks the result into several fields, each in its own column.
Then pick a **Field Format** (e.g. text, number, or date) so the column is typed correctly for sorting, filtering, and CRM sync.
* **Run Conditions** control when the enrichment runs. Without one, it always runs.
* **Rerun Settings** control how often the column refreshes. Without a rule, it won't re-run automatically.
Click **"Add Enrichment"** to run it. Test on the first few rows first: prompting is iterative, so check the output, refine, and rerun before running every row.
Custom AI Analysis only uses data already in Starbridge (the signal and your other columns). To pull in information from outside the platform, use a [Web Agent column](/builders/example-prompts-for-web-agents) instead, which searches the web.
## Example Prompts
```text theme={null}
Analyze the {Meeting} for signals related to:
- 911 dispatch upgrades or system modernization
- Emergency communication or alerting infrastructure
- Interagency coordination (e.g., police, fire, EMS)
- Gaps in response time or incident command systems
- Any awarded grants or planned funding for emergency or public safety technology
Output instructions:
Return the following:
- Opportunity Type (e.g., "911 System Modernization", "Alerting System Upgrade", "Public Safety Interoperability Grant")
- Positioning: 1–2 sentence pitch for a sales rep to use, based on the insight
Example output:
Opportunity Type: Interagency Emergency Communication Upgrade
Positioning: The board noted delays in cross-department communication between police, fire, and EMS. EXAMPLE_ACCOUNT’s secure, multi-channel messaging system can reduce response time and improve coordination during critical events.
```
```text theme={null}
Your task is to identify up to three of our organization's existing customers that are most similar to the buyer described. These will be used as sales references.
Carefully analyze the provided buyer profile and customer list, then select the customers that most closely resemble the buyer based on the following hierarchy of criteria:
1) State or geographic proximity — prioritize customers in the same state or nearby regions
2) Organization's size and type — match similar organization types (e.g., university, hospital, enterprise, school district)
3) Industry or operational similarity — match on characteristics like: public vs. private, K-12 vs. higher education, district size, urban/suburban/rural setting, and special focus areas (e.g., STEM programs, special education services)
Available context columns:
- {buyer:name} — the name of the buyer organization
- {buyer:stateCode} — the buyer's state code
Our current customer list:
- Active Floor
- Allen Roberts
- Beekmantown Central School District
- Benhurst Primary School
- Chicago Public Schools
- Cradle of Aviation Museum
- Eastern Suffolk BOCES
- Edward Tracy Elementary
- Greenwich Central School
- Henry Viscardi School
- Kings Park Central Schools
- Milltown Public Schools
- Oak Grove Elementary School
- Potter-Thomas School
- Putnam County School District
- Vernon-Verona-Sherrill Central School District
- West Islip School District
- Wildwood School
Output format (comma-separated list of short names):
Return ONLY a comma-separated list of up to 3 short, colloquial names for the organizations (e.g., "UCLA" instead of "University of California, Los Angeles").
Example output:
UCLA, UArizona, UAlaska
Instructions:
- Use short, colloquial names for organizations
- Always return the most similar 1–3 customers from the list, even if the matches are weak
- Prioritize the hierarchy: geographic proximity, then organization type, then industry similarity
- Select the closest matches available, even if none are perfect
- Return ONLY the comma-separated list with no explanations or additional text
```
# Get Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/bridges/get-bridge
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/bridge/{bridgeId}
Fetch the configuration of a single Bridge by ID — name, owner, filter type, current status, last-updated timestamp, and total row count. A Bridge watches for one type of buyer activity — RFPs, meetings, purchases, conferences, contact or job changes, or other signals — within a buyer-list scope, extracts a configurable set of column values when something matches, and stores each match as a row.
For the per-column schema (columnId, name, prompt, type, fieldFormat, etc.) needed to construct column-targeted filters in `listBridgeRows`, call `getBridgeColumnMetadata`.
# List Bridge Rows
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/bridges/list-bridge-rows
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml put /api/external/bridge/{bridgeId}/row
List the rows of a single Bridge — the concrete matches the Bridge has produced — with optional filtering, sorting, and full-text search. Each row carries a processing status, optional buyer/organizer association, an `updatedAt` timestamp, and the per-column values populated for that match. The per-row `columns` map is keyed by the human-readable column name (not by columnId), and values are polymorphic per the column's `fieldFormat` (string / number / boolean / object / null).
Each row also carries `entity` — the id and type of the thing it matched — for work that goes beyond the Bridge's columns. On a `filterType=RFP` Bridge, `entity.id` is the RFP's id, which the RFP and proposal-draft tools take as `rfpId`.
Prefer narrowing server-side with `filters`, `sorts`, and `query` in the request body over scanning every page.
For any column-targeted filter or sort — including Match Score, Match reasoning,
and any user-defined column — first call `getBridgeColumnMetadata` to obtain that
column's `columnId` UUID and pass it as `BridgeFilters.terms[].field` or
`RowSort.column`. The column's display name, `key`, or any prefixed reference is
NOT a valid value. A small set of common entry-level fields (`status`, `buyerId`,
`opportunityId`, `entryName`, `triggeredAt`) is also accepted for filtering.
Sort or filter columns that are not mapped on the server return 400. See
`ListBridgeRowsRequest` for the full schema of supported filter terms,
operations, and sort columns.
To paginate, start at `pageNumber=1` and increment until `pageNumber == totalPages`.
Note on consistency: the data backing search/sort/filter is maintained separately from the row values returned here, and the two can briefly drift apart — especially while the service is under heavy load. As a result, recent changes (new rows, status changes, updated column values, `updatedAt`, etc.) may not be reflected in listing, sorting, or filtering immediately; they usually become consistent within a short time. If a just-changed row does not appear where you expect, retry shortly.
# List Bridges
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/bridges/list-bridges
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/bridge
List the saved Bridges (monitoring definitions) in the organization. A Bridge watches for one type of buyer activity — RFPs, meetings, purchases, conferences, contact or job changes, or other signals — within a buyer-list scope, extracts a configurable set of column values when something matches, and stores each match as a row. Use this to discover available Bridges and their identifiers.
Filter by `query` (name substring), `filterType`, `createdByUserId`, `userIdsHaveAccessTo`, or `buyerListId`. To paginate, start at `pageNumber=1` and increment until `pageNumber == totalPages`. For the columns defined on a specific Bridge, call `getBridgeColumnMetadata`; this endpoint does not return column metadata inline.
A Bridge's `filterType` says what its rows represent, so it is also how you reach the underlying entities: `filterType=RFP` finds the Bridges whose rows are RFPs, and each of those rows carries the RFP's id (see `listBridgeRows`).
# Set Bridge Row Status
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/bridges/set-bridge-row-status
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml patch /api/external/bridge/{bridgeId}/row/{rowId}/status
Set the user-facing status for a single row in a Bridge. The `rowId` must identify a row that belongs to the specified `bridgeId`.
Use this when a caller needs to move one Bridge row to a new status without updating any other column values.
Supported default values are `New`, `Actioned`, `Saved`, `Not Interested`. For conferences it might additionally include `Attending`, `Sponsoring`. In the UI, 'New' is shown as 'Needs action', and 'Saved' is shown as 'Starred'. Filtering on Actioned will include Sponsoring and Attending.
# Get Buyer Attribute
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/buyer/get-buyer-attribute
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/buyer/{buyerId}/attribute/{buyerAttribute}
Retrieve a single structured attribute about a buyer (institution) by its key, as defined in the BuyerField enum. Buyers include cities, counties, higher-education institutions, school districts, police and fire departments, federal agencies, and other public-sector entities. See the `buyerAttribute` parameter for the full list of available keys and what each one returns.
If you need more than one attribute for the same buyer, use the bulk endpoint `getBuyerAttributesBulk` instead. It returns multiple attributes in a single request, saving you from making separate calls for each one.
# Get Buyer Summary
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/buyer/get-buyer-summary
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/buyer/{buyerId}/summary
Retrieve a buyer activity summary synthesized from tracked buyer activity and available signals. Use this for buyer strategy, top priorities, momentum, risks, opportunity framing, account context across the available information, and outreach preparation. Generates on-demand if the cached summary is missing or stale. The `summary` field is structured into three sections (`whatsRecent`, `theBiggerPicture`, `areasForDeeperDiscovery`); each section's `sources` carry `triggerId`/`entryId` back-pointers so you can drill into a citation via `listBridgeRows`. The `summary` can be `null` while a (re)generation is in flight, in which case `needsRegeneration` is true. Returns 404 (`resource.buyer.summary.empty`) when no Bridges in the org are configured to track this buyer — there is nothing to summarize, so suggest the user set up a Bridge that covers this buyer rather than retrying.
# Search Buyers
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/buyer/search-buyers
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/buyer/quick/search
Search for buyer institutions — cities, counties, school districts, higher-education institutions, police and fire departments, federal agencies, and other public-sector entities — by name. Returns a list of candidates; pick the single buyer that best fits the user's intent based on name, type, and location, then use its `id` (the buyer ID) for downstream tools. If the user mentions a state or province, pass `buyerStateCode` as the matching `StateMapping` enum name (the server resolves it to the corresponding ISO 3166-2 code).
# List existing columns with their per-type settings
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/columns/list-existing-columns-with-their-per-type-settings
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/bridge/{bridgeId}/column/metadata
Use to inspect which columns already exist on this bridge and how they are configured.
Returns each column's per-type settings not carried by `getBridge` (link settings,
web-agent model, vendor presence, email generation, webhook URL, cross-bridge cell mirror) plus
`additionalFields` synthetic refs (e.g. `{columnId$basis:firstName}`) usable in
prompts or as `referenceFieldPath` on `createReferenceColumn`. Cross-reference entries
to the bridge's columns from `getBridge` by `columnId` for the base column shape.
# Generating an API Key
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/rest/generating-an-api-key
Create an API key to authenticate requests to the Starbridge REST API.
To use the Starbridge API, you need to create an API key in the Starbridge dashboard.
## Prerequisites
Before you begin, make sure you can access your Starbridge dashboard account.
## Step 1 — Open the API Key Settings
Go to [Settings → API Keys](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/api-keys).
## Step 2 — Create a New API Key
Click **Create API Key** and give it a descriptive name, such as the service or integration that will use it.
Use names that make keys easy to identify later, especially if you create separate keys for different services or environments.
# OpenAPI Spec
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/rest/openapi-spec
Download the Starbridge external REST API specification.
The full OpenAPI 3.1 specification for the Starbridge external REST API is available at the URL below. Use it with code generators, API clients (Postman, Insomnia), or to explore the schema directly.
[https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/swagger/documentation.yaml](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/swagger/documentation.yaml)
# Overview
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/rest/overview
Documentation for the Starbridge REST API.
This is the documentation for the Starbridge REST API. The Starbridge REST API allows you to access information in your Starbridge organization's bridges, as well as information that Starbridge has about buyers, including our buyer attributes and relevant signals about a given buyer that are coming from your bridges.
Not all parts of the API spec are fully final. While the API surface should mostly be stable, it is subject to change before finalization of a 1.0 spec.
# List Recent Buyer Signals
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/signal/list-recent-buyer-signals
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/feed/all/buyer-signals
Returns the most recent Starbridge signals (bridge rows) for a given buyer within the organization. A signal pairs a bridge (the monitoring definition) with a row (a concrete match). Supports filtering by bridge ids, bridge filter types, row statuses, and a relative date period. Default sort is by signal date (most recent first); pass sort=Hotness to rank by hotness score. All sorts are descending.
# List Top Recent Signals
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/signal/list-top-recent-signals
https://core-http2-157602306522.us-central1.run.app/external/public/swagger/documentation.yaml get /api/external/feed/all/top-signals
Returns the top recent Starbridge signals (bridge rows) across the whole organization, regardless of buyer. A signal pairs a bridge (the monitoring definition) with a row (a concrete match). Supports filtering by bridge ids, bridge filter types, row statuses, and a relative date period. Default sort is by hotness score (highest first); pass sort=Date to rank by signal date. All sorts are descending.
# Webhooks Overview
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/webhooks/overview
Receive real-time notifications when bridge rows are created or updated in Starbridge.
Starbridge webhooks let you receive real-time notifications when bridge rows are created or updated. Instead of polling for changes, Starbridge sends an HTTP POST request to your endpoint with the row data as soon as processing completes.
## Setting up a webhook column
To start receiving webhooks, add a **Webhook column** to your bridge.
Open the bridge you want to receive webhooks for in the Starbridge dashboard.
Click **Add Column** (or edit an existing column) and select **Configure Integration → Trigger Webhook** as the column type.
Enter your **Webhook URL** — this is the endpoint where Starbridge will send HTTP POST requests.
Select when the webhook is triggered:
* **Row Addition** — triggers only when a new row is added
* **Row Addition and Each Update** — triggers on both new rows and updates
Save the column. Starbridge will send a webhook to your URL every time a bridge row is created or updated and all preceding columns have finished processing.
## Getting your signing key
Every webhook request from Starbridge is cryptographically signed so you can verify it is authentic. To verify signatures, you need your organization's **public signing key**.
You can find your public key in two places:
Go to **Settings → Webhook Keys** (`/settings/webhook-signing-keys`) and copy your public key.
Open the Webhook column configuration. Your public key is displayed there.
Your public key looks like this:
```text theme={null}
whpk_MCowBQYDK2VwAyEA3pXFbrxQWyCihnqd8eQ7B0CVyB9BXRMes8oluz6YkA8=
```
The `whpk_` prefix identifies this as a webhook public key. You need to strip this prefix before using the key for verification (see [Signature Verification](/api-reference/webhooks/verification)).
Your public key is safe to share — it can only be used to **verify** signatures, not create them.
## Using webhooks with automation tools
You can receive Starbridge webhooks in workflow automation tools without writing code.
1. Create a new Zap and choose **Webhooks by Zapier** as the trigger.
2. Select **Catch Hook**.
3. Copy the webhook URL provided by Zapier.
4. Paste it as the URL in your Starbridge Webhook column.
5. Test the trigger — Zapier will receive the payload and let you map fields in subsequent steps.
1. Add a **Webhook** node to your workflow.
2. Set the HTTP method to **POST**.
3. Copy the generated webhook URL (use the production URL).
4. Paste it as the URL in your Starbridge Webhook column.
5. Activate your workflow — n8n will receive incoming webhooks.
Any tool that can receive incoming HTTP POST requests works with Starbridge webhooks. Look for a "Webhook" or "HTTP Trigger" option in your tool, get the URL, and set it as the Webhook column URL.
Signature verification in workflow tools is optional but recommended for production use. Consider adding a verification step if your tool supports custom code (e.g., a Code node in n8n or a Code by Zapier step).
## Error handling and retries
Your endpoint should return an HTTP **2xx** status code (200-299) to confirm receipt.
| Response | Behavior |
| -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- |
| **2xx** (e.g., 200, 201) | Success — delivery complete |
| **3xx** (redirects) | Failure — redirects are not followed |
| **410 Gone** | Failure — endpoint is considered disabled |
| **429+** (429 and above) | Failure — delivery will be retried |
| **Timeout** (> 30 seconds) | Failure — delivery will be retried |
| **Connection error** | Failure — delivery will be retried |
When delivery fails with a status code of **429 or above**, Starbridge retries the request up to **3 times**. Requests that fail with status codes below 429 (e.g., 400, 404) are not retried.
Make sure your endpoint responds within 30 seconds. If you need to do heavy processing, accept the webhook with a `200` response immediately and process the data asynchronously.
## Best practices
* **Use the raw body for verification.** Do not parse and re-serialize the JSON body before verifying the signature. Even minor differences in whitespace or key ordering will cause verification to fail.
* **Validate the timestamp.** Reject webhooks where `webhook-timestamp` is more than 5 minutes old to prevent replay attacks.
* **Use `webhook-id` for idempotency.** Store recently processed webhook IDs and skip duplicates to protect against duplicate deliveries.
* **Respond quickly.** Return a `2xx` response as soon as you receive the webhook. Process the data asynchronously if needed.
* **Use HTTPS.** Always use an HTTPS URL for your webhook endpoint to ensure payloads are encrypted in transit.
* **Keep your public key up to date.** If you regenerate your signing key in Starbridge settings, update it in your verification code.
# Webhook Payloads
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/webhooks/payloads
Headers, event types, and payload structure for Starbridge webhook deliveries.
When a bridge row is created or updated, Starbridge sends an HTTP `POST` request to your webhook URL with the row data.
## Headers
Every request includes three headers used for [signature verification](/api-reference/webhooks/verification):
| Header | Description | Example |
| ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ |
| `webhook-id` | Unique identifier for this webhook delivery | `msg_350d6ad7-13e1-47f8-8111-33f96313fabe` |
| `webhook-timestamp` | Unix timestamp (seconds) when the request was sent | `1775589603` |
| `webhook-signature` | Ed25519 signature, prefixed with `v1a,` | `v1a,oB5S13Gyt...YuxkAg==` |
## Event types
| Event type | Description |
| -------------------- | --------------------------------- |
| `bridge.row.created` | A new row was added to the bridge |
| `bridge.row.updated` | An existing row was updated |
## Payload structure
The body is a JSON object with the following structure:
```json theme={null}
{
"type": "bridge.row.created",
"timestamp": "2026-04-09T15:57:42.586897Z",
"data": {
"rowId": "3c39eb0d-61f5-4cd4-9b77-93b6daeb59b3",
"name": "City of Fort Worth",
"bridgeId": "201377ef-0ae3-4103-988c-ed6ebfac03a6",
"updatedAt": "2026-04-09T15:57:11.197818Z",
"status": "Processed",
"columns": {
"Status": {
"value": "New",
"status": "Processed",
"processedAt": "2026-04-09T15:57:11.008777Z"
},
"Buyer State Name": {
"value": "Texas",
"status": "Processed",
"processedAt": "2026-04-09T15:57:12.482506Z"
},
"Buyer Summary": {
"value": "## What's recent?\n\n**Municipal signal emergence...**",
"status": "Processed",
"processedAt": "2026-04-09T15:57:41.359512Z"
}
}
}
}
```
```json theme={null}
{
"type": "bridge.row.updated",
"timestamp": "2026-04-09T15:55:49.491189Z",
"data": {
"rowId": "20ec3c30-131f-4a5a-beb9-9bfe31dd884c",
"name": "City of Fort Collins",
"bridgeId": "201377ef-0ae3-4103-988c-ed6ebfac03a6",
"updatedAt": "2026-03-19T20:24:35.409137789Z",
"status": "Processed",
"columns": {
"Status": {
"value": "New",
"status": "Processed",
"processedAt": "2026-03-19T20:24:35.543823335Z"
},
"Buyer State Name": {
"value": "Colorado",
"status": "Processed",
"processedAt": "2026-03-19T20:24:35.654070492Z"
},
"Buyer Summary": {
"value": "## What's recent?\n\n**Water Utility Infrastructure Shift...**",
"status": "Processed",
"processedAt": "2026-04-03T21:37:56.388686984Z"
}
}
}
}
```
## Field reference
| Field | Type | Description |
| -------------------------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------- |
| `type` | string | `"bridge.row.created"` or `"bridge.row.updated"` |
| `timestamp` | string | ISO 8601 timestamp of when the webhook was created |
| `data.rowId` | string | Unique ID of the bridge row |
| `data.name` | string | Name of the row (nullable) |
| `data.bridgeId` | string | ID of the bridge this row belongs to |
| `data.updatedAt` | string | When the row was last updated |
| `data.status` | string | Processing status of the row |
| `data.columns` | object | Map of column names to their values and status |
| `data.columns[name].value` | any | The computed value for this column (string, object, etc.) |
| `data.columns[name].status` | string | Processing status of this column |
| `data.columns[name].processedAt` | string | When this column finished processing |
## Response
Your endpoint should return an HTTP `200` status code to indicate successful receipt. Any other status code is treated as a failure — see [Error Handling and Retries](/api-reference/webhooks/overview#error-handling-and-retries) for details.
## Quick reference
* **Signature algorithm:** Ed25519 (asymmetric)
* **Signed message format:** `{webhook-id}.{webhook-timestamp}.{body}`
* **Signature header format:** `v1a,{base64_signature}`
* **Public key format:** `whpk_{base64_key}` (DER-encoded X.509/SPKI)
* **Event types:** `bridge.row.created`, `bridge.row.updated`
* **Request timeout:** 30 seconds
* **Based on:** [Standard Webhooks specification](https://github.com/standard-webhooks/standard-webhooks/blob/main/spec/standard-webhooks.md)
# Signature Verification
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/api-reference/webhooks/verification
Verify that incoming webhook requests are genuinely from Starbridge using Ed25519 signatures.
Starbridge signs every webhook using **Ed25519** asymmetric signatures, following the [Standard Webhooks](https://github.com/standard-webhooks/standard-webhooks/blob/main/spec/standard-webhooks.md) specification.
## How it works
1. Starbridge constructs a message by concatenating the webhook ID, timestamp, and body with dots:
```text theme={null}
{webhook-id}.{webhook-timestamp}.{body}
```
2. This message is signed with Starbridge's private key using Ed25519.
3. The signature is base64-encoded and sent in the `webhook-signature` header with a `v1a,` prefix.
## Verification steps
To verify a webhook:
1. **Extract the headers** — read `webhook-id`, `webhook-timestamp`, and `webhook-signature` from the request.
2. **Read the raw body** — use the raw request body. Do **not** parse and re-serialize the JSON, as even minor formatting changes will break verification.
3. **Reconstruct the signed message:**
```text theme={null}
{webhook-id}.{webhook-timestamp}.{raw_body}
```
4. **Strip the `v1a,` prefix** from the `webhook-signature` header and base64-decode the remainder to get the signature bytes.
5. **Strip the `whpk_` prefix** from your public key and base64-decode the remainder to get the key bytes.
6. **Verify** the Ed25519 signature using your language's crypto library.
### Timestamp validation
To protect against replay attacks, check that the `webhook-timestamp` is recent (within 5 minutes of the current time). Reject requests with timestamps that are too old.
### Idempotency
Use the `webhook-id` header as an idempotency key. Store recently processed webhook IDs and skip any duplicates to avoid processing the same event twice.
## Code examples
All examples use the following test data:
| Parameter | Value |
| --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Public key** | `whpk_MCowBQYDK2VwAyEA3pXFbrxQWyCihnqd8eQ7B0CVyB9BXRMes8oluz6YkA8=` |
| **webhook-id** | `msg_350d6ad7-13e1-47f8-8111-33f96313fabe` |
| **webhook-timestamp** | `1775589603` |
| **webhook-signature** | `v1a,oB5S13GytYJTAULdngi9wtz1YHs9hNppi75xw3W8VR69ypeI/hCwwlTWePup7J7ZXr4wdKPDdlWxS3o1YuxkAg==` |
```python theme={null}
import base64
from cryptography.hazmat.primitives.serialization import load_der_public_key
def verify_webhook(public_key_str, webhook_id, webhook_timestamp, webhook_signature, body):
"""
Verify a Starbridge webhook signature.
Args:
public_key_str: Your public key (e.g. "whpk_MCow...")
webhook_id: Value of the webhook-id header
webhook_timestamp: Value of the webhook-timestamp header
webhook_signature: Value of the webhook-signature header
body: Raw request body as bytes
Returns:
True if the signature is valid
Raises:
Exception if verification fails
"""
# 1. Strip the whpk_ prefix and decode the public key
raw_key = public_key_str.removeprefix("whpk_")
key_bytes = base64.b64decode(raw_key)
public_key = load_der_public_key(key_bytes)
# 2. Strip the v1a, prefix and decode the signature
if not webhook_signature.startswith("v1a,"):
raise ValueError("Unsupported signature version")
sig_bytes = base64.b64decode(webhook_signature[4:])
# 3. Reconstruct the signed message
message = f"{webhook_id}.{webhook_timestamp}.".encode() + body
# 4. Verify
public_key.verify(sig_bytes, message) # Raises InvalidSignature if invalid
return True
```
**Flask example:**
```python theme={null}
from flask import Flask, request
STARBRIDGE_PUBLIC_KEY = "whpk_MCowBQYDK2VwAyEA3pXFbrxQWyCihnqd8eQ7B0CVyB9BXRMes8oluz6YkA8="
app = Flask(__name__)
@app.route("/webhook", methods=["POST"])
def handle_webhook():
try:
verify_webhook(
STARBRIDGE_PUBLIC_KEY,
request.headers["webhook-id"],
request.headers["webhook-timestamp"],
request.headers["webhook-signature"],
request.get_data(), # Raw body bytes
)
except Exception:
return "Invalid signature", 401
payload = request.get_json()
# Process the webhook...
return "OK", 200
```
Install the dependency:
```bash theme={null}
pip install cryptography
```
```javascript theme={null}
const crypto = require("crypto");
function verifyWebhook(publicKeyStr, webhookId, webhookTimestamp, webhookSignature, rawBody) {
// 1. Strip the whpk_ prefix and decode the public key
const rawKey = publicKeyStr.replace(/^whpk_/, "");
const keyBuffer = Buffer.from(rawKey, "base64");
const publicKey = crypto.createPublicKey({
key: keyBuffer,
format: "der",
type: "spki",
});
// 2. Strip the v1a, prefix and decode the signature
if (!webhookSignature.startsWith("v1a,")) {
throw new Error("Unsupported signature version");
}
const sigBuffer = Buffer.from(webhookSignature.slice(4), "base64");
// 3. Reconstruct the signed message
const message = Buffer.from(`${webhookId}.${webhookTimestamp}.${rawBody}`);
// 4. Verify
return crypto.verify(null, message, publicKey, sigBuffer);
}
```
**Express example:**
```javascript theme={null}
const express = require("express");
const app = express();
const STARBRIDGE_PUBLIC_KEY =
"whpk_MCowBQYDK2VwAyEA3pXFbrxQWyCihnqd8eQ7B0CVyB9BXRMes8oluz6YkA8=";
// Important: use raw body parser so the body isn't re-serialized
app.post("/webhook", express.raw({ type: "application/json" }), (req, res) => {
const isValid = verifyWebhook(
STARBRIDGE_PUBLIC_KEY,
req.headers["webhook-id"],
req.headers["webhook-timestamp"],
req.headers["webhook-signature"],
req.body.toString()
);
if (!isValid) {
return res.status(401).send("Invalid signature");
}
const payload = JSON.parse(req.body);
// Process the webhook...
res.status(200).send("OK");
});
```
No additional dependencies needed — uses Node.js built-in `crypto` module (Node.js 16+).
```java theme={null}
import java.security.KeyFactory;
import java.security.PublicKey;
import java.security.Signature;
import java.security.spec.X509EncodedKeySpec;
import java.util.Base64;
public class WebhookVerifier {
public static boolean verifyWebhook(
String publicKeyStr,
String webhookId,
String webhookTimestamp,
String webhookSignature,
String rawBody
) throws Exception {
// 1. Strip the whpk_ prefix and decode the public key
String rawKey = publicKeyStr.replaceFirst("^whpk_", "");
byte[] keyBytes = Base64.getDecoder().decode(rawKey);
PublicKey publicKey = KeyFactory.getInstance("Ed25519")
.generatePublic(new X509EncodedKeySpec(keyBytes));
// 2. Strip the v1a, prefix and decode the signature
if (!webhookSignature.startsWith("v1a,")) {
throw new IllegalArgumentException("Unsupported signature version");
}
byte[] sigBytes = Base64.getDecoder().decode(webhookSignature.substring(4));
// 3. Reconstruct the signed message
String message = webhookId + "." + webhookTimestamp + "." + rawBody;
// 4. Verify
Signature verifier = Signature.getInstance("Ed25519");
verifier.initVerify(publicKey);
verifier.update(message.getBytes());
return verifier.verify(sigBytes);
}
}
```
Requires Java 15+ (built-in Ed25519 support, no additional dependencies).
```go theme={null}
package main
import (
"crypto/ed25519"
"crypto/x509"
"encoding/base64"
"errors"
"fmt"
"strings"
)
func verifyWebhook(publicKeyStr, webhookId, webhookTimestamp, webhookSignature, rawBody string) (bool, error) {
// 1. Strip the whpk_ prefix and decode the public key
rawKey := strings.TrimPrefix(publicKeyStr, "whpk_")
keyBytes, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(rawKey)
if err != nil {
return false, fmt.Errorf("failed to decode public key: %w", err)
}
parsed, err := x509.ParsePKIXPublicKey(keyBytes)
if err != nil {
return false, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse public key: %w", err)
}
publicKey, ok := parsed.(ed25519.PublicKey)
if !ok {
return false, errors.New("key is not Ed25519")
}
// 2. Strip the v1a, prefix and decode the signature
if !strings.HasPrefix(webhookSignature, "v1a,") {
return false, errors.New("unsupported signature version")
}
sigBytes, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(webhookSignature[4:])
if err != nil {
return false, fmt.Errorf("failed to decode signature: %w", err)
}
// 3. Reconstruct the signed message
message := []byte(webhookId + "." + webhookTimestamp + "." + rawBody)
// 4. Verify
return ed25519.Verify(publicKey, message, sigBytes), nil
}
```
No additional dependencies needed — uses Go standard library.
```ruby theme={null}
require "openssl"
require "base64"
def verify_webhook(public_key_str, webhook_id, webhook_timestamp, webhook_signature, raw_body)
# 1. Strip the whpk_ prefix and decode the public key
raw_key = public_key_str.sub(/\Awhpk_/, "")
key_bytes = Base64.decode64(raw_key)
public_key = OpenSSL::PKey.read(
OpenSSL::ASN1.decode(key_bytes).to_der
)
# 2. Strip the v1a, prefix and decode the signature
raise "Unsupported signature version" unless webhook_signature.start_with?("v1a,")
sig_bytes = Base64.decode64(webhook_signature[4..])
# 3. Reconstruct the signed message
message = "#{webhook_id}.#{webhook_timestamp}.#{raw_body}"
# 4. Verify
public_key.verify(nil, sig_bytes, message)
end
```
Requires Ruby 3.0+ with OpenSSL 1.1.1+ (built-in Ed25519 support).
```csharp theme={null}
using System;
using System.Security.Cryptography;
using System.Text;
public static class WebhookVerifier
{
public static bool VerifyWebhook(
string publicKeyStr,
string webhookId,
string webhookTimestamp,
string webhookSignature,
string rawBody)
{
// 1. Strip the whpk_ prefix and decode the public key
var rawKey = publicKeyStr.StartsWith("whpk_") ? publicKeyStr[5..] : publicKeyStr;
var keyBytes = Convert.FromBase64String(rawKey);
using var ed25519 = new Ed25519();
ed25519.ImportSubjectPublicKeyInfo(keyBytes, out _);
// 2. Strip the v1a, prefix and decode the signature
if (!webhookSignature.StartsWith("v1a,"))
throw new ArgumentException("Unsupported signature version");
var sigBytes = Convert.FromBase64String(webhookSignature[4..]);
// 3. Reconstruct the signed message
var message = Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes($"{webhookId}.{webhookTimestamp}.{rawBody}");
// 4. Verify
return ed25519.VerifyData(message, sigBytes);
}
}
```
Requires .NET 9+ for built-in `Ed25519` class. For older .NET versions, use the [NSec.Cryptography](https://www.nuget.org/packages/NSec.Cryptography) or [BouncyCastle](https://www.nuget.org/packages/BouncyCastle.Cryptography) package.
# Bridge-specific columns
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/bridge-specific-attributes
The structured, standardized columns available for each Bridge type — what they contain and how to use them as enrichment inputs.
**Bridge-specific columns** let you enrich a Bridge's underlying object with standardized data. You can add more than one at a time, and each appears in its own column. These columns are useful as inputs into AI Analysis and Personalized Outbound Email columns.
Buyer and Contact Bridges aren't anchored on a signal, so their structured columns are **buyer attributes** and **contact fields**, rather than signal attributes. Those two sections are flagged below.
To add any of these, open your Bridge, click **"Add enrichment"**, and choose the bridge-specific column(s) you want.
***
## Contracts & POs Bridge columns
Anchored on purchase orders and contracts (Starbridge spend data sourced from FOIA records and web enrichment). These columns surface key details such as contract values, expiration dates, renewal windows, and incumbent vendors, helping you identify competitive replacement opportunities before they go to bid.
***
## RFPs Bridge columns
Built around active bids and procurement postings. These columns surface key details such as due dates, budgets, procurement contacts, and submission requirements.
***
## Meetings & Plans Bridge columns
Built around board meetings, meeting minutes, agendas, and strategic plans. These columns surface key details from each document.
**Relevant Snippets column** identifies the most important quotes from a meeting based on your search criteria and buyer context. Click any snippet—from your Bridge, Feed, or email digest—to jump to the exact place where it was mentioned, making it easy to verify context and prepare for outreach.
***
## Job Changes Bridge
Built around leadership changes at your target accounts, including new hires, promotions, role changes, and departures.
***
## Buyers Bridge columns
**Entity Bridge.** A Buyer Bridge is anchored on a list of accounts, not a signal, so its structured columns are **buyer attributes** (buyer type, location, size, enrollment, budget, and more), collected and kept current by Starbridge. See [All Starbridge Data](/data/buyer-attributes) for the full attribute reference.
***
## Custom Web Signals Bridge columns
Built around custom topics, events, or buying signals you want to monitor across the web—such as grants, funding announcements, construction projects, leadership initiatives, or news mentions.
***
## Contacts Bridge
**Entity Bridge.** A Contacts Bridge is anchored on people, not a signal, so its structured columns are **contact fields** (name, title, email, activity status, and related details) rather than signal attributes. See [Enriching Contacts: Contact Bridges](/builders/contacts-bridge) for how contacts are sourced and verified.
***
## Conferences Bridge columns
Built around conferences and industry events. These columns surface key details such as event names, locations, dates, attendees, and descriptions.
## Related
The overview of all enrichment column types.
The full builder walkthrough for every column type.
# Bridge types
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/bridge-use-cases-examples
## Overview
Every Bridge is rooted in one of the following **data anchors**. Each represents a different entity and category of buying activity that Starbridge tracks in real time across your target market. We categorize these data anchors into four categories:
1. **Signals:** real-time events inclusive of Meetings and Strategic Plans, RFPs, Purchase Orders and Contracts, Job Changes, and Custom Web Signals
2. **Contacts:** the people who hold your ideal customer persona titles
3. **Buyers:** the accounts you sell to
4. **Conferences:** future events taking place relevant to your work
## Deep dive into data anchors
1. **Signals:** Real-time events inclusive of Meetings and Strategic Plans, RFPs, Purchase Orders and Contracts, Job Changes, and Custom Web Signals, that indicate buying intent
**Board meetings, city council sessions, superintendent briefings, and strategic planning documents.** Starbridge ingests board meeting agendas, minutes, and strategic plans from tens of thousands of public agencies and school districts. You define what topics matter, and Starbridge finds the meetings where buyers are actively discussing them.
**When to use it:** You want early buying signals, like before a budget gets approved, before an RFP gets posted, or before a competitor even knows there's an opportunity.
A cybersecurity vendor builds a Meetings Bridge searching for terms like "interest in ransomware," "recent cyber incident," "need IT infrastructure," and "plans for a security audit." When a county board discusses a recent breach at a neighboring agency, the rep gets alerted with a snippet from the meeting and a contact for the county's IT Director — weeks before any formal procurement kicks off.
A professional development platform searches for school board meetings mentioning "teacher retention," "instructional coaching," or "curriculum gaps." When a large urban district's board discusses concerns about reading scores and the need for new PD resources, their AE gets the signal with a ready-to-send email referencing exactly what the superintendent said.
**Active bids and procurement postings from public agencies and institutions.** Starbridge monitors RFP portals, procurement databases, and public bid boards to surface active solicitations that match your solution. Each result includes issuer details, due dates, RFP status, and AI-powered relevance scoring against your offering.
**When to use it:** You want to know the moment a relevant procurement opportunity is posted and get in front of it before your competitors do.
A permitting software company builds an RFP Bridge filtered to "permitting," "land management," and "code enforcement." When the City of Sacramento posts an RFP for a new community development system, the right AE gets the signal in their daily digest with a relevance score, key contacts, and a draft outreach email — before most vendors even know the bid exists.
A student information system vendor sets up an RFP Bridge scoped to K-12 districts in the Southeast. When a district issues a bid for a new SIS platform, the rep sees the RFP, a summary of what the district is asking for, and how well their product matches — ready to respond within hours.
**Spend data and contract records obtained through FOIA requests and public procurement databases.** Starbridge surfaces what agencies and institutions are actually buying — including vendor names, contract values, start and expiration dates, and purchase categories. This includes competitor contract intelligence, so you know exactly when a rival's deal is coming up for renewal.
**When to use it:** You want to identify accounts that are actively spending in your category, find contracts expiring in the next 6–12 months, or understand the competitive landscape at a specific account before reaching out.
A fleet management software company builds a Purchases Bridge filtered to competitor contract expirations in the next 90 days. When a state DOT's contract with a legacy fleet vendor comes up for renewal, the rep gets an alert with the contract value, expiration date, and procurement contact — with enough runway to get a meeting before renewal conversations begin.
An LMS provider tracks competitor contracts across higher ed institutions. When a mid-size university's Blackboard contract expires in six months, their AE sees the signal, the contract value, and the IT Director's contact information — giving them a concrete reason to reach out and a compelling angle.
**Leadership transitions, new hires, and role changes at target accounts.** Starbridge continuously monitors for relevant job changes — new superintendents, incoming CIOs, new procurement officers, and other roles that signal a shift in buying priorities. Each result includes verified contact info for the person and the type of transition.
**When to use it:** New leaders often revisit vendor relationships and accelerate buying decisions. Job changes are one of the highest-intent signals in public sector sales. *\*utilizes credits*
A GIS software company tracks job changes for "GIS Director," "IT Director," and "Chief Data Officer" roles across county governments. When a new GIS director joins a large county they've never been able to crack, the rep gets an alert with the contact's verified email and phone and reaches out with a welcome message before the new hire has even had their first board meeting.
A student mental health platform monitors for new superintendents and directors of student services across K-12 districts in their territory. When a new superintendent takes over a district known for being resistant to new vendors, the rep reaches out in their first 30 days — when the door is most likely to be open.
**Anything else that matters to your business — defined by you.** Custom Web Signal Bridges let you go beyond Starbridge's standard data types. You define the signal — Starbridge finds it. Common examples include grants received, news articles about specific topics, construction project announcements, or any other publicly available information that indicates buying intent.
**When to use it:** You have a specific signal that doesn't fit neatly into meetings, contracts, or RFPs — but is highly predictive of a sales opportunity for your business. \**utilizes credits*
A broadband infrastructure company builds a Custom Web Signal Bridge searching for federal broadband grant awards to municipalities. Each time a city or county receives a broadband grant, the rep gets the alert and reaches out with a solution tailored to how they can help the agency spend those funds.
A device management company monitors for E-Rate funding announcements. When a district is approved for a large E-Rate allocation, the rep sees the signal with the grant amount, the district's current tech footprint, and a suggested outreach — positioning their solution as the right fit for the new spend.
2. **Contacts:** the people who hold your ideal customer persona titles
**Verified decision-makers and key roles across your target accounts.** Starbridge maintains a continuously updated database of public sector contacts — superintendents, CIOs, procurement officers, department heads, and more — enriched with verified emails, phone numbers, and titles. Use a Contacts Bridge to build targeted lists of the right people at the right accounts.
**When to use it:** You want to build a prospecting list, fill CRM gaps, or make sure every signal in your pipeline is paired with a reachable contact. *\*utilizes credits*
A grants management software company builds a Contacts Bridge to pull verified contact info for finance directors and grants administrators across every county in their territory — ready to enroll in a sequence.
A curriculum platform uses a Contacts Bridge to identify curriculum directors and assistant superintendents of instruction across their top 200 target districts, then syncs the list directly to Salesforce.
3. **Buyers:** the accounts you sell to
A Buyers Bridge is a static or dynamic list of the agencies, districts, cities, or institutions you care about. Use it as the foundation for account scoring, CRM enrichment, or as the scope for any other Bridge type. **When to use it:** You want to build a prioritized account list, score your market from best to worst, or create a defined universe of buyers to run other Bridges against.
A permitting software company builds a Buyers Bridge of every city and county with a population over 50,000 in their target states, scored by tech spend, incumbent vendor, and open budget cycles — giving their BDRs a ranked list of where to focus.
An EdTech company builds a Buyers Bridge of all K-12 districts with more than 5,000 students in the Sun Belt, enriched with current SIS vendor, E-Rate spend history, and superintendent tenure — so reps know exactly which accounts are worth prioritizing this quarter.
4. **Conferences:** future events taking place relevant to your work
**Upcoming events and conferences attended by public sector decision-makers.** Starbridge tracks which agencies and institutions are sending attendees to industry events — and maps them to your existing accounts and target buyers. **When to use it:** You want to maximize your presence at a conference by knowing exactly which prospects will be in the room, or build a targeted outreach campaign before an event.
Before a state CIO conference, a cloud infrastructure vendor uses a Conferences Bridge to see which state agencies will have IT leaders in attendance. They prioritize outreach to the 12 accounts they haven't been able to reach, referencing the upcoming event as a natural reason to connect.
An edtech company attending ISTE builds a Conferences Bridge to see which districts are sending curriculum directors or CTOs. They walk into the conference with a prioritized list of prospects, their buying signals, and a personalized talking point for each one.
## Related articles
A high-level primer on what a Bridge is and how AI Search Agents power it from signal to enriched, outreach-ready intelligence.
The core builder walkthrough: create a Bridge, configure its Search Agent, and share it with your team.
# Buyers Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/account-scoring-buyer-bridge
Build a Buyers Bridge to enrich, score, and activate your target account list — without search phrases, scoring criteria, or signal-based matching.
## Overview
The Buyers Bridge is different from every other Bridge type in Starbridge. There's no signal to find, no search phrases to write, and no match scoring to tune. Instead, you define a set of buyers — and the Bridge becomes a live, enrichable list of those accounts.
Use it to understand what's happening across your target market at the account level: who your buyers are working with, how to reach the right person at each one, how to score and tier your accounts, and how to keep your CRM enriched with that data automatically.
Buyers Bridge results do not appear in a Consumer's Feed or Email Digest as signals. Consumers can view Buyer Bridges that have been shared with them from the Bridges page — but they won't see individual rows surface as actionable signals.
## Building your Bridge
Unlike Meetings, RFP, and Purchases Bridges, the Buyers Bridge does not use the natural language Search Agent flow. There are no search phrases, no match score criteria, and no preview to calibrate. You simply define which buyers belong in the Bridge - and then build out the columns that enrich each row.
For a full walkthrough of buyer lists — including how to create dynamic lists, import from CSV, and sync from Salesforce or HubSpot — see the [How to Create a Buyer List](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list) guide.
Unlike Meetings, RFP, Contracts & Purchases, Custom Web Signals, and Job Changes Bridges, new rows won't get added to your Bridge unless the underlying list of Buyers changes.
## Defining your buyer set
There are three ways to define which buyers appear in your Bridge:
Select a pre-configured buyer list or territory. This is the most common starting point - if your team has already defined a list (for example, a territory or ICP segment), you can point the Bridge directly at it.
Buyer lists can be:
* **Dynamic** — defined by filters (e.g., K–12 districts in California with enrollment above 5,000), and automatically updated as buyers enter or leave those criteria
* **Static** — a fixed set of buyers imported from a CSV
* **CRM-synced** — kept in sync with an existing Salesforce list or HubSpot segment
If you don't have a buyer list yet, start broad: the most encompassing list of buyers you could plausibly sell into. You can always narrow it later.
For more details on buyer lists, reference [Creating a buyer list](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list).
If you don't want to use a pre-defined buyer list, you can define buyers directly using structured attributes — geography, buyer type, size, classification, and other fields Starbridge maintains. This is useful when you want to build a Bridge scoped to a specific segment without creating a named list first.
Examples:
* Cities and counties in Texas with annual budgets above \$50M
* Higher education institutions with enrollment above 10,000
* School Districts with over 25% English language learners
Pick individual buyers by name. Useful for strategic account lists, named accounts, or a focused set of high-priority targets where you want full control over exactly who's included.
Once your buyer set is defined and the Bridge is created, every buyer in that set appears as a row. From there, it's all about enrichment.
## Enriching your Buyers Bridge
The Buyers Bridge is valuable when you enrich buyer data using columns. Each column enriches a row with data pulled from Starbridge's internal database, the web, your CRM, or AI analysis. The most common use cases are below.
### Vendor Presence
The Vendor Presence column tells you whether a buyer has an existing relationship with a competitor or complementary vendor, pulled from Starbridge's internal purchase order and contract data, with an optional web search layer.
For each competitor or vendor you track, Starbridge surfaces whether a relationship exists, any available pricing detail, and an explanation of the relationship.
Shows only vendor relationships explicitly found in Starbridge's purchase order and contract records. The default setting — every result is sourced.
Adds high-confidence estimates derived from procurement signals where confirmed data isn't available. Inferred values are clearly flagged.
Common uses in a Buyers Bridge:
* Identify accounts where a competitor contract is approaching expiration - high-priority for outbound
* Confirm whether a prospect is already using a complementary tool you integrate with
* Filter your account tier model by incumbent vendor status
For a full breakdown of how Vendor Presence works and how to configure it, see the [Vendor Presence](/vendor-presence) guide.
### Contact column
The Contact column finds the right person to reach at each buyer using web-based search to identify the contact who best matches the role or responsibility you describe.
Unlike the Meetings Bridge, which can source contacts directly from meeting transcripts, the Buyers Bridge exclusively uses web-based contact discovery. Describe the type of person you're looking for - their responsibilities, example titles, and any additional context - and Starbridge will search the buyer's website, directories, and public sources to find them.
If you're trying to do deep contact enrichment across all accounts in your CRM — not just find a single contact per buyer — consider a [Contact Bridge](/builders/contacts-bridge) instead.
### Custom Web Enrichment
The Custom Web Agent column type allows you to draft a prompt that can capture bespoke, hard-to-find, and business specific data for each buyer in your Buyers Bridge.
Whether you want to enrich data available at the account level in your CRM or whether as an input into Account Scoring, custom web data can be extremely helpful in understanding your territory and market. Some examples include:
* Whether a list of cities has received Federal funding for security and safety
* How many distance/virtual learners are enrolled at a list of private schools
* The operating and technology budget of a list of Fire Departments
### Account scoring
The most popular use of the Buyers Bridge is building an account scoring model that tiers your entire target market based on a definition of what a "good account" looks like for your team.
A scoring column uses an AI Analysis prompt that you write - describing your criteria, the data inputs to consider, and the output format you want. Common scoring inputs include:
* Competitor contract expiration timing
* Incumbent vendor and satisfaction signals
* Buyer attributes (enrollment, budget, size, classification)
* CRM data (last contacted, tier, stage)
* Presence of relevant meeting signals or RFPs (via cross-bridge reference)
* Strategic fit indicators (AI adoption, startup friendliness, leadership tenure)
A well-structured scoring prompt typically:
1. Defines the score range and what each level means (e.g., 1–5 where 5 = highest priority)
2. Lists each input factor with its weight or relative importance
3. Describes what "good" looks like for each factor — and what disqualifies or reduces a score
4. Specifies the output format (score + rationale, or just a score)
Example:
> *"Score the readiness of `{buyer:name}` for sales engagement on a scale of 1–5. Use the following inputs: competitor contract expiration (30% weight — score higher if expiring within 12 months), enrollment size (20% — score higher above 10,000 FTE), incumbent vendor (20% — score higher if no current vendor or dissatisfaction signals present), recent meeting signals (15% — score higher if relevant signals in the last 6 months), CRM last contacted date (15% — score higher if not contacted in 90+ days). Return: Score (1–5) and a one-sentence rationale."*
### Sync key fields to your CRM
Once your Buyers Bridge has the data you want — scores, contact info, vendor presence, buyer attributes — you can push it back into Salesforce or HubSpot automatically using Sync columns.
Go to **Settings → Integrations** and connect Salesforce or HubSpot. Grant access to the objects and fields you want Starbridge to read and write.
Add a **Lookup Record in CRM** column to match each buyer row to its corresponding Account or Company record in your CRM. Starbridge supports matching by external identifiers (NCES IDs for school districts, IPEDS for higher ed, Census GEOIDs for cities) or by a custom Starbridge ID field.
Add a **Sync Record in CRM** column. Map each Starbridge Bridge column to the CRM field it should populate. Choose whether each field should overwrite existing values or only write if empty.
Starbridge syncs data into your CRM and keeps it current as underlying data changes — so your account scores, vendor presence data, and buyer attributes stay fresh without manual exports.
For a full walkthrough of CRM sync setup, account matching strategies, and field mapping, see [Salesforce + HubSpot](/admins/connecting-your-crm) or our [CRM Enrichment Columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) articles.
***
## Next steps: Explore other bridge types
The Buyers Bridge gives you a complete picture of your accounts. Pair it with signal-based bridges to know when to act.
Surface buying signals from board meetings and strategic plans. Cross-reference against your Buyers Bridge to see which of your target accounts are actively discussing problems you solve.
Monitor active RFPs from your target buyers. Use your Buyers Bridge as the account foundation to know when a scored account enters procurement.
Track expiring contracts and spend behavior. Combine with your account scoring model to prioritize outreach when a high-tier buyer's incumbent contract is approaching renewal.
Find out which of your target buyers are attending upcoming conferences — and who to reach out to before the event.
# Contracts & Purchase Orders Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/analyzing-purchase-orders-contracts
A deep dive into building and configuring a Contracts & Purchase Orders Bridge — covering vendor search, scoring behavior, and how to interpret results.
## Overview
The Contracts & Purchase Orders Bridge lets you monitor public procurement data across your target accounts so you can track active contracts, upcoming expirations, and purchase orders tied to specific vendors. This is the bridge to use for competitive intelligence, renewal timing, and account prioritization based on real spend data.
## Building your Bridge
The bridge building flow for Contracts & Purchase Orders follows the same three-phase structure as other bridge types in Starbridge: **Describe → Refine → Create**.
For a full walkthrough of the bridge building flow — including how to set buyer filters, search phrases, match score criteria, and preview results — see the [Bridge Building Flow](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge) guide.
## Searching for specific vendors
When your goal is to find contracts or purchase orders for specific vendors, **input the names of those vendors directly as your search terms**. The bridge will look for results for those specific vendors across your target buyer set.
This is distinct from searching for contracts by topic or keyword.
For PO lookups, vendor name is the primary signal — the more precise the vendor name, the more targeted your results.
## Purchase Order-specific bridges
When building a Bridge where you've narrowed down Purchase type to Purchase Orders only, you won't be able to input any scoring criteria because as mentioned above, it'll look for the vendor names you inputted as the core signal.
## Understanding scores and match reasoning
### Purchase Order-only results
If you set the **Purchase Type** filter to **Purchase Order** only (without adding any match score criteria), every result in the bridge will behave as follows:
* **Match score:** `5`
* **Match reasoning:** "This purchase order met all your search criteria"
* **Summarized relevance:** "N/A"
This is expected behavior. When filtering to Purchase Orders only, Starbridge is performing a straightforward lookup - confirming whether a purchase order exists for the vendors you searched. Because the check is binary (found or not found), there is no deeper document analysis to summarize, so the summarized relevance field is left blank.
Think of a PO-only result as a confirmation signal: Starbridge found a purchase order matching your vendor search. The match score of 5 means it passed all your criteria — in this case, simply that it's a PO for the right vendor.
### Contracts with no match score criteria
If you are searching for contracts and do not provide any match score criteria, all results will also receive a score of `5` with the match reasoning: "This contract met all your search criteria."
This happens because without scoring criteria, there's no rubric to evaluate contracts against — so every result that passes your filters is treated as a full match. To get more differentiated scoring, add match score criteria that describe what a strong contract match looks like for your use case (for example: "involves a multi-year renewal").
Add match score criteria to surface the most relevant contracts at the top of your bridge. See the [Bridge Building Flow](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge) guide for guidance on writing effective scoring criteria.
### Contracts with no available files
For some contracts in the public record, no underlying document files are available — only the record metadata (vendor, value, dates, etc.).
When this happens, Starbridge is unable to analyze the contract in depth. These results will show the following in the **Summarized Relevance** field:
> "No files are available for this contract"
This is not an error — it reflects the limits of the underlying public data source. You can still act on these results using the available structured fields (contract value, expiration date, vendor name, etc.), but AI-powered analysis of the document content won't be possible.
***
## Next steps
Explore other Bridge types to round out your Starbridge setup:
Track board meetings and strategic plans across your target accounts.
Monitor open RFPs and RFIs relevant to your product or category.
Build a bridge from any web source using AI-powered scraping.
Find and enrich key decision-makers across your buyer list.
Track new hires, promotions, and departures at target accounts.
Find and score conference lead lists based on attendance and relevance.
# Conferences Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/conferences
Build a Conferences Bridge to discover, score, and act on government and education conferences relevant to your target personas and verticals.
## Overview
The Conferences Bridge helps you find relevant conferences, evaluate which ones are worth attending, and enrich attendee lead lists before and after the event. Starbridge tracks government and education conferences and surfaces them as a signal type - filterable by buyer type, attendee persona, location, date, and more.
Unlike Meetings or RFP Bridges, the signal here isn't a buying trigger to act on immediately - it's a calendar of where your buyers will be. The Bridge helps you decide which conferences to invest in and ensures you're prepared when you show up.
## Building your Bridge
The Conferences Bridge uses the same Search Agent flow as Meetings and RFP Bridges. You can either start with a natural language description and let Starbridge generate a structured search, or skip straight to configuring filters and search phrases manually.
For a full walkthrough of the bridge building flow — including how to use the natural language prompt, review the structured search, and preview results — see the [Bridge Building Flow](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge) guide.
## Configuring your filters
Filters are the primary way to scope a Conferences Bridge. They define which conferences are eligible to appear — by who attends them, where they are, when they happen, and how much they cost to attend.
Filter to conferences attended by specific buyer segments — for example, K–12 school districts, higher education institutions, cities, or state agencies. This is usually the first filter to set, since it anchors the rest of the search to your target market.
Filter by the types of decision-makers expected to attend — CIO, CFO, Superintendent, VP Enrollment, Registrar, etc. Use this to surface conferences where your ICP buyers will actually be in the room, not just conferences tangentially related to your vertical.
Filter by estimated headcount. Useful for calibrating conference size against your team's capacity — a 200-person regional event and a 10,000-person national conference require very different investment levels.
Filter to conferences with a start date within a specific time window. Use this to build a forward-looking conference calendar — for example, all relevant conferences in the next 6 months.
Filter by estimated cost per person to attend. Helps prioritize conferences that fit your event budget without manually reviewing each one.
Filter to conferences hosted by specific organizers. Useful if you know which associations or bodies run the events most relevant to your buyers — and want to monitor everything they put on.
Filter by state. Useful for territory-based conference planning or when your team's travel budget is regionally constrained.
## Search phrases
Search phrases are optional in a Conferences Bridge. Unlike the Meetings Bridge — where phrases are the primary signal-finding mechanism — conferences are primarily filtered by structured attributes. Search phrases work as a keyword match layer on top of your filters, and are best used when you want to narrow results to conferences where a specific topic, theme, or focus area appears in the conference description.
Cast the net wide with filters, and only add search phrases if you're seeing too many off-topic results. Over-constraining with phrases can cut out relevant conferences that describe the same focus area differently.
There are no scoring criteria in Conferences Bridges. Instead, every conference that matches your filters appears in the Bridge, and you use the Conference Relevance Score column to evaluate and prioritize results after the fact.
## Enriching your Conferences Bridge
Once your Bridge is surfacing the right conferences, add columns to evaluate fit and prioritize your event calendar.
### Conference Relevance Score
The Conference Relevance Score column uses AI to evaluate each conference against your ICP, business objectives, and the personas you're trying to reach. Rather than reviewing every conference manually, the score helps you quickly identify which conferences are worth serious consideration and which can be deprioritized.
Use the relevance score to:
* Compare conferences against each other when your team's event budget has a fixed number of slots
* Flag high-priority conferences for leadership review
* Assess expected ROI based on attendee profile alignment with your buyers
When adding a relevance score column, describe what "high relevance" looks like for your team — which buyer types matter most, which personas are highest priority, and any other factors (competitive presence, geography, timing) that affect your decision.
### Custom AI columns
Add custom AI columns to extract specific information from each conference's data. Useful examples:
* **Target Persona Match** — analyze how well the expected attendee profile aligns with your buyer personas
* **Budget Analysis** — extract pricing and cost details relevant to your event planning
* **Sales Positioning** — generate strategic recommendations for booth messaging based on conference themes and attendee profile
## Conference lead list enrichment
Once you've identified a conference to attend, Starbridge lets you enrich your attendee list directly from the Bridge — turning a raw CSV of names into a scored, contact-enriched list with personalized outreach ready to go.
Learn more about enriching attendee lists via the [Contacts Bridge](/builders/contacts-bridge).
### Creating a lead enrichment bridge from a Conferences Bridge
Select any conference row in your Conferences Bridge to open the conference modal.
Select the **Enrich conference lead list** button in the modal. This links the enrichment bridge directly to that specific conference, giving you access to conference attributes in your Contacts Bridge.
Upload your attendee list. If you have custom columns in your CSV — session attendance, booth notes, lead scores, CRM IDs — keep them: you can map them into the bridge and reference them in your AI columns.
Custom columns like booth conversation notes or session registrations are particularly valuable for post-conference follow-up scoring and personalized outreach. Include them in your CSV before uploading.
Build out the enrichment bridge the same way you would any contact bridge — add AI columns, web agent columns, and CRM sync columns. Because the bridge is linked to a specific conference, you can reference conference attributes (type `@` to access them) directly in your prompts.
Example AI column prompts for a conference lead enrichment bridge:
* *"Score this lead 1–10 for sales priority based on their title, the sessions they attended, and any booth conversation notes in @\[your custom column]."*
* *"Based on @Conference Description and this contact's title, identify the most relevant talking point for a follow-up call."*
Conference lead enrichment bridges created from a Conferences Bridge are tagged with a **Conference** label in your list of bridges, making them easy to identify later.
## Next steps: Explore other bridge types
Track buying signals from board meetings and strategic plans — the earliest indicator of a problem your solution solves.
Monitor active procurement opportunities across your target buyers as they're published.
Surface expiring contracts and spend patterns to identify accounts approaching a renewal decision.
Enrich and score your target account list — and sync key fields back to your CRM.
# Sharing Bridges with Consumers
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/configuring-bridges-for-consumers
## Overview
Once you’ve created a bridge, as a bridge builder, you can customize the bridge view for the rest of your team (consumers) to ensure that they’re seeing the most actionable, relevant information in their feed and email digest. This configuration will be reflected both in consumers’ “My Feed” as well as within their email digest.
## How to configure the consumer view
You’ll be able to customize the consumer view by changing the default information layout and by applying filters & custom sorting to ensure only the most relevant data is shown to your team.
As you customize the consumer view configuration, you can see a live preview of how the bridge will be presented to your team. Changes you make aren’t applied until you click "Save consumer view" in the top right.
## Consuming feed card layout
There are two bridge views: table view and card view. Only the card view is available on “My Feed”. Within the bridges tab, users can toggle between the table view and card view.
You can change the column layout to customize the order in which bridge information is presented to your team. The layout can be configured for both the table and feed (card) view.
For both views, you can decide which columns (or data) you’d like to show by checking the checkbox next to each column, in addition to the order that this information shows in by dragging the columns into your desired order. The columns shown in the table view and the feed (card) view do *not* need to match. You can easily copy the column layout between the Feed & Table views by clicking on the “Copy to feed view” or “Copy to table view” option on the top right.
Certain columns cannot be removed from the feed (card) view because they’re fundamental to the feed experience and must be present.
When adding new columns to a Bridge, they are hidden in the consumer view by default, so make sure to enable them if you'd like them to be visible to your team.
## Filters & Sort
Bridge filters & sorting help you determine which subset of bridge data is visible to your team, and in what order based on data attributes. Consumers can further filter and sort their bridge results, but their filters do not impact any other users or their email digest. You can filter by the following filter types:
* **Meeting Filter:** Determine whether results will be shown from all buyers, or buyers in each consumer’s territory. By default, this will be toggled to “Only buyers in a user’s territory”. If a user does not have a territory, they will see signals from all buyers.
* **Column Filter:** Filters limit signals to be shown only if certain column criteria is met. For example, you could configure filters to only show signals with scores above a certain threshold, to only show signals for buyers that are currently customers, etc.
You can sort the bridge results based on the value of each column, so that the results are displayed based on your desired priority/order. For example, you could sort by account score (largest to smallest), enrollment size, and more.
# Contacts Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/contacts-bridge
Use a Contacts Bridge to find and enrich contacts across your target accounts.
A Contacts Bridge lets you find and enrich contacts across the accounts you care about. Once enriched, contacts can be synced directly to Salesforce or HubSpot.
There are two ways to use a Contacts Bridge depending on whether you're starting from scratch or working from an existing list.
## Search contacts by title
If you know the types of roles you want to reach but don't have a contact list yet, a Contacts Bridge can surface relevant contacts across every account in a [buyer list](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list). Define your target job titles and the buyer list you want to search across, and Starbridge returns verified contacts for each buyer.
## Enrich an existing contact list
If you already have a list of contacts, upload it as a CSV and Starbridge will verify existing data and fill in missing data — including emails, phone numbers, current job title, and employment status.
This is useful in two cases:
**Conference and event lists:** Enrich an attendee or lead list before or after an event. Use it to prepare outreach ahead of the event — setting up warm introductions or booking calls — or to clean up a post-event list and confirm that contact details are current.
**Stale CRM contacts:** If your team has contacts in Salesforce or HubSpot that haven't been verified in a while or may no longer be accurate, upload them to Starbridge to confirm and refresh their details.
## Credits
Each contact successfully returned by a Contacts Bridge consumes **2 credits**. See [How Do Credits Work?](/builders/how-do-credits-work) for more detail.
# Custom Web Signals Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/custom-web-signal-bridges
Build a Custom Web Signals Bridge to search the web for any signal you define — across your entire buyer list, on a recurring cadence.
## Overview
Every other Bridge type in Starbridge searches a structured data source within Starbridge: board meetings, RFPs, purchase orders, conferences. The Custom Web Signals Bridge is different. It lets you define the signal yourself - asking Starbridge to search the open web for any information you want to track across your buyers.
Use it when the signal you're looking for doesn't fit a standard bridge type: a leadership change in a specific role, a state-level policy update, a newly announced grant, a funding reallocation. If you can describe it in a prompt, Starbridge can search for it.
Custom Web Signals Bridges cost **1 credit per buyer** searched each time the Bridge runs. See [How Do Credits Work?](/builders/how-do-credits-work) for more detail.
## Building your Bridge
The Custom Web Signals Bridge does not use the natural language Search Agent flow. There are no search phrases, match score criteria, or preview to calibrate. Setup is three steps: define who to search over, describe what to search for, and set how often to repeat.
\
Select the buyer list that defines which accounts Starbridge should search over. This is the most important scoping decision - every buyer in the list will be searched, and credits are consumed per buyer.
Start with the narrowest list that covers your target segment. If you don't have the right buyer list yet, create one first - see [How to Create a Buyer List](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list).
Because credits are charged per buyer per run, a tighter buyer list means lower credit consumption each time the Bridge re-runs. Scope your list to only the accounts where finding this signal would actually change your behavior.
Describe what Starbridge should search for across each buyer. This is the core of the Bridge - see [Writing a good prompt](#writing-a-good-prompt) below for guidance and examples.
Choose how often the Bridge should re-run and refresh its results. Each re-run searches across all buyers in the list and consumes credits accordingly.
Set the cadence based on how time-sensitive the signal is - weekly for fast-moving signals like leadership changes or grant announcements; monthly for slower-moving signals like policy updates or funding shifts.
***
## Writing a good prompt
The prompt is everything. It defines what Starbridge searches for on the web, how it evaluates what it finds, and what it surfaces as a result. A well-written prompt produces a clean, actionable signal. A poorly written one produces noise, gaps, or nothing at all.
### What to include
A strong prompt has two elements: **what to look for** and **a time window to search within**.
The time window is critical - without it, Starbridge has no basis to filter out stale results and may surface things that happened years ago. Always specify a recency constraint ("in the last 3 months", "within the last 6 months", etc.) that matches how often your Bridge re-runs.
### What to avoid
Your buyer list already tells Starbridge who to search over. Don't repeat that definition in the prompt — it adds noise and can confuse the search.
**Instead of:**
> *"Search across K–12 school districts in California for any state or federal grants awarded in the last 6 months that could fund curriculum software..."*
**Write:**
> *"Search for any state or federal grants awarded in the last 6 months that could fund curriculum software purchases."*
Starbridge will apply this prompt to each buyer in your list automatically.
Without a time constraint, results have no freshness filter and the signal loses its value as something to act on now.
**Instead of:**
> *"Find any grants awarded to this district."*
**Write:**
> *"Find any grants awarded to this district in the last 6 months."*
Match the time window to your re-run cadence — a weekly bridge should search "in the last 7 days" or "in the last 2 weeks"; a monthly bridge can go back further.
More complexity in a prompt does not mean better results. Overly detailed instructions - multiple layered conditions, long exclusion lists, complex if-then logic - tend to narrow the search too aggressively and produce fewer results than expected.
Write the core question clearly and concisely. If you find the results are too broad after reviewing, add one clarifying constraint at a time rather than front-loading every condition you can think of.
### Example prompts
The following are ready-to-use prompt templates for common Custom Web Signals Bridge use cases. Replace the bracketed placeholders with your specifics.
> *"Your task is to search across U.S. state government websites, departments of education, and official grants portals to identify announced funding opportunities that school districts can apply for.*
>
> *Limit searches over the last 6 months. The goal is to find grants that could fund \[YOUR PRODUCT LINES].*
>
> *Scope of grants to prioritize: \[GRANT TYPES]* *Eligibility: \[RESTRICTIONS ON RELEVANCE]"*
Useful for surfacing grant funding that buyers could use to purchase your product — before the application window closes.
> *"Your task is to search across school district websites, board meeting agendas/minutes, press releases, and local education news to identify cases where school districts have already been awarded state or federal grants or special funding allocations in the last 6 months.*
>
> *The goal is to surface districts that now have available funds that could be applied toward \[YOUR PRODUCT LINES].*
>
> *Priority focus (in order): \[PRIORITY GRANT TYPES]"*
Different from the grants-open prompt — this one finds buyers who have already secured funding and now have budget to spend.
> *"Check if there is any recent news (within the last 6 months) about changes to state-level funding.*
>
> *Focus on funding increases, decreases, or reallocations that could affect \[YOUR PRODUCTS/GOALS].*
>
> *When analyzing, consider:* *1) Funding cuts may signal budget pressure that leads districts to freeze purchases.* *2) Surplus funding or increases may create opportunities to expand.*
>
> *Check sources such as: state Department of Education budget releases, legislative updates on education funding bills, trusted local/state news outlets, and governor's office press releases."*
> *"Analyze the official website and publicly linked government sources of this state or state education agency.*
>
> *Focus on discussions, policy changes, guidance, or regulatory updates concerning \[TOPIC] within the past 3 months.*
>
> *Objective: identify high-relevance, official state-level signals that reflect new or proposed policies or regulations governing \[TOPIC]."*
Useful for tracking regulatory tailwinds or headwinds that affect your buyers' purchasing decisions — AI policy, accessibility mandates, data privacy requirements, and similar.
***
## Related articles
Custom Web Signals Bridges fill gaps that structured signal sources can't cover. Combine them with signal-based Bridges for a complete view of your buyers.
Track buying signals in board meetings and strategic plans — the earliest indicator that a buyer is moving toward a purchase.
Monitor active procurement opportunities across your buyer list as they're published.
Surface expiring contracts and spend patterns across your target accounts.
Enrich, score, and activate your target account list — and sync key fields to your CRM.
# Contacts Bridge: Enrich an existing lead list
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/enrich-an-existing-lead-list
## Introduction
If you know the contacts you want to reach, a [Contacts Bridge](/builders/contacts-bridge) can enrich your existing leads or contacts to verify their current title, employment status, and email.
This is the most common starting point for teams enriching a lead list for outreach ahead of a conference, or verifying existing contacts in their CRM.
### How to enrich an existing contact list
Select **Clean or enrich a lead list**.
Buyer name and buyer state code are required to ensure Starbridge verifies and enriches the contact at the right organization.
If you include an email for the contact, Starbridge will bounce-check your provided email and no additional charge. Starbridge will always attempt to enrich an email for the contact, even if you provide an existing email.
Starbridge uses these to focus on the right buyer types for your uploaded leads and contacts.
Questions about the results? [This explainer](/builders/csv-enrichment-understanding-the-results) breaks down the outputs of CSV contact enrichment, especially the **Is Active** and **Contact Email** columns.
## Understanding the results
### Output columns you can expect to see
Your CSV enrichment results will include at least:
* Contact (Full Name)
* Buyer Name
* Salutation
* First Name
* Last Name
* Job Title
* Contact Email
* Phone Number
* Relevance
* Is Active
If your CSV included any of the following inputs, we will also include them in the output so you can compare your inputs to Starbridge’s outputs:
* Provided Job Title
* Provided Contact Email
* Provided Contact Phone
### Quick definitions
This section focuses on two important outputs: **Is Active** and **Contact Email**.
* **Is Active:** Whether Starbridge believes the contact should be treated as “active at this buyer.” This is driven by whether we can verify the person works at the buyer.
* **Contact Email:** The email Starbridge returns (if any), after enrichment and validation steps like bounce checking.
Is Active is based on rigorous web verification.
* If we **confirmed the contact works at the buyer** → **Is Active = true**
* If we **confirmed the contact does not work at the buyer** → **Is Active = false**
* If we **could not confirm either way** → **Is Active = true** (default to "keep active" when the web is ambiguous)
**Why we default to Is Active = true when we are not sure:** If a contact exists in your CRM or lead list and we cannot confidently verify they left, we do not want to push you toward inactivating or deleting good data just because the web has no conclusive information.
**We do not use bounce check results from your provided email to determine Is Active:** Bounce checks only tell us whether an email address is deliverable — not whether the email address belongs or belonged to that person. For example, your provided email can fail a bounce check due to a typo, even if the contact is still active.
> **Workaround:** If you would like to mark contacts inactive when your provided email fails bounce check, you can add an AI Analysis column that accepts the result in **Is Active** unless your **Provided Email** failed the bounce check per **Relevance**. [1-minute video explainer](https://www.loom.com/share/739b7a715f8748ef9a80ff09947ca89a).
* Starbridge will attempt to enrich an email for every active contact.
* Starbridge runs a **bounce check** as a final validation step on its enriched email and any email you provide. You can see the outcome of those bounce checks in **Relevance**.
* If a Starbridge-enriched email or your provided email **fails bounce check**, we **do not show it** as the output **Contact Email**.
* If you provided an email and Starbridge found a different email, we may validate both and explain the outcome in **Relevance**.
This table explains what you'll see in the **Contact Email** output. Read this table from left to right.
| Is Active | Your provided email passes a bounce check | Our enriched email passes a bounce check | Returned in Contact Email |
| --------- | ----------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------- |
| true | Yes | Yes | Our email |
| true | No | Yes | Our email |
| true | No email provided | Yes | Our email |
| true | Yes | No email found | Your provided email |
| true | No | No email found | No email |
| true | No email provided | No email found | No email |
| false | Yes | We don't enrich an email | Your provided email |
| false | No | We don't enrich an email | No email |
| false | No email provided | We don't enrich an email | No email |
### Examples
* We verified they no longer work at the buyer, so the contact is inactive.
* Their email has not been deactivated. This can happen when a buyer keeps an old email inbox active, often to forward or monitor messages for a departed employee.
* Our verifier found strong evidence the contact works at the buyer, so we marked **Is Active** = true.
* We do not use bounce check results from your provided email to determine **Is Active**. Bounce check only tells us whether an email address is deliverable, not whether the email address belongs or belonged to that person. For example, your provided email can fail bounce check due to a typo, even if the contact is still active. [1-minute video explainer](https://www.loom.com/share/739b7a715f8748ef9a80ff09947ca89a).
* Our verifier could not find strong evidence they work at the buyer. It also could not find strong evidence they do not work at the buyer.
* We default to keeping the contact active when we are not sure, because ambiguity is not a good reason to inactivate or delete CRM records.
* We do not use bounce check results from your provided email to determine **Is Active**. Bounce check only tells us whether an email address is deliverable, not whether the email address belongs or belonged to that person. For example, your provided email can fail bounce check due to a typo, even if the contact is still active. [1-minute video explainer](https://www.loom.com/share/739b7a715f8748ef9a80ff09947ca89a).
## Next steps
Push enriched contacts directly to your CRM.
Starbridge keeps your enriched contacts up to date — also get alerted when contacts change roles.
Another valuable enrichment use case is leveraging the buyer name from the original contact to identify additional high-level decision-makers at that same organization. To do this, create a new Custom Web Agent Column and prompt it to pull the names, emails, and job titles of the most relevant contacts for that buyer. Appropriate titles might include roles such as Superintendent or Director of Information Technology.
Example prompt:
# Enriching Bridges with data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/enriching-bridges-with-data
A high-level overview of the column types you can add to a Bridge to turn signals into structured, outreach-ready GTM intelligence.
A Bridge starts as a list of items that matched a search — buying signals, contacts, buyers or conferences. **Enrichment** is how you build on that foundation: by adding **columns**, you can add additional insights to each row. A column can pull in an attribute, find the right contact, run AI analysis, search the web for additional detail, generate personalized emails, reference another Bridge, or sync data to and from your CRM.
## How enrichment works
You add an enrichment from inside any Bridge:
1. Click "Add enrichment"
2. Select the column type you want
3. Test on the first 5 rows to check output
4. Run all rows
Not sure which column to pick? Select **"Generate enrichment with AI"** and describe the information you want in plain language. Starbridge will configure the best column for you.
## Types of columns
Enrich the Bridge signal or entity itself (e.g. the date of a job change announcement for a Job Change Bridge, the population of a city in a Buyers Bridge, etc.)
Pulls the vendors, products, or competitors a buyer works with.
Analyze your Bridge using natural-language prompts. You can generate account scores, qualification insights, outreach recommendations, call prep notes, and more.
Generates emails tailored to every account, with the flexibility to combine our own copy with dynamic variables and AI snippets rooted in each signal.
Bring data from one Bridge into another. For example, show recent meetings signals inside a Buyer Bridge to get a more complete view of each account.
Sync data from Starbridge to your CRM, and reference fields from your CRM inside Starbridge, keeping account and contact data current in both places.
## Related articles
The full builder walkthrough, including every column type in detail.
Prompt ideas for getting the most out of AI Analysis columns.
Prompt ideas for web-based enrichment.
How enrichment consumes credits across column types.
# RFP Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/finding-rfps
Build an RFP Bridge that surfaces relevant procurement opportunities from tens of thousands of active bids — and score them against your specific requirements fit.
## Overview
Starbridge continuously monitors SLED-focused RFPs, pulling from state and local government procurement portals, third-party aggregators, municipal websites, and custom web sources.
The RFP Bridge applies your search logic and scoring criteria to surface only the RFPs worth acting on - filtering out everything that's out of scope, already expired, or a poor fit before it reaches your reps.
The key insight: **not all RFPs that mention your product category are worth pursuing.** An RFP for "learning management software" could be a \$10M statewide contract or a 50-seat pilot for a single school - and the requirements inside the document determine whether you can win it. Your bridge results should reflect that.
## Building your Bridge
The bridge building flow for RFPs follows the same three-phase structure as other bridge types in Starbridge: **Describe → Refine → Create**.
For a full walkthrough of the bridge building flow — including how to set buyer filters, search phrases, match score criteria, and preview results — see the [Bridge Building Flow](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge) guide.
## Configuring good search phrases
Search phrases define the candidate pool - the set of RFPs Starbridge evaluates against your scoring criteria. Cast a wide net here; filter hard in scoring.
### Think about how agencies describe what they're buying
RFP language varies significantly across agency types, geography, and procurement staff. The same need gets written many different ways. Your phrases should capture that variation - not just the canonical product name.
| Category | Example search phrases |
| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| ERP / Finance | "financial management system" OR "enterprise resource planning" OR "accounting and budgeting software" |
| LMS | "learning management system" OR "online training platform" OR "eLearning courseware" OR "professional development platform" |
| GIS / Mapping | "geographic information system" OR "mapping software" OR "spatial data platform" OR "land records management" |
| HR Software | "human resources information system" OR "payroll management software" OR "workforce management platform" |
| Cybersecurity | "managed security services" OR "endpoint detection and response" OR "cybersecurity assessment" OR "network monitoring services" |
| Document Management | "document management system" OR "records management software" OR "content management platform" OR "digital archiving" |
| Issue | Example | Problem |
| ------------------------ | --------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- |
| Single product name only | "Workday" | Misses RFPs that don't name your competitor |
| Generic category | "software" | Returns everything |
| Internal jargon | "K–12 SIS v2.0" | No agency writes this in a bid |
| Acronym only | "HRIS" | Misses agencies that spell it out |
| Too narrow | "fleet management for fire departments" | Cuts out police, public works, transit |
### Cover the edges of your category
The most valuable RFPs are often ones that don't use your exact product name. Think about adjacent terms, functional descriptions, and how different buyer segments write about the same need:
* Different agency types write differently: a K–12 district's "student information system" RFP looks different from a city's "resident services platform" — even if you serve both
* Procurement staff often use outdated or non-standard terminology: "legacy system replacement" might refer to a category you modernize
* Services and software are sometimes bundled: "implementation and training services" may appear alongside the software RFP, or instead of it
## Finetuning RFP scoring criteria
This is where the RFP Bridge earns its value. Scoring criteria let you describe, in plain language, what makes an RFP actually worth pursuing - and what disqualifies one. The goal is a bridge where every high-scoring result is a real opportunity your team should evaluate.
### Structure criteria around requirements fit
Unlike the Meetings Bridge, where scoring is about buying stage, RFP scoring is about **fit** - whether the specific requirements inside the document align with what you sell, how you sell it, and who you sell to.
Include signals that indicate a strong fit with your offering:
* RFP requires specific capabilities or features you provide
* Scope (seat count, agency size, contract value) matches your target segment
* Contract structure is one you can bid on (open RFP, cooperative purchase, sole source)
* Timeline and implementation requirements are feasible
* Funding source is confirmed (grant-funded, budget allocated, bond-approved)
Exclude RFPs that aren't worth pursuing:
* Scope is too small or too large for your business
* Requirements include capabilities you don't offer
* Incumbent vendor is named and sole-source language is present
* Mandatory certifications or partnerships you don't have
* Primarily a services contract, not a software or product buy
### Use criteria to describe the requirements you need to see
The most powerful use of scoring criteria in the RFP Bridge is going inside the document — telling Starbridge what to look for in the RFP's actual requirements section, not just its title or summary.
If your product has a specific capability that differentiates you — or a hard dependency — encode that in your criteria:
**Positive:**
> *"The RFP specifically requires integration with existing SIS or student data systems, real-time reporting dashboards, or mobile-accessible interfaces."*
**Negative:**
> *"The RFP requires on-premise deployment, custom hardware, or a government-hosted private cloud — ruling out SaaS-only vendors."*
This tells Starbridge to score higher when those requirements appear in the document, and lower (or exclude) when disqualifying requirements appear.
Two RFPs can share identical search phrases but represent wildly different opportunities. Use criteria to filter by scope signals buried in the document:
**Positive:**
> *"The RFP mentions a user base of 1,000+ employees, a multi-year contract term (3–5 years), or a budget estimate above \$500,000."*
**Negative:**
> *"The RFP is a pilot or proof-of-concept with fewer than 100 users, or explicitly states a budget under \$50,000."*
Note: budget ranges are often present in RFPs as estimates or funding source descriptions even when not listed explicitly.
Broad category terms surface a wide range of RFPs — use criteria to narrow to the ones that actually match:
If you sell **cybersecurity software** specifically (not managed services):
> *"The RFP is for a software platform or SaaS product — NOT a managed security services contract, staffing augmentation, or consulting engagement."*
If you sell **body-worn cameras** (not general surveillance):
> *"The RFP is specifically for law enforcement body-worn camera equipment or programs — NOT in-vehicle dash cameras, fixed building surveillance, CCTV infrastructure, or drone video systems."*
If you sell **HR software to government** (not private sector):
> *"The issuing agency should be a government entity, school district, or public institution — NOT a private company, nonprofit, or commercial organization."*
RFPs, RFIs, ITBs, and sole-source notices all look similar in search — but require very different responses. Use criteria to filter for the contract types your team pursues:
**Positive:**
> *"The solicitation is a competitive RFP, RFI, ITB, or cooperative purchase opportunity open to multiple vendors."*
**Negative:**
> *"The notice is a sole-source justification naming an incumbent vendor, a notice of intent to award already completed, or a contract extension rather than a new procurement."*
## Use the preview to calibrate and refine scoring criteria
Before launching your Bridge, open the **Preview** and deliberately review results across the full scoring range - not just the top results.
Confirm these are RFPs your team would actually pursue. If something scores high that shouldn't:
* Identify which requirement or phrase is triggering it
* Add a negative criteria that captures why it's a poor fit
* Raise the match score threshold if results are broadly noisy
Look through results in the bottom half of the score range. If you find an RFP that *is* relevant but scored low:
* Read the match reasoning - Starbridge explains why it scored the way it did
* Identify what language in the document makes it relevant
* Add a search phrase or positive criteria that captures that signal
You're looking for a distribution where high-scoring results consistently match your ICP and win criteria, and low-scoring results are genuinely poor fits. For RFP Bridges, expect to refine criteria around scope, requirements, and contract type — these are the most common sources of noise.
## Enriching your RFP Bridge
Once your Bridge is created, add columns to make each result immediately actionable for your team.
### RFP Bridge-specific columns
RFP Bridges include structured data fields pulled directly from the procurement document:
| Column | What it contains |
| ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Due Date** | The RFP submission deadline — useful for prioritization and sequencing outreach |
| **Status** | Active, expired, awarded, or cancelled |
| **Issuer** | The name of the procuring agency |
These default columns can be referenced as inputs in your AI Analysis and email outreach - for example, using `@Due Date` in an automated follow-up sequence.
### Other useful enrichment columns
Use natural language to analyze the RFP document directly. Common RFP Bridge use cases:
* *"Does this RFP include any mandatory certifications, teaming requirements, or vendor qualifications that would disqualify us? List them."*
* *"Identify the top 3 evaluation criteria listed in this RFP and explain how a response should be weighted."*
* *"What is the estimated contract value or budget range mentioned in this RFP?"*
* *"Write a one-paragraph summary of this RFP for a sales rep preparing a bid/no-bid decision."*
AI Analysis works within the document content — it doesn't search the web.
Use the Web Agent for context outside the RFP document itself:
* *"Has this agency issued similar RFPs in the past 3 years? What vendors were awarded?"*
* *"What is this buyer's current technology stack or incumbent vendor for this category?"*
* *"Are there any news articles about this agency's budget situation, leadership changes, or strategic initiatives?"*
Check whether the issuing agency has an existing contract with a competitor. Useful for estimating incumbent risk and tailoring your response — especially when the RFP mentions an "existing system" the new vendor must integrate with or replace.
See the [Vendor Presence](/vendor-presence) guide for how to set up this column type!
Add a web-based contact to surface the procurement officer, department head, or decision-maker at the issuing agency. Useful for reaching out before the official submission deadline — or after a bid is submitted — to build the relationship.
## Next steps: Explore other bridge types
The RFP Bridge catches buyers who are already in procurement. Pair it with earlier-stage signal sources to build a complete pipeline.
Surface buyers 6–18 months before they issue an RFP — when they're describing problems in board meetings and strategic plans. The earliest signal available.
Identify contracts with competitors that are expiring. Buyers renewing or replacing an existing solution are often the most receptive to an RFP conversation.
Track buyers attending procurement or industry conferences. Useful for pre-submission relationship-building with agencies your team is actively bidding.
Build a static list of target agencies to score and prioritize across all signal types — including whether they have active RFPs, expiring contracts, or recent meeting signals.
# How do credits work?
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/how-do-credits-work
## How Credits Work
Credits are used to meter consumption of certain web-based data in Starbridge. Each item is clearly labeled in Starbridge with its credit consumption amount.
Your core Starbridge features (meeting minutes, strategic plans, RFPs, base purchases, AI analysis) remain unlimited and are not tied to credits.
Starbridge offers three different credit packages, if you’re not sure what package you are on, you can find it in the top right corner of the platform or feel free to ask your CSM.
Credits work as follows:
| **Data Type** | **# of Credits Consumed** | **Notes** |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| RFPs | FREE | |
| Meeting Minutes | FREE | |
| Strategic Plans | FREE | |
| Base Purchases & Contract Expirations | FREE | This is the date provided in the Starbridge platform by default. If you want to create further enrichment to get the underlying contract details & expirations of competitors, this would be a Custom FOIA request. |
| Buyer/Account Attributes (Budget Details, Enrollment, Population, SIS) | FREE | Note: all of the base data we collect is free, if you want to collect custom data, that would be a custom web agent which would consume credits. See all of that data here: [Available Buyer Datapoints](https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/buyer-attributes) |
| AI Analysis (Email Generation, Email Snippets, Creating Account Scores, Summaries) | FREE | |
| Contacts | 2 credits per contact | This stays up to date with changes throughout the year and can sync with your CRM. |
| Job Changes | 2 credits per job change for a new contact | A new contact is one you're enriching for the first time. You won't be charged again for a contact you've previously enriched. |
| Custom Web Agent (e.g., job change web tracker, grants, news) | 1 credit per run (Core), 4 credits per run (Pro), 12 credits per run (Ultra). | You can rerun this on a cadence (within a bridge or with custom web agents). Each run consumes credits. |
| Custom FOIA Requests for Competitor Contracts, RFP Responses etc. | Custom Ask Your CSM | |
## **Q\&A**
Credits are a way to measure usage of certain Starbridge features that pull in external data, such as verified contact details or web-based buying signals. Core Starbridge features (meeting minutes, strategic plans, RFPs, base purchases, AI analysis) remain unlimited and are not tied to credits.
We’ve expanded the platform to include high-value external data sources. Credits help us track and support usage of these data-intensive features while keeping core Starbridge capabilities unlimited.
Credits are used when (1) pulling verified contact data (excluding contacts found directly in meetings), (2) creating web-agent columns in non-web signal bridges (3) setting up or refreshing custom web signal bridges, and (4) pulling job changes data.
Unlimited features include internal Starbridge buying signals (meeting minutes, strategic plans, RFPs), AI-powered account analysis through Bridges, Ask Questions about Buyer, and Ask Starbridge. These features will not use credits.
For current customers, we’ve added a set number of credits to your account at no additional cost as part of your current subscription. You should have received communications on the amount in your dedicated Slack channel.
Your credit balance is visible in the upper right corner of the Bridge homepage and every bridge, as well as in organization settings (admins only).
You’ll receive notice via your preferred communication channel when you are close to exceeding your credit limit. You can upgrade the size of your credit plan at any time by connecting with your CSM. Any credits used above your purchase limit will be charged monthly at \$0.13 per credit.
Credits are valid through the length of your annual agreement with Starbridge.
Yes. You can set limits for each team member on how many credits individual users may use during a given annual contract.
A number of annual credits is included in your Starbridge contract. Additional credit packages are available for purchase. Any overage credits are charged monthly at \$0.13 per credit.
Reach out to your Starbridge account manager via Slack or email [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai).
## Usage Details
Credits only apply to web based requests within Starbridge. Usage is dependent on the action being conducted:
* Each Contacts Bridge consumes 2 credits for every row within the bridge.
* Example use case: identifying key decision makers within a defined target market.
* Each Custom Web Signal Bridge consumes credits for every row within the bridge.
* Three models are available depending on request complexity:
* Core (1 credit per row)
* Pro (4 credits per row)
* Ultra (12 credits per row)
* Example use cases: recent leadership changes, legislative/regulatory changes.
* Each web agent column consumes credits for every row within the bridge (model-based pricing as above).
* Each contact column consumes 2 credits for every row within the bridge.
* Meeting bridges can source contacts from meeting content (non-web based), which does not use credits.
## Example Scenarios
I am a **Director of Demand Generation at a K12 edtech** targeting school districts in the Northeast.
Goal: get contact information for all superintendents across all school districts in NY, NJ, PA, MA, CT, RI, VT, ME, NH.
Total credit usage: 4,000 school districts × 1 contact × 2 credits/contact = **8,000 credits (one-time)**
I am a **BDR Lead at a govtech** targeting cities and counties across the US.
Goal: use the web agent to enrich information about existing system usage and recent leadership job changes across cities and counties with relevant meeting signals.
Total credit usage: 750 meetings × 2 web-agent columns × 1 credit/column = **1,500 credits (one-time)**
I am a **CFO of a Higher Ed edtech** targeting all colleges in the US.
Goal: scan for schools that have received grants for technology funding every 3 months.
Total credit usage: 2,500 colleges × 1 credit/college × 4 reruns/year = **10,000 credits/year**
I am a **Marketing Manager at an EdTech** targeting school districts above 2,500 in enrollment.
Goal: get contact information for up to 5 contacts per district across titles like “Assistant Superintendent of Instruction”, “Assistant Superintendent of Curriculum”, “Chief Academic Officer”, “HR Director”, “HR Manager”.
Total credit usage: 4,000 school districts × 3 contacts returned per district (avg) × 2 credits/contact = **24,000 credits/year**
# How do FOIA requests work?
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/how-do-foia-requests-work
This article is only relevant if you have purchased a group of FOIA credits from Starbridge. If you are interested in collecting custom FOIA info, contract expirations or competitor proposal responses, reach out to your Starbridge CSA or Ac
This article is only relevant if you have purchased a group of FOIA credits from Starbridge. If you are interested in collecting custom FOIA info, contract expirations, or competitor proposal responses, reach out to your Starbridge CSA or Account Manager.
## What Starbridge Can Request
We send FOIA requests to all types of buyer entities to obtain purchase information.
There are 3 main genres of information we request:
* Starbridge requests individual line items of all transactions over a period of time.
* Valuable for uncovering broad spend and vendor presence.
* These are made by Starbridge, not on behalf of any specific customer.
* Starbridge requests specific contracts of your competitors with a dedicated campaign that anonymizes your request (i.e., it is Starbridge that requests the information, not you).
* These requests contain denser, more actionable information, including contract start/end dates and pricing details.
* Contract details are often synced to customer CRM systems to enrich existing or potential buyer data.
FOIA for information pertaining to a specific, named RFP.
**How We Do It**
As we launch FOIA campaigns, it is important to understand what we can and cannot request. Broadly, Starbridge issues 2 main types of requests:
1. For a given agency or municipality or public institution, we can request contracts for a certain set of competitors over a specific period of time.
2. FOIA for information about a specific, named RFP.
1. The RFP process must be complete at the time of the request and deliberative material may be exempt, depending on the State’s law.
## **Details for Providing a Request**
We will FOIA for a *maximum* of 8 competitors in a FOIA campaign. You can still request more competitors, but we will need to do it in multiple waves.
1. 1 buyer, 8 competitors —> 1 FOIA request
2. 1 buyer, 10 competitors total: 5 competitors in wave 1, 5 competitors in wave 2 —> 2 FOIA requests
Reason for the hard cap: larger requests take far longer per institution, with some indicating that the scope of the request is too wide and therefore return nothing where they would have returned back detailed contracts if the request was smaller.
When sending a FOIA request, it is important to be as detailed as possible in order to receive timely, complete responses. Many vendors have large suites of products, so specifying a category, a product name, or a description of the product will yield targeted contracts more accurately.
1. Example:
1. Request: Contracts with Ellucian, specifically the CRM product CRM Advise.
2. FOIA verbiage options (most to least favorable): CRM Advise (Ellucian); Ellucian - CRM Solutions; Ellucian recruitment and advising software.
Without detail, a request for Ellucian, may yield only an overall contract/master service agreement with no specificity to a product line.
## Return Rates
**Return rate (timeline) overall minimum expected returns:**
* 25% in first 30 days
* 50% by 3 months
* 75% by 6 months
* 100% within 9 months
We generally see a faster timeline, but this is a 'safe' assumption of return rate average. Agency response times can vary due to many factors such as legal review of responsive documents, amount of information requested, and agency backlogs to name a few.
# Building a Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge
A step-by-step overview of how to create and configure a Bridge in Starbridge.
## Overview
Bridges are the core of Starbridge — they surface the right buyers for your team and keep that data fresh over time. This guide walks through the full process from start to finish.
## Steps to build a Bridge
Before you can build a Bridge, you need a list of accounts you want to target. A buyer list defines the universe of buyers Starbridge will monitor for signals.
Upload or define the accounts you want Starbridge to track.
Configure your Bridge's search agent to scan for the signals that matter to your team. This determines what Starbridge looks for across your buyer list.
Set up your search agent and run your first Bridge search.
Add columns to pull in additional data points about each account — from web research, firmographics, intent signals, and more.
Add and configure columns to enrich your Bridge with the data your team needs.
Push Bridge data directly into your CRM so your reps always have the latest signals without leaving their workflow.
Choose which fields and signals to sync from your Bridge to your CRM.
Once your Bridge is configured, share it with the reps, managers, or teams who need to act on it.
Control access, views, and settings for the people consuming your Bridge.
## Related articles
Upload or define the accounts you want Starbridge to track.
Add and configure columns to enrich your Bridge with data your team needs.
# Bridges prompt examples
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/how-to-create-a-bridge/bridges-prompt-examples
Starbridge is not just a *data* platform—it's a **workflow and decision acceleration platform.** We provide:
* **Signals** → Who's showing intent or talking about a need?
* **Context** → Why are they looking?
* **Comparison** → Who else should I talk to?
* **Action** → What do I say/do next? Based on your goals, we have identified some common and effective prompts to get you started with exploring the Bridge functionality and able to extract value from day 1.
## **GOAL 1: IDENTIFY BUYERS AND OPPORTUNITIES**
“Help me find the right buyers or opportunities” *Applies to*: Lead generation, product-market fit analysis, competitive intel.
| **Customer Goal** | **Bridge Type** | **Prompt** |
| --------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| I want to know the relevance of a meeting or RFP for my company | Any | ***Summarized Relevance*** |
| I want to know whether the Buyer is looking for a particular solution | Meeting | We want to know if `{Buyer Name}` is discussing a specific solution to the problem they have identified in the `{Meeting}`. If there is a specific solution or product they describe they want to procure to address ***criteria***, please compose a 2 sentence summary of what solution they are looking for and why. Otherwise please return "No solution discussed". |
## **GOAL 2: ENRICH CRM or CONTACT DATA**
“Give me more complete buyer profiles” *Applies to*: CRM enrichment, sales intelligence, list building.
| **Customer Goal** | **Bridge Type** | **Prompt** |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| I want to enrich new or existing Buyers with contact information | Any | ***Web based contacts*** or ***Document based contacts (as needed for CRM sync)*** |
| I want to search for known competitors engaging with my prospective Buyers | Any | Look at `{Buyer URL}` and find what LMS they use? Examples are ***example 1, example 2, example 3.*** |
| I want to enrich my data with scores or rubrics based on specific criteria | Any | We want to display a metric called "population score". First find the population of `{Buyer Name}`. If `{Buyer Name}` is a city or state or town, then search the most recent Census to find the population. If `{Buyer Type}` is not a city or state or town, then find the city or town where `{Buyer Name}` is located or represents and find the population of that city or town. The population score is as follows: 0 if ***criteria 0***. 1 if ***criteria 1***. 2 if ***criteria 2***. 3 if ***criteria 4***. Format and validation criteria for response: first display the calculated population score (0,1,2,3). under the number, please describe the reasoning for the response. |
| I want to know if potential buyers are discussing existing contract value with competitors | Meetings | Please return the contract value of a contract that `{Buyer Name}` has with ***list of competitors*** as discussed in `{Meeting}`. If there is no mention of a contract value, please return "N/A". If there is mention of contract value, just return the monetary value of that contract. |
## **GOAL 3: UNDERSTAND BUYER NEEDS**
“What is this buyer trying to solve?” *Applies to*: Message personalization, sales enablement, solution fit assessment.
| **Customer Goal** | **Bridge Type** | **Prompt** |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| I want to identify challenges or pain points mentioned by Buyers in order to have more targeted outreach. | Meetings | Your task is to create an one sentence 'challenge' statement based on the contents of `{Email Snippet}`. For example, if the `{Email Snippet}` mentions one of the institution's strategic initiative is to improve student retention, the challenge should be "Have to imagine proactively identifying student risk is a major challenge right now." Make sure the challenge is relevant to an area of focus or issue that could be solved by partnering with ***COMPANY NAME***, which provides ***COMPANY PRODUCT***. Do not repeat the same phrase, such as proactively, in each row. Make sure it is specific to the `{Meeting}`. |
| I want to know if any of my Buyers recently received grant funding | Any | Use the `{Buyer URL}` to search for any grants the school district has applied for or received in the last 2 years (from 2023 to present). Focus on grants that could be relevant to ***COMPANY PRODUCT***. Return a brief 3-sentence summary including any source URLs and summarized findings. |
| I want to know if there is any recent news regarding issues to my industry/product that the Buyer has experienced recently | Meetings | Please check to see if there is any news over the last 12 months regarding `{Buyer Name}` and ***criteria***. First check `{Buyer URL}` to see if they mention any recent issues or concerns related to ***criteria***. Also check any relevant news sites for mentions of `{Buyer Name}` in `{Buyer State Code}`***criteria*** that have left them concerned and needing to act now. Limit your answer to 3 sentences. If you cannot find any relevant information, simply reply "N/A". Sample response if no relevant information/new: N/A. |
| I want to know if the district the Buyer is in has dealt with any relevant litigation evidencing a need for specific solutions | Any | Review the District with `{Buyer Name}` and determine if there have been any recent (in the last 3 years) lawsuits related to "***criteria 1***" or "***criteria 2***" Do this by searching their website, board meeting minutes, as well as the web. If you find any such mentions, return a 2 sentence max summary of the litigation and the source URL for your findings. If you don't find any mentions, return "N/A." If you are unsure, return "Unsure." |
## **GOAL 4: FIND SIMILAR BUYERS**
“Who else looks like this buyer?” *Applies to*: Market expansion, lookalike prospecting, territory planning.
| **Customer Goal** | **Bridge Type** | **Prompt** |
| --------------------------------- | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| I want to identify similar Buyers | Any | Please come up with 3 institutions most similar to `{Buyer Name}`. When evaluating similarity, focus on ***criteria 1, criteria 2, criteria 3***. Process: first gather relevant qualification data from `{Buyer URL}`. The relevant information should give you some criteria when evaluating whether other institutions are similar to it. If some data is not available, please use any public filings or publicly accessible information about `{Buyer Name}` to determine the qualifications. Then see if there are any institutions that are similar in ***criteria 1, criteria 2, criteria 3***. Please limit your answer to 3 institutions, but provide the reasoning on why they are similar. Limit your reasoning to 1 sentence for each institution that is similar. |
## **GOAL 5: PRIORITIZE BASED ON TIMING**
“When should I reach out?” *Applies to*: Sales prioritization, campaign planning.
| **Customer Goal** | **Bridge Type** | **Prompt** |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| I want to know a contract expiration date for my relevant Buyers | Purchases | ***Contract Expiration Date*** (from reference data) |
| I want to know if there are any scheduled reviews of existing technology solutions by the Buyer | Meetings | Are there any mentions of any scheduled reviews of existing ***criteria*** in `{Meeting}`? Make sure the review is relevant for ***COMPANY NAME***, ***description of the company***. If yes, please return what type of review is scheduled to occur and what the stated goal of the review is. Otherwise, return "N/A". |
## **GOAL 6: ENABLE OUTREACH AND ACTION**
“Help me take the next step” *Applies to*: Outreach, proposal generation, SDR productivity.
| **Customer Goal** | **Bridge Type** | **Prompt** |
| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| I want to have a cold call script specifically targeted to a recent and relevant Buyer meeting/conversation | Meetings | You're a sales rep making a cold call. Your goal is to open the call with a short, human-sounding introduction that references specific research you've done on the account, labeled as `{Summarized Relevance}`. Write a cold call opening line that is: Casual but confident 1-3 sentences long Reference `{Summarized Relevance}` naturally end with a soft ask to keep the conversation going (e.g., "Do you have a minute?" or "Open to hearing me out?") |
| I want to write an outbound email specific to the Buyer and referencing pain points, my solution, and a call to action. | Meetings | You are a salesperson at a company, ***COMPANY NAME***, that provides a technology tool called that ***DESCRIBE VALUE PROPOSITION***. You are trying to write a short, compelling email to a `{CONTACT TITLE}` with the goal of scheduling an initial meeting. The framework of your email should follow the following structure: 1. Observation - Review the key information from `{Summarized Relevance}` and write a short sentence that references something you observed or noticed related to the institutions goals, challenges, or initiatives that is causing you to reach out. 2. Problem - Briefly describe the challenge that other high performing institutions first had when trying to implement the goal. 3. Solution - Share quickly and concisely, in plain english without flowery language how ***COMPANY NAME*** can help. 4. Call To Action - Introduce a low friction call to action such as "open to learning more?" Other things to consider: Keep the email short. Less than 150 words. Write plainly and concisely. Write like how a person would talk to another person. When referring to specific college or university names, use informal names or abbreviations, e.g. University of Hawaii Hilo should be UHH, or Montana State University, MSU or Montana State. Don't include a subject line." |
# Creating a buyer list
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list
A buyer list defines the set of accounts you want to work with in Starbridge.
A **buyer list** is a collection of SLED entities — cities, counties, school districts, state agencies, or other public sector accounts — that represents the accounts you care about for a given use case. It's the basic unit of analysis in Starbridge: everything you do (scoring, enrichment, signals, territories) operates on a buyer list.
Not sure where to start? Most teams begin with a broad list — the most encompassing set of buyers they could plausibly sell into — and narrow from there.
## How can a buyer list be used?
Define the set of accounts you want to score and prioritize.
Represent your entire total addressable market.
Scope all accounts in a new geography or segment you want to move into.
## How to define a buyer list
There are three ways to define a buyer list in Starbridge.
Build a list using Starbridge's built-in SLED data — either by applying filters (a **dynamic list**) or by selecting specific buyers manually (a **static list**).
Starbridge includes out-of-the-box attributes you can use to slice your potential TAM into actionable lists, for example:
* All cities and counties with a minimum population of 2,000
* State agencies with minimum funding of \$1M
* School districts above a minimum percentage of students eligible for free or reduced lunch
Upload a static list of accounts as a CSV file. This is a good option if you already have a defined list of target accounts outside of Starbridge.
CSV-imported lists are static — they won't update over time. If you want your list to stay in sync with changes in your data, consider syncing from your CRM instead.
Connect a Salesforce list or HubSpot segment to Starbridge and keep it up to date automatically. This is useful for plays that are grounded in your CRM data, for example:
* All recently closed-lost accounts
* Accounts with fewer than two ICP contacts (sync to Starbridge and enrich to fill the gap)
See [CRM-Synced Buyer Lists](/integrations/crm-synced-buyer-lists) for setup guidance.
## Creating a buyer list
Navigate to the **Buyers** tab and click **Create list**:
Use this when you want to define a list of buyers using Starbridge data, like:
* Universities above 5,000 enrollment
* Cities with budgets above \$10M
* A specific set of buyers. For example, four specific universities: Texas A\&M, UMD, Texas Tech, and Caltech.
For your first buyer list, start broad: the most encompassing list of buyers you could plausibly sell into.
Select the type of buyer you want to appear in your list. This will pre-filter the results, which you can edit before saving your list.
Define your list in terms of filters (dynamic list) or by selecting a specific set of buyers (static list). Use the left menu to select more specific filters.
Use this when you have a static list of accounts that you want to import to Starbridge. This is a **static** list. If you want this buyer list to change over time, consider instead **syncing** a list of accounts from Salesforce or HubSpot.
Download a template with the CSV format Starbridge needs to parse your uploaded accounts.
The minimum requirements for uploading a custom list via a CSV file is the **account name** and **state**. However, additional datapoints like unique identifiers, websites, and zip codes are valuable and will make the list creation process faster. Starbridge will match your uploaded accounts to our buyers, ensuring a robust match with your list.
Once you have uploaded your accounts, Starbridge will quickly scan the data to ensure there is no missing or incomplete data. If any such gaps are identified, you will be able to exclude those rows from matching or manually make any edits (like adding a missing state).
Starbridge will return the corresponding buyer matched to every row of data in your uploaded file. You are able to review and download this result and make manual changes as you see fit. We recommend reviewing the unmatched accounts, likely not found due to incomplete or incorrect information, and create your customer list!
Use this when you want to sync a list of accounts from Salesforce or HubSpot, to keep it up to date with your Salesforce or HubSpot over time.
See [CRM-Synced Buyer Lists](/integrations/crm-synced-buyer-lists) for more guidance.
## Related articles
Learn about creating custom lists by syncing with your CRM, so that when your territories change, Starbridge dynamically updates.
Discover use cases for building buyer Bridges, such as Account Scoring and custom Account Enrichment.
Explore all the out-of-the-box attributes and datapoints Starbridge offers and keeps up to date for public sector accounts.
# Meetings Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/meetings-bridge
Build a Meetings Bridge that surfaces buying signals from board meetings and strategic plans — before an RFP ever gets posted.
## Overview
Starbridge continuously scrapes public meeting documents and transcripts — school boards, city councils, county commissions, higher ed governing boards, state agencies, and more. Without any filters, you're looking at tens of thousands of records. The Meetings Bridge applies your search logic to surface only the meetings where your buyers are talking about problems relevant to what you sell.
The key insight: **people rarely mention vendor names or product categories in meetings until procurement is already underway.** Most buying journeys start earlier — when stakeholders describe what's not working, what's getting worse, what deadlines or mandates are forcing action. Your Bridge should capture that moment.
## Building your Bridge
The bridge building flow for Meetings follows the same three-phase structure as other bridge types in Starbridge: **Describe → Refine → Create**.
For a full walkthrough of the bridge building flow — including how to set buyer filters, search phrases, match score criteria, and preview results — see the [Bridge Building Flow](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge) guide.
## Configuring good search phrases
This is the highest-leverage step. Poor search phrases produce noise; great ones surface buyers who are 6–18 months ahead of a formal procurement.
### Use problem language, not solution language
Your search phrases should mirror how a department head or administrator *describes a problem* in a meeting - not how a sales rep or product marketer would describe the solution.
| Category | Example search phrase |
| ---------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Training content | "employees need specialized training" |
| Accessibility | "accessibility compliance issues with documentation" |
| LMS | "current LMS is too expensive to maintain" |
| Scheduling | "managing training schedules in spreadsheets and it's becoming unmanageable" |
| Math outcomes | "students are struggling with math performance" |
| Capacity | "required to provide training but lack internal design capacity" |
| Process failure | "training coordination is too manual and error-prone" |
| Compliance | "need to meet federal accessibility standards" |
| Evaluation | "evaluating LMS alternatives to current system" |
| Category | What NOT to search |
| ---------------- | ------------------------------- |
| Training content | "e-learning platform" |
| Accessibility | "document remediation software" |
| LMS | "learning management system" |
| Scheduling | "workforce scheduling tool" |
| Math outcomes | "math intervention program" |
| Capacity | "instructional design services" |
| Process failure | "training management" |
| Compliance | "Section 508" |
| Evaluation | "LMS vendors" |
### Add up to 30 search phrases
More phrases = richer, more comprehensive results. A single phrase captures one way a problem gets expressed; 30 phrases capture the full vocabulary your buyers use. Think across:
* Different seniority levels (superintendent vs. department head vs. IT director)
* Different urgency stages ("we're looking into" vs. "we can no longer sustain" vs. "we're required to")
* Different consequence types (budget, mandate, audit risk, staff capacity, timeline pressure)
* Different segments (K-12 vs. higher ed vs. municipal government vs. state agency)
## Fine-tuning meeting scoring criteria
Scoring criteria tell Starbridge how to rank and filter results against your search phrases. Getting this right is the difference between a Bridge that generates signal and one that generates noise.
### Structure your criteria around buying stage
The goal of a Meetings Bridge is usually to catch buyers *early* — when they've identified a problem but haven't yet issued an RFP. Your scoring criteria should reflect that intent.
Include signals that indicate the problem exists and the org is moving toward solving it:
* Explicit description of a pain point or operational problem
* Urgency language (deadline, audit, mandate, compliance risk)
* Budget discussion or request for new funding
* Staff discussing capacity gaps or inability to keep up
* Leadership aligned on solving a specific problem
* Committee or task force formed to evaluate options
Exclude signals that indicate procurement is already underway or complete:
* An RFP has already been issued or published
* A vendor or competitor has already been selected
* A contract has already been signed or renewed
* The discussion is a retrospective review, not forward-looking
* The signal is a vendor *presenting to* the board, not a board *discussing a need*
### Use criteria to resolve ambiguity in your search phrases
Scoring criteria aren't just filters — they're also a place to add context that helps Starbridge disambiguate your phrases:
If you're searching for ambiguous product names, add clarifying positive criteria like:
> *"The mention relates to a software or data product called Actionable Insights or AI, used for analytics, reporting, or decision-making - NOT general references to artificial intelligence or machine learning technology."*
If you're searching for products across many different use cases, clarify with something like:
> *"References should be specifically about body-worn camera programs for law enforcement personnel — NOT in-vehicle dashboard cameras, fixed building surveillance, or CCTV infrastructure."*
Broad search phrases catch more results but need scoring criteria to sharpen relevance. For example, if searching for "accessibility compliance issues":
**Add positive criteria:**
> *"The discussion involves accessibility of digital documents, web content, or educational materials — and the organization describes a gap, risk, or volume problem they need to address."*
**Add negative criteria:**
> *"Exclude physical facility accessibility (ADA ramps, parking, building access) unrelated to digital or document accessibility."*
If your team's sweet spot is early-stage, actionable pipeline:
**Positive:**
> *"The organization describes a current problem, pain point, or unmet need. Stakeholders express frustration, urgency, or alignment on the need to find a solution."*
**Negative:**
> *"The organization has already issued an RFP, completed a vendor selection process, or is discussing contract terms, pricing, or implementation with a specific vendor."*
## Use the preview to calibrate and refine scoring criteria
Before launching your Bridge, open the **Preview** and deliberately review results across the full scoring range - not just the top results.
Confirm these match your intent. If something is scoring high that shouldn't be, identify what's triggering it — is it a phrase that's too broad? A missing negative criteria? Update accordingly.
This is the most important step most builders skip. Look through results scoring in the bottom half. If you find something that *is* relevant but scored low:
* Identify what language in that result makes it relevant
* Add a search phrase that captures that phrasing
* Add a positive criteria that describes what makes it a good match
You're looking for a distribution where high-scoring results consistently match your ICP and buying stage, and low-scoring results are genuinely low priority or irrelevant. Expect 2–3 rounds of iteration before you're satisfied.
***
## Enriching your Meetings Bridge
Once your Meetings Bridge is created, enrich your Bridge with columns that make results immediately actionable.
### Relevant Snippets
The **Relevant Snippets** column is unique to the Meetings Bridge. It extracts direct quotes from the meeting document or transcript that are relevant to your Bridge — based on your description, search phrases, and organization context.
When you or a Consumer clicks a Relevant Snippet in the Bridge results, Email Digest, or Feed, you'll see:
* The relevant quote
* The original document (video, audio, or text) at the exact timestamp or page where the snippet appears
This gives your reps direct evidence of what was said, in context — not just a summary.
### Contact columns
Meetings Bridges support three contact options not available on other bridge types:
| Contact type | What it does | Best for |
| --------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Document-based** | Returns the contact actually speaking in the meeting | When you want to reach the person who raised the issue |
| **Web-based** | Searches the web to find the right decision-maker by role description | When the speaker isn't the buyer |
| **Document-based + web fallback** | Starts with the meeting speaker, fills gaps with web search | Best of both worlds |
Web-based contact columns consume credits. Document-based contacts (meeting-sourced) do not. To learn more about credits, visit [How do credits work.](/builders/how-do-credits-work)
### Other useful enrichment columns
Use natural language to describe what you want to know or generate. Common Meetings Bridge use cases:
* *"Score this account 1–10 on buying urgency based on the Meeting content"*
* *"Identify the specific budget request or funding discussion, if any"*
* *"Return the primary challenge or pain point discussed in the Meeting related to XYZ"*
AI Analysis works within the document content - it doesn't search the web.
Like AI Analysis, but searches the internet for supplementary context. Useful for:
* *"What is this organization's current technology stack based on public information?"*
* *"Are there any recent news articles about budget challenges or leadership changes at this organization?"*
* *"Does this buyer have a current contract with \[competitor]?"*
Checks Starbridge's internal purchase order and contract data (plus optionally the web) to surface whether a buyer has an existing relationship with competitors you're tracking - including pricing detail where available.
To learn more about the Vendor Presence column type, visit [Vendor Presence](/vendor-presence)
## Next steps: Explore other bridge types
The Meetings Bridge is one of four signal-based bridge types. Each captures a different moment in the buying journey.
Monitor and act on relevant RFPs as they're published. Catches buyers who are already in procurement — useful for late-stage pipeline and competitive positioning.
Identify trends in spend behavior and expiring contracts. Surface buyers whose current vendor contracts are ending — or who have a pattern of spending in your category.
Track upcoming conferences and events attended by your target buyers. Use for event-based outreach, speaker tracking, and pre-event prospecting.
Build a static or dynamic list of buyers for targeting or segmentation. Use as the foundation for account scoring or cross-bridge reference queries.
# Building Bridges
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/new-bridge-building-flow
## Overview
Bridges are created by Search Agents that you configure. When configuring a Search Agent, you provide inputs on the set of accounts you'd like the Agent to search over, the types of relevant signals it should look for, and the guidance on what makes a good signal. Once you set the Search Agent live, it will continuously scrape the web looking for new signals that match your criteria.
Bridges are the resulting set of relevant signals that the Search Agent found for you. Once you have a Bridge with signals populated, you can add enrichment columns to do further analysis on the signals found.
This Help Center article describes how to configure Search Agents for Bridges, and how to further enrich your Bridges with additional columns.
## Who can build Bridges?
Only **Builders and Admins** can create Bridges, and they have access to all Bridges within your organization.
**Consumers** can only view Bridges that have been shared with them.
See [user roles](/admins/adding-new-users-configuring-roles-and-teams-s) for more information.
## Creating a Bridge
There are two main ways to create a Bridge within Starbridge:
1. From "Build Bridge" use case templates
2. From "Explore" in the Signals sidebar
Our recommended entry point for Bridge creation is from the **Bridge use case templates** since it's a more guided experience based on the use case you have in mind.
This article will focus on building from the Bridge use case templates. To learn more about building from Signal Explore, see [Signal Explore](/signal-explore).
## Configuring your Search Agent
There are two ways to configure your Search Agent:
1. Describing your ideal signals using natural language
2. Building your criteria with manual filters and search terms
## Building a Search Agent using Natural Language
This type of Search Agent configuration is available for meeting, RFP, purchase, and conference Bridges.
### The three phases of bridge building
1. **Describe** — Enter a natural language description of what you're trying to find.
2. **Refine** — Review the structured search Starbridge generated for you. Edit buyer filters, bridge filters, search phrases, and match score criteria. Preview scored results.
3. **Create** — When the preview looks right, create the bridge.
### Phase 1: Describe what you're looking for
From the Bridge creation entry point (for example, **Create Bridge** on the Meetings, RFPs, or Purchases page), you'll land on a single input that asks you to describe your search in natural language.
The more specific you are, the better the structured search will be. A good prompt typically includes:
* **Who** you're looking at — the type of buyer, geography, size, or segment
* **What** you're looking for — the topic, keyword, product category, or signal type
* **Timeframe** you're interested in – things like "meetings in last 3 months", or "RFPs due in the next 6 months"
* **What "good" looks like** — the conditions that make a result worth acting on (e.g., "actively evaluating alternatives," "contracts expiring within 12 months," "budget already allocated")
**A strong example:** K–12 school districts in California serving more than 15,000 students discussing new math curriculum in the last 12 months, prioritizing districts evaluating vendors or forming pilot committees.
**A weak example:** cybersecurity and tech funding
You can skip the natural language input and jump straight to manually configuring filters and search phrases if you prefer - the button to do so is on the same screen.
### Phase 2: Refine search and match criteria
After you submit your prompt, Starbridge analyzes it and generates a structured search draft. You'll see a short animation while we break your query into filters, phrases, and scoring criteria - then the full **Search and match criteria** view opens for review.
The structured search has four components. Each one is visible, editable, and independently tunable.
#### Buyer filters
Defines **who** you're searching over. This controls the set of buyers whose signals are eligible to appear in the bridge.
You can define buyer filters in one of three ways:
* **Buyer lists** — Use a pre-configured list or territory
* **Buyer filters** — Filter by geography, buyer type, size, classification, and other structured attributes
* **Select buyers** — Pick individual buyers by name
When Starbridge generates buyer filters from your prompt, we use attribute-based filters rather than pre-configured lists — that way, you can see exactly which attributes we selected and modify as needed.
Buyer filters apply to all supported bridge types except Conferences.
To learn more about Buyer lists and filters, check out [Creating a buyer list](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list)
#### Bridge filters
These are filters specific to the signal type you're searching for. They are the structured fields native to the document itself — for example:
* **Meetings and strategic plans** — meeting type, date range, meeting body
* **RFPs** — RFP status, due date, issuer type
* **Purchases** — contract type, purchase type, effective and expiration dates, total value
#### Search phrases
Defines **what you're searching for** - the specific phrases used to surface candidate signals from the document corpus.
You can further add, edit, or remove search phrases to refine your search intent.
A few things to know:
* **Starbridge generates phrases proactively** to make your search comprehensive. If a generated phrase doesn't match your intent, delete it.
* **For Meetings bridges, you can add up to 30 phrases** to cast a wider net and improve accuracy.
* **Auto-generate additional similar search phrases** by using the "Add similar search phrases and keywords" option or by hovering over a specific search phrase and clicking the "+" button to generate additional phrases similar to that specific phrase
* **Cast the net wide here, filter hard in scoring.** Search phrases control which signals are evaluated for your bridge; match score criteria control which signals eventually make it into the bridge.
#### Match score threshold
Set a minimum match score — any signal scoring below it is excluded from the bridge entirely. Moving the threshold up is the fastest way to tighten a noisy bridge; moving it down is how you open it up if you're missing results you expected to see.
You can also toggle the preview between **All signals**, **Above threshold**, and **Below threshold** to see what you're excluding and sanity-check that the threshold is set where you want it.
To adjust the logic used to produce match scores, see "Match score criteria" section below.
#### Match score criteria
Defines **what counts as a strong match**. This is where you translate "a result I'd actually act on" into criteria Starbridge can apply to every potential signal.
There are two ways to define your scoring logic. By default, Starbridge generates **positive / negative match criteria** for you, and for most organizations this delivers good results out of the box. If you need more granular control, you can switch to a **free-form scoring prompt** instead.
* **Match criteria (default)** — The simplified experience. Starbridge generates strong-match and red-flag criteria from your prompt, and you tune them as discrete statements. Best for most use cases.
* **Free-form scoring prompt (advanced)** — Replaces the positive / negative criteria with a single prompt you write yourself, giving you full control over how signals are scored.
##### Option 1: Positive / negative match criteria (default)
Write criteria as discrete statements under two headings:
* **What makes a strong match** — Criteria that define a good result (e.g., "Discusses an active evaluation or pilot," "Mentions a named vendor under consideration")
* **Red flags - penalize or exclude** — Criteria that weaken or exclude a signal (e.g., "Passing mention only, not the focus of the meeting," "Historical reference with no current activity")
These criteria are generated and applied automatically, so most Bridges don't require any additional setup here.
##### Option 2: Free-form scoring prompt (advanced)
Instead of positive / negative criteria, you can supply a single free-form prompt that fully defines your scoring logic.
Reach for a free-form scoring prompt when you have more complicated scoring logic, or when you're struggling to get the score specificity you want out of the positive / negative criteria. For most organizations, the default criteria are sufficient — the free-form prompt is an advanced mode for more nuanced scoring needs.
What a free-form scoring prompt gives you:
* **Explicit control over the score scale.** You can define exactly what earns a 5 vs. a 4 vs. a 3 (and so on), including calibration guidance and how to handle edge cases.
* **Customizable outputs.** Similar to an [AI Analysis](/builders/enriching-bridges-with-data) scoring column, you control how the match reasoning, summarized relevance, and snippet are presented — length, level of detail, formatting, and focus (for example, "keep it concise" or "call out named vendors").
* **More descriptive reasoning.** Match reasoning and summarized relevance generated from a free-form prompt tend to be richer and reference specific elements of your prompt, compared to those produced from positive / negative criteria.
The positive / negative criteria remain the default and are generated for you out of the box. You only need the free-form prompt when the criteria approach isn't giving you the precision you want.
The example below scores buying signals surfaced from sales or discovery meetings on a 1–5 scale, on behalf of a fictional buyer (Ramp). Note how it explicitly defines each score, adds calibration guidance, and instructs the model on how to reason.
```text theme={null}
## Scoring scale (1–5)
You are scoring the quality of a buying signal surfaced from a sales or discovery meeting, on behalf of **Ramp**. Judge how strong and actionable the signal is as an opportunity for Ramp to sell a relevant product to the buyer, based only on what was actually discussed in the meeting. Score on signal strength, not account fit.
**Score 5 — Strong, actionable signal.** The meeting contains clear, specific evidence of an active need in Ramp's domain AND the buyer has recognized they need to solve it — an active evaluation, a stated intent to fix it, a named initiative, a budget or timeline, a mandate or deadline. The strongest signals are early enough that Ramp can still influence the outcome: the problem is identified and being acted on, but no competing vendor has been selected yet. Requires both a specific in-domain pain and evidence the buyer intends to act.
**Score 4 — Clear pain, no committed next step.** A specific, in-domain problem is clearly articulated with concrete detail, but the buyer has not yet aligned that they need to solve it or committed to a next step. The pain is real and mappable to Ramp's domain; the intent to act is missing or soft.
**Score 3 — Relevant but light.** The in-domain topic or pain is referenced with enough specificity to confirm it is not coincidental, but it is a passing mention, background context, or not a focus of the meeting. **Literal phrase match floor:** if the meeting unambiguously contains the event described by one of the search phrases — that is, the described discussion clearly took place — the score is at minimum 3, even when detail is light. Stronger evidence of specificity and intent can raise it to a 4 or 5 per the scale above.
**Score 2 — Weak or unactionable.** One of two cases: (a) the topic overlaps loosely with Ramp's domain but there is no real, described pain — just keyword-level resemblance; or (b) a genuine in-domain need was discussed but the buyer is already too far down another path to influence — a competing vendor has been selected, or a contract or decision is already made. Not actionable for Ramp.
**Score 1 — Irrelevant.** Incidental or off-domain. No pain in Ramp's domain, or the discussion merely shares surface keywords with finance or operations without a real, mappable need.
## Calibration guidance
- **Signal strength, not fit.** Score how strong and actionable the buying signal is, not whether the account looks like a good customer in the abstract.
- **Early intent beats late intent.** A problem that is identified and being acted on early scores higher than one that is only aspirational or has no next step.
- **Specificity is required for 4–5.** Named systems or incumbents, dollar amounts, timelines, formal decisions, mandates, or documented problems justify a 4 or 5. General aspirations ("we want tighter spend control") without implementation specifics do not clear a 3.
- **Existing tools working = low.** If a process or system is described as functioning normally, it is not a signal. Do not score above a 2 on domain keyword overlap alone.
- **Map before you score.** Ramp's domain is corporate finance and spend operations — corporate cards, expense management, bill pay and accounts payable, procurement, accounting automation and month-end close, travel, and treasury. If you cannot connect the discussed problem to one of these, it is off-domain (1–2).
```
#### Previewing your bridge results
Each result in the preview includes:
* **The signal itself** — the meeting, RFP, or purchase that matched
* **A match score** — the score for that result against your criteria
* **A match reasoning** — why that result received the score it did, tied directly to your match score criteria
* **Summarized relevance** — a longer plain-language summary of why this signal matters (Meetings only in v0; expanding to other bridge types)
You can view your bridge preview results in a table format or in a feed card format, depending on your preference.
Iterate until the preview looks right. Common moves:
* **Seeing irrelevant results?** Add a disqualifier to your scoring criteria, or raise the threshold.
* **Missing results you expected?** Add a search phrase, widen a buyer filter, or lower the threshold.
* **Scores feel off but results are correct?** Tune the scoring criteria to ensure that different factors increase / decrease match scores appropriately
Anytime you change filters, phrases, or criteria, you'll be prompted to refresh your preview to see the latest results.
### Phase 3: Create the bridge
When the preview matches what you want, click **Save search as bridge**.
Your Bridge is created with every existing signal that matches your criteria (which may include more signals than the bridge preview). Starbridge will surface and add new relevant signals automatically as they appear. You can further enrich signals by adding columns to the bridge — contacts, CRM data, AI analysis, web agents, and more.
Every bridge created through this flow includes three default columns:
* **Match score**
* **Score explanation**
* **Summarized relevance**
These are added to the Bridge by default and are visible to both Builders and Consumers, so anyone acting on a signal can quickly see why it was surfaced.
### Editing a bridge after creation
You can edit any part of the structured search after the Bridge is created — buyer filters, bridge filters, search phrases, and match score criteria are all editable from the bridge's settings.
What you **cannot** edit after creation is the original natural language prompt. If you want to start over with a fundamentally different intent, duplicate the bridge and start a new search — this is intentional, to prevent silent drift between the prompt and the structured search it generated.
Edits to scoring criteria rescore existing results; edits to filters or search phrases may surface entirely new results or drop existing ones.
### Tips for a good search
A few patterns that consistently produce better bridges:
* **Start broad, tighten with scoring.** Generate a wide candidate set through search phrases, then use match score criteria to filter down to what's actionable. Resist the urge to over-constrain phrases.
* **Write disqualifiers, not just strong-match criteria.** Naming what *shouldn't* be in the bridge is often faster than describing every nuance of what should.
* **Preview before creating.** The preview is there specifically so you can catch problems before they turn into a cluttered bridge.
* **If you'd describe the ideal result out loud, write that down as the prompt.** Don't translate it into keyword-speak — the whole point of the new flow is that you don't have to.
## Building a Search Agent using Filters & Search Terms
### Define your buyer set
You can define your buyer set in one of three ways:
* **Buyer lists** — Use a pre-configured list or territory
* **Buyer filters** — Filter by geography, buyer type, size, classification, and other structured attributes
* **Select buyers** — Pick individual buyers by name
### Perform Bridge-specific configuration
Different Bridge types have different configuration setups. See the articles below for more on configuring your Search Agent for each Bridge type:
[Enriching Contacts: Contact Bridges](/builders/contacts-bridge)
[Tracking Job Changes](/builders/starbridge-for-builders/tracking-job-changes)
[Custom Web Signal Bridges](/builders/custom-web-signal-bridges)
[Account Scoring || Buyer Bridge](/builders/account-scoring-buyer-bridge)
### Choose your Bridge name and description
Bridge descriptions clarify the purpose of a Bridge and how it should be used. Adding a description makes it easier for you and your team to understand what a Bridge is tracking when viewing it later. Create a new Bridge and navigate to the Edit Bridge view, or open an existing Bridge and select "Add description".
## Sharing Bridges with Consumers
After you create a Bridge and finish [customizing the Consumer view](/builders/configuring-bridges-for-consumers), you'll need to share it with Consumers before they can see it. Consumers can only access Bridges that have been shared with them. Once a Bridge is shared, they're automatically subscribed to it, though they can still manage their Feed and subscriptions at any time. You can share a Bridge with Consumers in two ways:
1. Share a Bridge with specific users
2. Share a Bridge with teams
### **Sharing a Bridge with specific users**
This can be done using the "Share" option on the Bridge page itself, in addition to from the Users management page within Organization settings.
### **Sharing a Bridge with teams**
You can also share a Bridge with teams (groups of users) to make it easy to share with multiple users at once. To do so, you can utilize the "Share" button on the Bridge page (similar to above), or from the "Teams" page within organization Settings.
Only Admins can create teams and add or remove users from teams.
### **Sharing a signal with specific users**
Anyone — Admin, Builder, or Consumer — can click the "Send" icon in the top right of a signal card to copy a link to their clipboard. Any user in the Starbridge account can open that link to view the signal, even if the Bridge isn't shared with them. However, they can only see additional Bridge results if the Bridge has been shared with them.
## Related articles
Foundational overview of Bridges and how specific Bridge types can be used to accomplish highly curated and business-specific outcomes.
Dive deeper into the custom AI datapoints that can be added to a Bridge. Learn about scoring opportunities, building campaigns, and drafting emails and call scripts at scale.
# Contacts Bridge: search contacts by title
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/search-contacts-by-title
Define your target job titles, and Starbridge returns verified contacts.
## Introduction
If you know the types of roles you want to reach, a [Contacts Bridge](/builders/contacts-bridge) can surface relevant contacts across every account in a [buyer list](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list).
This is the most common starting point for teams building out a new segment, filling in missing ICP contacts for core accounts, or running a top-of-funnel play into a set of accounts.
## How to search contacts by title
Select **Create a contact list**.
Define the titles, roles, and personas for your search. There is no limit to how many titles you can include. To add a title, type the full title and end it with a comma or click 'Enter'.
Starbridge automatically searches for common variations of each job title - read more here: [Searching by titles](/builders/searching-by-title).
Define the scope of your search to the accounts you care about. Select an existing [buyer list](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list), filter down to the buyers you care about, or select a specific set of buyers.
Each contact successfully returned by a Contacts Bridge consumes **2 credits**. Choose the maximum number of contacts to find per buyer.
First, choose whether to return contacts with or without email addresses.
If your team makes outbound calls, consider including contacts without email addresses — they may still have a verified business phone number.
Second, choose whether to keep searching for new contacts over time. Most teams leave this disabled by default ("Never look for additional matching contacts").
Click **Create bridge** to create the Contacts Bridge.
Heads up: this Contacts Bridge runs slower than others by design. Starbridge finds and verifies contacts in real time, so run time scales with the number of contacts per buyer and the size of your buyer list.
Once your Contacts Bridge is ready, open it up to see your Starbridge-verified contacts.
## How title search works
When you search for [contacts](/builders/contacts-bridge) or [job changes](/builders/starbridge-for-builders/tracking-job-changes) by job title, Starbridge doesn't look for an exact string match. We understand that the same role gets written dozens of different ways, and search accordingly. Search for the role you have in mind, and Starbridge will surface the right contacts.
### What your search will return
**1. Abbreviations and formatting are handled automatically.** Searching "VP of Finance," "Vice President of Finance," or "V.P. Finance" will all return the same contacts. Searching "Director of R\&D", "Director of Research and Development", and "Director of R and D" will all return the same contacts.
**2. More senior variants of your title are included; more junior ones are not.** Searching "Director of Finance" will return "Senior Director of Finance" and "Executive Director of Finance" — but not "Assistant Director of Finance."
Note that this applies to seniority variants of the same title, not more senior titles altogether. Searching "Director of Finance" will not return "CFO," even though CFO is a more senior finance role.
**3. Results stay within the function you specify.** Searching "Vice President of Finance" will return "VP of Finance" — but not "Vice President of Operations" or "Vice President of HR."
**4. Different titles are not interchangeable.** Searching "Finance Director" will not return "Finance Manager." Director and Manager are different titles, even if both are in the Finance domain.
**5. If a contact holds multiple titles or domains, searching any one of them will return that contact.** For example, a contact whose title is "Director of Enrollment and Admissions" will appear in results whether you search "Director of Enrollment" or "Director of Admissions." Similarly, a contact whose title is "Executive Vice President and Provost" will appear whether you search "Executive Vice President" or "Provost."
### Examples
| What you type | What it also matches | What it does NOT match |
| :------------------------ | :-------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------- |
| Finance Director | Senior Finance Director, Executive Finance Director | Finance Manager, HR Director |
| Senior Finance Director | Executive Finance Director | Finance Director |
| Vice President of Finance | VP of Finance | Vice President of Operations, Vice President of HR |
| Director of Enrollment | Director of Enrollment and Admissions | Enrollment Manager |
| CFO | Chief Financial Officer | Chief Operating Officer |
| Public Works Director | Director of Public Works, Director, Public Works | Public Works Manager |
## Related articles
Push enriched contacts directly to your CRM.
Starbridge keeps your enriched contacts up to date — also get alerted when contacts change roles.
# [Beta] Build and send Sequences
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/sequences-beta
Turn your Bridges into multi-step outbound, and send emails directly from Starbridge.
**Sequences is in beta.** The features and packaging on this page may change before general availability. To get access or scale your usage, reach out to your GTME.
Sequences turn the signals and contacts in your Bridges into multi-step email outbound that you can generate, personalize, and send without leaving Starbridge.
You've already used Starbridge to surface signals and research accounts - Sequences is now where you can act directly on Starbridge intelligence without exporting a list to a separate sequencer or re-personalizing every message by hand.
Because each campaign is built on your Bridges, it's grounded in a live data play rather than a static list, and Starbridge sends it on a schedule you control while protecting deliverability with built-in throttling, exclusions, and reply and bounce handling.
Bridges without contacts, buyer lists, and CSV uploads aren't supported as Sequence sources in the beta.
## Building a Sequence
Only Builders and Admins can create Sequences during the beta; Consumers don't see the Sequences tab but can continue to send one-off emails from Ask Starbridge and feed cards.
Open **Sequences** from the left sidebar and select **New sequence**.
Pick how you want to begin:
* **Recommended sequence** - Starbridge suggests Sequences tailored to your org based on your organizational business context and existing Bridges, with messages pre-generated for every touchpoint.
* **Build from scratch** - Build your own Sequence, starting from our available templates. To do so, click **+ New sequence** on the top right corner of the Sequences tab.
### **How to create a Sequence from scratch**
The beta supports these templates, available as both recommended Sequences and build-from-scratch templates:
| Template | Requires | Setup |
| ------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Job Changes** | A Job Changes Bridge | Choose which job change types to include (default: new hires and promotions). Messaging adapts to the change type. |
| **Outbound to Conference Lead List** | A Contacts Bridge | Optionally select a conference to make messaging contextual. |
| **Rip & Replace** | A Buyer Bridge with a vendor presence column and a contact column | Select the competitor(s) to target. |
| **Whitespace Expansion** | A Buyer Bridge with a vendor presence column and a contact column | Targets buyers with none of your vendors present. |
| **1:1 Personalized Outbound** | A Contacts Bridge or Buyer Bridge with ≥1 contact column | None |
| **Outbound to a Lead List** | A Contacts Bridge or Buyer Bridge with ≥1 contact column | None |
Give your Sequence a unique name, then select a source Bridge.
Depending on the Bridge and Sequence template you choose, you may have to provide additional data such as which vendor for a rip & replace campaign, what job changes type for a job changes sequence, etc.
You'll also have to select a contact column (and optionally, a backup contact column) if you choose a bridge with more than one contact column so Starbridge knows which contact to prioritize per account.
Build message steps in one of two ways:
* **Generate from a prompt** - Describe the Sequence you want, ideally including your desired number of steps and wait time between steps. Starbridge can generate an entire sequence for you, including the copy for each email step.
* **Build steps manually** - Add each step manually, and select your wait period. For each step you add manually, you can choose to either write content by hand, or write a short prompt so Starbridge can generate that step's messaging for you.
For each email step, you can include AI Personalized Snippets, variables, and configurable fallback for any variable.
**Admins:** Set org-level message generation preferences — one field for email, one for calls — to apply your team's tone, style, and value props to every generated message across Sequences, the Personalized Outbound Email column, and Ask Starbridge.
Preview at least one contact before generating the full Sequence; you can preview for up to five random contacts. Preview shows every message with variables and snippets fully resolved.
When you're satisfied, generate the Sequence for all contacts.
### Editing a generated Sequence
You can edit a generated Sequence with control over how changes apply:
* **Edit the structure** (steps or cadence) and choose to regenerate messages for *all existing contacts* or *future contacts only*
* **Edit an individual message** on the generated sequence for one contact, without affecting others or future generation - to do so, click into any generated message, type your changes in, and you'll see an auto-saved indicator on the top right of the composer box.
## Sending sequences
There are 3 options for sending Sequences generated in Starbridge:
1. Option 1 **(recommended)**: Sending directly from Starbridge (see section below)
2. Option 2: Exporting as a CSV, and importing into an existing Sequencer. You can select which contacts you want to export by contact status.
3. Option 3: Send each message via Starbridge's "Open in mail" functionality
## Sending directly from Starbridge
The beta sends Sequence emails from your own connected inboxes - no separate sequencer required. There's no managed-domain or warm-up infrastructure yet, so sending is currently built for targeted, throttled volume.
### How to connect inboxes
There are two ways of connecting inboxes for Sequences:
1. Connecting inboxes via Integration Settings: Set up inboxes that are available for use across all Sequences
2. Connecting inboxes via a specific Sequence: Set up an inbox to send a specific Sequence from. Inboxes configured in the Sequence flow will then be available to use for other Sequences as well
You must be an admin to connect inboxes via Integration Settings. Both builders and admins can connect inboxes directly from a Sequence.
#### Connecting an inbox from Integration settings
We currently supporting connecting Gmail and Outlook inboxes.
If you are the first person on your team to connect a Gmail inbox to Starbridge, you may see a pop-up from Google with the following messages:
Starbridge is working through the approval process with Google to become a verified app. In the meantime: Click 'Advanced' to open an additional menu that allows you to connect your Gmail account.
A Google Workspace admin will need to approve Starbridge as a Trusted app. This article offers step-by-step instructions: [Allow Starbridge to connect Gmail inboxes](/allow-stabridge-gmail-connections).
Once the connection is established, you may need to manually refresh the page to see it appear in Starbridge as a connected inbox.
This includes your sender name, maximum emails that can be sent from this inbox daily. For beta, we support a maximum of 50 emails sent daily from each inbox.
The beta ships without managed domains or warm-up. Keep daily volume conservative and consider sending from a dedicated secondary domain rather than your primary. Your CSA can recommend third-party tools for provisioning and warming secondary inboxes.
#### Connecting an inbox from a specific Sequence
Once you've built and generated a Sequence, you can connect an inbox via the "Settings" tab in a Sequence, or by clicking the "Send via Starbridge" button on the top right of the Sequence.
You can either connect an existing inbox that was configured in Settings -> Integrations, or one that was previously used in another Sequence. You can also connect multiple inboxes per Sequence, with send volume distributed across the inboxes pool.
### Configure send settings
After you've connected an inbox and chosen a sending inbox for a Sequence, you need to configure the **Send settings** for the Sequence in the Settings tab.
| Setting | Default | Notes |
| ----------------------- | --------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Sender inboxes** | — | Select one or more connected inboxes. Starbridge rotates across them and distributes the daily limit. |
| **Max emails per day** | 50 | The cap for the Sequence overall. |
| **Days of week** | Mon–Fri | |
| **Time of day** | 8am–5pm | |
| **Timezone** | US ET | |
| **Step prioritization** | Prioritize follow-ups | Or prioritize new leads. |
| **Unsubscribe link** | Off | Better for deliverability to leave off and add opt-out text in the email instead. |
| **Plain text emails** | On | Removes HTML (images, links, tracking) to improve deliverability. |
If a rep's personal inbox is part of a shared sending pool and an email sends from that pool, it follows the Sequence's send settings - not the rep's user-level send settings.
### Deliverability & email compliance
Starbridge protects deliverability and compliance automatically via:
* **Unsubscribe handling** - Starbridge will automatically remove any contacts from Sequences who have unsubscribed from emails. They will not receive any messaging from you going forward.
* **Blocklists** - In Settings → Email Blocklists, admins can add individual emails/domains or bulk upload a CSV of email addresses/domains to exclude from all sending. When a contact is added to a blocklist, they will automatically be removed from any Sequences they're actively enrolled in. Contacts on your Blocklist will not be enrolled in any future Sequences.
* **Manual exclusions** - Builders and admins can manually exclude specific contacts or accounts before or after activation by changing contact statuses in Sequences to "Removed".
* **Auto-pause on reply** - A contact who replies to any email stops receiving further automated sends for that Sequence.
* **Bounce handling** - A hard-bouncing contact is automatically removed from that Sequence to protect the sending inbox. They can still be enrolled in other Sequences.
* **Inbox daily send limits** - Starbridge enforces a daily limit of 50 emails sent per inbox to protect your sender reputation and avoid spam filters.
### Managing an active Sequence
While a Sequence is active you can **pause** it (pending sends held without losing progress), **resume** it (contacts pick up where they left off, with previously scheduled sends queued to go out immediately), and see the **send status of each message** (scheduled, queued, sent, stopped). If every assigned inbox disconnects, the Sequence automatically moves to **Paused**.
You can also manually mark each contact as **Removed** to prevent further messages in the Sequence from being sent to the contact.
### Manage replies
Open the **Replies** tab on a Sequence to see contacts' replies, each identifying the recipient with the reply and thread context, so your team can follow up in the connected inbox without monitoring it manually.
## Pricing and early access
At general availability, Sequences will be a paid add-on module with usage tiers based on concurrently enrolled contacts. As an early-access partner, you get complimentary access during the beta period, with usage limits of up to 25,000 concurrently enrolled contacts.
Early access runs through GA + 60 days. Before early access ends, we'll review your usage together and recommend the tier that best fits your team's usage - with discounted pricing for early-access customers who convert.
## Next steps
Add vender presence columns to your Bridges to unlock rip & replace and whitespace expansion campaigns.
Enrich contacts by building Contact Bridges to serve as recipient sources for your Sequences.
Create a Job Changes bridge so you can run automated campaigns based on job changes for your key titles.
Add a contact column to your Bridges so you can use them as sources for your Sequences.
# Job Changes Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/starbridge-for-builders/tracking-job-changes
Track new hires, promotions, and departures at your target accounts — and sync verified contact data to your CRM.
## Overview
A Job Changes Bridge monitors role and employment changes across the accounts you care about. Every job change includes verified contact information you can sync directly to [Salesforce or HubSpot](/admins/connecting-your-crm).
## What is a job change?
Starbridge tracks three types of job changes:
1. **New joiners** — People taking on a new title at a new employer (new hires, appointments, elections). **Use case:** Reach out to newly hired CIOs, Superintendents, or Procurement Directors during their onboarding period, when they're evaluating vendors and systems.
2. **Title changes** — People taking on a new title at their current employer (promotions, lateral moves). **Use case:** Connect with contacts who've been promoted into decision-making roles or expanded their scope of responsibility.
3. **Departures** — People leaving their current employer (retirements, resignations, end of term). **Use case:** Identify when key champions are leaving an account, or track outgoing contacts for future relationship-building at their next role.
## How teams use job changes
**Target new decision makers**
Reach out to anyone who has taken on a title with decision-making or budgetary authority, or a mandate that aligns with your offering — especially during their first 3–6 months, when they're evaluating vendors and systems.
**Track champions moving to new organizations**
Identify contacts who have moved from champion accounts to new organizations. These contacts already have a positive association with your product and are likely to be receptive at their new role.
There are a few ways to define a champion, all valid depending on how broadly you want to target:
* **Any contact from a customer account** — Anyone who previously worked at an organization where you have a closed-won deal.
* **Champions from customer accounts** — Anyone who previously worked at a closed-won account and was themselves a champion or power user.
* **Contacts marked as champions** — Any contact explicitly marked as a champion in your CRM.
For Account Executives, reaching out to champions early in their new tenure can open doors at net-new accounts. For Account Managers, tracking departures from existing accounts gives you time to line up a new executive sponsor before a champion's exit becomes a renewal risk.
## Credits
Job Changes Bridges consume **2 credits per job change for a new contact** — meaning a contact not previously in your Starbridge workspace. If a contact already exists from a previous Contacts or Job Changes Bridge, no additional credits are charged. See [How do credits work?](/builders/how-do-credits-work) for more detail.
## Create a Job Changes Bridge
There are two ways to set up a Job Changes Bridge. Pick the tab that matches how you want to track changes:
* **By job title** — monitor a set of titles across a buyer list (e.g., every new Superintendent hire across your target school districts).
* **By specific contacts** — monitor job changes for contacts you've already enriched (e.g., champions across your customer accounts).
Use this flow to track job changes for a set of titles across a buyer list — for example, every new Superintendent hire across your target school districts, or every CIO departure across your in-pipeline and current customer accounts.
Navigate to the **Bridges** tab and click **Create bridge**. Select **Track your target titles** as the Bridge template.
Choose the type(s) of changes you want to track: **New joiners**, **Title changes**, and/or **Departures**.
Define the timeframe for surfacing job changes:
* **From:** last 30 days, last 3 months, or last 6 months.
* Optionally include job changes announced before they take effect — for example, a Superintendent retirement announced one semester before the official departure date.
Enter the job titles you want to monitor. Common variations of each title are automatically included — see [Searching by titles](/builders/searching-by-title) for more detail.
Be specific enough to stay relevant, but broad enough to catch common variations. "VP of Finance" will match "Vice President of Finance", "Vice President for Finance", and "VP, Finance".
Define the scope of your search to the accounts you care about. Select an existing [buyer list](/builders/how-to-create-a-buyer-list), filter down to the buyers you care about, or select a specific set of buyers.
To cap credit usage, set a limit on **job changes for new contacts** per buyer per month. We generally recommend 1–2 per unique title. To stop the Bridge from consuming additional credits entirely, set this value to zero.
Click **Create bridge**. Starbridge populates it with all matching job changes based on your configuration.
This can take some time, as Starbridge searches the web for job change signals, then verifies and enriches each job change and contact.
Use this flow to monitor job changes for contacts you've already enriched — for example, tracking champions across your customer accounts, or staying up to date on key contacts in your open pipeline.
Navigate to the **Bridges** tab and click **Create bridge**. Select **Track your champions** as the Bridge template.
Choose one or more [Contacts Bridges](/builders/contacts-bridge) whose contacts you want to monitor. As those Bridges add new contacts over time, this Bridge automatically tracks them too.
Don't have a Contacts Bridge yet? [Create one first](/builders/contacts-bridge), then return to set up job change tracking.
To cap credit usage, set a limit on **job changes for new contacts** per buyer per month. We generally recommend 1–2 per unique title. To stop the Bridge from consuming additional credits entirely, set this value to zero.
Click **Create bridge**. Starbridge populates it with job changes for the contacts in your selected Bridges.
This can take several hours, as Starbridge searches the web for job change signals, then verifies and enriches each job change and contact.
## Using your Bridge
Every Job Changes Bridge includes these columns by default:
* **Job Change** — A one-sentence description of the job change.
* **Buyer Name** — The organization where the change occurred.
* **Job Title** — The person's new title (for new hires and promotions) or former title (for departures).
* **Summary** — A one-to-four sentence description of the job change.
* **Contact** — The person who experienced the job change.
* **Effective Date** — When the job change takes effect. Future-dated changes have been announced before they take effect — for example, retirements or elected appointments confirmed months in advance.
You can add custom columns to enrich your results further with AI analysis, web search, or CRM lookups and syncs.
## Syncing to your CRM
Sync job change contacts directly to Salesforce or HubSpot to create or update contact records, trigger sequences, or set custom fields. See [Syncing to your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) for setup instructions.
## Tracking and identifying champions
The simplest way to track champions is to create a Contacts Bridge that [enriches your existing contacts or champions](/builders/enrich-an-existing-lead-list) from your customer accounts, then use the **By specific contacts** flow above to monitor those contacts for any role or employer changes. When a champion moves to a new organization, you'll be alerted automatically with a new signal — so you can follow them into net-new accounts.
To check whether a newly surfaced contact came from a champion account or was previously a champion in your CRM, use a CRM Lookup Column:
1. Add a **Previous Contact** column: **Add column → Enrich Job Change Info → Previous Contact → Finalize Selection → Add column**.
2. Add a **CRM Lookup Column**: **Add column → Configure Integration → Pull Data from My CRM**.
3. Configure the lookup to match by email or Starbridge Contact ID, using the value from the Previous Contact column.
4. If the lookup returns a match marked as a champion — or from a closed-won account — the new hire is a former champion or comes from a champion account.
## Related articles
Push verified job change contacts to Salesforce or HubSpot.
Step-by-step guide to syncing job changes to your CRM as custom objects.
# Researching Buyers
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/buyer-homepage
A guide to every Starbridge tool for buyer research — Buyer Pages, Ask Starbridge, the Chrome extension, MCP, and the fastest way to use them together.
The full profile of an account: summary, signals, contacts, attributes, procurement, and hierarchy
Ask any question about a buyer and get an instant, cited answer
Pull up a buyer's profile and Ask Starbridge right inside your browser
Bring live Starbridge data into Claude, ChatGPT, and other AI tools
## Where to start
Most research starts in one of three ways, depending on what you're doing:
Search for the account in Starbridge and open its [**Buyer Page**](/consumers/buyer-page). The Summary tab gives you a briefing in seconds, and every other tab is a click away.
When you just need one answer — "Do they use a competitor?", "Who's the decision-maker?", "What should I lead with?" — use [Ask Starbridge](/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat) in Slack, in a Buyer Page, or in Starbridge.
Researching on the prospect's own site or LinkedIn? The [Chrome extension](/research/chrome-extension) surfaces the matching Starbridge profile without switching tabs.
Want buyer data inside Claude, ChatGPT, or your prep agents? The [Starbridge MCP](/research/starbridge-mcp) pulls live signals, contacts, and research into the tools you already use.
## The Buyer Page: your research hub
The Buyer Page brings together everything Starbridge knows about an account in one place. Open it from a buyer search, your Feed, a Bridge, or any signal to quickly understand who the buyer is, what's happening there, and how to engage them.
## Ask Starbridge: research in chat
[Ask Starbridge](/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat) lets you research any public sector buyer in plain language. Ask questions about accounts, contacts, competitors, procurement, or active projects, and get instant answers grounded in Starbridge data and web research.
Ask Starbridge answers questions about a specific buyer, so include the buyer's name in your question. See the full guide in [Ask Starbridge](/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat).
## Chrome extension: research while you browse
The [Starbridge Chrome extension](/research/chrome-extension) brings buyer intelligence directly into your browser. When you're viewing a buyer's website or LinkedIn page, it automatically surfaces account context, contacts, signals, and research tools without leaving your workflow. See the full setup and usage guide in [Chrome extension](/research/chrome-extension).
Download the Chrome extension [here](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/starbridge-intelligence-f/ebdnaicgibgcpefidllibinnibmjkagi)
## Starbridge MCP: research inside your AI tools
The [Starbridge MCP](/research/starbridge-mcp) connects Starbridge data to AI tools like ChatGPT and Claude. Bring buyer intelligence, signals, contacts, and account context directly into your existing AI workflows and agents.
The Starbridge MCP is in **beta** and is **read-only**. See the full guide in [Starbridge MCP](/research/starbridge-mcp).
## Related articles
The full guide to researching accounts through chat.
Install the extension and research buyers right in your browser.
Connect Starbridge to Claude, ChatGPT, and other AI tools.
Your source of truth for any account: summary, signals, contacts, attributes, procurement, and hierarchy
# Ask Starbridge Chat
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat
Chat with Starbridge to instantly surface buyer intelligence, signal context, and how-to answers.
Ask Starbridge gives you instant access to Starbridge's buyer intelligence through a chat interface, helping you quickly surface relevant insights without manual research.
Ask questions in the Starbridge app from the left sidebar, on your feed, or from a buyer page.
Chat with Starbridge from your own Slack workspace (admins need to install it once).
## Where to access Ask Starbridge in the Starbridge app
## What Ask Starbridge can do
Ask Starbridge can answer questions by combining Starbridge data (meetings, RFPs, purchases, conferences, job changes, and more), your organization context, and Help Center documentation.
### Ask about buyers
Use Ask Starbridge to quickly understand an account's context and next steps. Example questions:
* "What are the most relevant priorities and projects for \[buyer name]?"
* "Who are the key contacts we should reach out to?"
* "Are they using a competitor of mine today? If so, what are the contract terms?"
### Ask about signals in your Feed
You can chat with signals directly from your Feed, so you can ask follow-up questions without leaving your workflow. Example questions:
* "Summarize this signal and why it matters to my business."
* "What's the best outreach angle based on this signal?"
* "What should I look into before reaching out?"
### Ask Help Center questions
Ask Starbridge can answer product "how-to" questions and will include Help Center links as sources so you can learn more. Example questions:
* "How do I enrich a conference lead list?"
* "How do I build a Bridge for \[use case]?"
### Reference your previous chats
Your previous chats are all saved in the main "Ask Starbridge" tab so you can go back and reference them.
### View sources
Responses include source links and explanations so you can do further research if needed.
## Install Ask Starbridge in Slack (admins only)
For installation instructions, see [Install Ask Starbridge in Slack](https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/slack-integration#install-ask-starbridge-in-slack-admins-only).
## How to chat with Starbridge in Slack
@mention Starbridge in a channel where the app has been added.
Start a private chat by searching for Starbridge, or by adding it under **Apps** (Apps → Manage → Browse Apps → Search for Starbridge).
Pin Starbridge to your Slack top bar for easy access: open the Starbridge chat under **Apps**, click the three-dot menu, and select **Add app to your top bar**.
## Related articles
Pull the Buyer Page and Ask Starbridge into your browser, on any site.
Where new signals on your accounts show up day to day.
# Exploring Bridges
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/bridges-for-consumers
How to navigate, filter, and take action on your Bridges as a Starbridge Consumer.
## Accessing your Bridges
As a Consumer, you can only view Bridges that have been shared with you by a Builder or Admin. To request access to a Bridge, reach out to your Admin or Builder. Once a Bridge is shared, you can view it in two places:
Signals from all your Bridges appear as cards. Best for quick review and one-off actions.
View the full signal list for a single Bridge. Best for exports, bulk filtering, or running sequences.
To enter a Bridge directly, go to the Bridges tab or click the Bridge name from any signal card in My Feed.
## Filter and sort signals
You can filter and sort signals within a Bridge or in My Feed. **Within a Bridge:** Filter by signal status, buyer list, or column values. Sort by any column. **Within My Feed:** Filter by status, date added, signal type, or Bridge name.
Filters and sorting only affect your view. They won't impact anyone else's Bridge view or your Email Digest.
## Signal statuses
Signal statuses help you organize and prioritize signals. Each signal can be assigned a status, and you can filter by status in both My Feed and inside a Bridge. Available statuses: **Needs action**, **Actioned**, **Starred**, and **Not interested**.
## Export a Bridge
You can export any Bridge shared with you as a CSV file to filter, match, or analyze the data externally. To export, open the Bridge and select the export option from the top toolbar.
## Related articles
Ask questions about any buyer, signal, or market directly in Starbridge.
Research any account with everything Starbridge knows in one place.
# Buyer Page
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/buyer-page
Everything Starbridge knows about an account in one place.
The **Buyer Page** is your single source of truth for any account, comprising of an AI-powered summary, buying signals, contacts, attributes, procurement insights, and org structure. It helps you understand who the buyer is, what's happening there, and how to engage.
## Opening a Buyer Page
You can reach a Buyer Page from anywhere you encounter an account in Starbridge:
* Click a buyer name in a card in **My Feed**
* Click into a Buyer from the **Buyers** tab in the left panel
* Click into any account from a **Bridge**
## What's on the Buyer Page
An AI-written briefing on what's happening at the account, grounded in your team's Bridge data
Ask questions about the account and get instant answers, pulled from Starbridge data and the web
Every buying signal tied to the account surfaced by your team's data across Bridges
Decision-makers and stakeholders, enriched with verified contact info and role details.
Buyer type, location, size, budget, and other firmographic details for qualification and segmentation.
How the buyer purchases: thresholds, cooperative activity, and reseller usage that point to the fastest path to contract
Parent-child relationships across agencies, departments, schools, and districts
## The Summary tab
The **Summary** tab provides a concise briefing that reads across all of your team's Bridge data for that buyer. It's organized into two sections:
Key developments, buying signals, leadership changes, and other activity relevant to upcoming outreach.
Strategic initiatives, priorities, procurement considerations, and account context.
### Every claim is cited
Each statement in the summary is grounded in a specific Bridge signal.
* **Hover** over a citation to see the source snippet inline.
* **Click** a citation to open the original document, meeting transcript, or bridge entry.
This means you can always trace a claim back to its source and dig deeper when you need to.
The Summary is grounded only in your Bridge data. It re-generates automatically each time you open it on a Buyer Page or in your Feed, so it always reflects the latest data.
### Where else the Summary appears
The same briefing follows you into your workflow. When you click into a signal from **My Feed**, a **Buyer Summary** tab sits alongside the signal detail.
You can also add the Buyer Summary data enrichment as a column in any Bridge. Use it to:
* **Sync context to your CRM** — Push a current account summary to Salesforce or HubSpot so insights stay attached to the account record.
* **Improve outbound personalization** — Give AI-generated emails richer account context beyond a single signal.
* **Enhance account scoring** — Incorporate broader buyer context into account prioritization and scoring.
* **Power AI analysis** — Feed a holistic account view into any AI Analysis column for more informed outputs.
## Related articles
Research accounts through an interactive chat.
Pull the Buyer Page and Ask Starbridge into your browser, on any site.
Where new signals on your accounts show up day to day.
# Email Digest
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/email-digest
Receive daily or weekly net new signals in your inbox.
## What is the Email Digest?
The Email Digest is a scheduled email that delivers new signals from your Starbridge Feed — daily or weekly. It keeps you on top of opportunities without needing to log into the platform every day. Your Digest reflects the same content as your Feed. Any changes you make to your Feed (hiding bridges, adjusting your territory) will also change what appears in your digest.
## What's in the Digest?
Each Email Digest includes:
* **Breakdown by type**: A table showing signal counts by type (Meetings, RFPs, Custom Web Signals, etc.).
* **Feed view**: Net new signals for your review.
* **Footer link**: A link at the bottom to customize your Digest settings.
## How to set up your Email Digest
Navigate to [Settings](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/email-digest).
Select Daily (8AM EST) or Weekly (Monday 8AM EST).
Your Digest reflects your Feed. Hide Bridges, update your territory, or filter by signal type to change what appears.
## Troubleshooting
* Check your spam/junk folder
* Verify your subscription status within "Configure my feed"
* Confirm your email frequency is set (Settings → Feed & Email Digest)
* Switch from Daily to Weekly Digest
* Hide lower-priority Bridges from your Feed and Email Digest
* Only new signals trigger emails; if no new data has been added since the last Digest, you won't receive an email
* Check that your Territory filters aren't excluding all results
## Related articles
Review and action signals directly in the platform.
Dive into your Bridges, filter signals, and export data.
# My Feed
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/my-homefeed
Your central view for all new signals from your Starbridge Bridges.
## What is My Feed?
My Feed is your central view for all new signals surfaced by your Bridges. Every time a Bridge detects a relevant buyer signal — a meeting, RFP, purchase, or custom web signal — it appears here as a card. Signals are sorted by most recently updated, so the freshest activity always rises to the top.
## What's on a signal card?
* **Signal type** — Meeting, RFP, Purchase, Custom Web Signal, Job Changes, or Conferences
* **Source bridge** — where it came from, even if it appears in multiple bridges
* **Key details** — configured by your Builder (buyer name, date, summary, etc.)
* **Status** — mark as Actioned, Starred, or Not interested. *Note: Status will be reflected to all users in the platform.*
Want to see additional information on a signal card? Contact your Admin or Starbridge Builder — they can configure additional fields to appear on your cards.
## How to review your feed
* **Scroll and act** — Browse cards and mark each signal as Actioned, Starred, or Not interested
* **Quick Review mode** — Click Start Review to enter keyboard-driven review mode
* **Filter** — Narrow by status, signal type, date added, or Bridge name
* **Share a signal** — Click the share icon on any card to copy a direct link. Anyone on your plan can view the signal via the link.
## Need to make edits to your feed?
If you need to change the Bridges you're seeing or adjust your territory, reach out to your Admin or Starbridge Builder to make those changes.
## Related articles
Dive into your Bridges, filter signals, and export data.
Research any account with everything Starbridge knows in one place.
# Getting started
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/setting-up-sales-account
## Logging in for the first time
Initial setup for users will be completed during Starbridge onboarding. Admin users have the ability to add new users into the platform. After a new user has been added into the platform, the new user will:
Please check spam/junk for your email as well
Click the verification link, create a password, then log in to Starbridge.
A user's territory customizes their feed to only surface leads and signals from Buyers within their territory. Admin and Builder roles are responsible for creating Territory Buyer Lists for each user. To have a new Territory Buyer List created, please contact your company's Starbridge Admin/Builders. To confirm or adjust, go to [Settings > My Territory](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/filters) and adjust to the relevant buyer list.
## Set your Email Digest cadence
You can control how often you receive notifications via **email digests,** removing the need to set up notifications individually for every search. You can set your notification frequency to be daily or weekly.
More on configuring your Email Digest: [Email Digest](/consumers/email-digest)
## Related articles
Click to read more about customizing [My Feed](/consumers/my-homefeed) and [Email Digest](/consumers/email-digest).
Understand what's in My Feed and how to customize it.
Configure cadence and troubleshoot email notifications.
# Consumer walkthrough
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/walkthrough-video
Watch this walkthrough video to see how Consumers can:
* Navigate the Starbridge platform
* Access key features
* Gain the most value from the platform
## Related articles
Set up your account, territory, and email digest.
Learn how to review and action signals in your feed.
# CRM enrichment columns
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/crm-enrichment-columns
Pull CRM records into Starbridge, and push Starbridge data back to your CRM.
CRM enrichment columns connect Starbridge data to your CRM without leaving Starbridge. There are two column types that work together: **lookup columns** pull CRM records into each row of a bridge, and **sync columns** push data from Starbridge back into Salesforce or HubSpot.
Adding lookup and sync columns is available to all builders. Enabling the objects and fields that those columns can access is an admin-only step — ask your Starbridge admin if you don't see the objects or fields you need.
## Prerequisites
Before adding CRM enrichment columns to a bridge, an admin must connect your Salesforce or HubSpot integration and enable the relevant objects and fields in **Settings > Integrations > \[your CRM integration] > Objects and fields**.
See [Connecting your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) for setup instructions. If you're not sure whether your integration is configured correctly, check with your Starbridge admin.
## Lookup columns
A lookup column finds a CRM record — an account, contact, opportunity, or custom object — for each row in your bridge. Lookup columns are the foundation for sync columns: before you can push data into the right CRM record, Starbridge needs to know which record to update.
### **To add a lookup column**
Click **Add enrichment → Configure integration → Pull data from my CRM**. Name the column, choose your CRM account, and select the object type to look up.
### **Matching logic**
For **Salesforce Account or HubSpot Company objects**, you'll see an **Account matching** option. When enabled, Starbridge resolves the CRM account for each buyer using your org-level account matching settings, then falls back to any custom rules you define.
For all other object types — or if you disable automatic account matching — define your own lookup rules. Rules work as a series of if-else statements: each block compares a CRM field to a value in your bridge, and Starbridge returns the first object that matches.
Here you can define custom lookup rules, like: **Match if CRM Contact Email equals Starbridge Contact Email, or if CRM Starbridge Contact ID equals Starbridge Contact ID.**
A lookup column can only return one object per row. If multiple CRM records match your rules, the cell will show a **multiple match** warning. Tighten your matching rules or add a more specific identifier to resolve it.
### **Lookup results**
Once the column runs, each cell shows one of three states:
* **No match** — no CRM object matched your rules
* **One match** — a single object was found
* **Multiple matches** — more than one object matched your rules
Click into any cell to view the details of the matched object.
### **Using lookup output**
Lookup columns behave like any other multi-value column in Starbridge. You can use the result as an input to other columns (for example, an AI Analysis or Web Agent column), or pull a specific field from the matched object as a standalone reference column via **Add enrichment → Reference existing data → Reference a column**.
You can add multiple lookup columns to the same bridge.
## Sync columns
A sync column pushes data from a bridge into Salesforce or HubSpot. In most cases you'll set up one or more lookup columns first so Starbridge knows which CRM records to update.
### **To add a sync column**
Click **Add enrichment → Configure integration → Send data to my CRM**. Name the column, select your CRM account, and choose the object type to sync.
### **Sync modes**
There are three sync modes:
* **Create and manage record** — creates a new record. Can optionally keep the record updated as data changes in Starbridge.
* **Upsert** (**recommended**) — updates the record if a match exists; creates a new one if it doesn't. Requires a lookup column or account matching.
* **Update only** — updates the record if a match exists; takes no action if it doesn't. Requires a lookup column or account matching.
See [Salesforce + HubSpot](/crm-integration) for guidance on choosing the right sync mode for your use case.
### **Field mapping**
Starbridge displays CRM fields on the left. For each one, select the bridge column you want to map on the right — only type-compatible fields can be mapped.
For each mapped field, choose a write behavior:
* **Write if empty** — only fills the field if it has no current value in your CRM
* **Overwrite** — always writes the Starbridge value, replacing whatever is in your CRM
### **Run conditions**
Run conditions let you control whether a sync column executes for a given row. For example, you might only want to sync a contact if the account lookup found a match, or only create a record if an email address is present.
### **Rerun settings**
Rerun settings let you control how often Starbridge reruns the sync. For example, you might want to resync anytime data changes or only when you want to manually push an update.
When syncing the Contact object, set this to **Auto-rerun when data changes** so that Starbridge pushes updates to a contact's Is Active status to your CRM.
### **Sync status**
After the column runs, each cell shows a sync status: **Success**, **Skipped: Run condition not met**, **No action taken**, or **Error** with an error message. Click into any cell to see a full history of syncs for that row.
When Starbridge initially runs the sync, it will show a **Success** message. Starbridge will often rerun the sync to check for updates. When there are no updates, the message will change to **No action taken**. You can click into the cell to see the full sync history, including the original **Success**.
## Common patterns
### Sync contacts to your CRM
See [Sync contacts to your CRM](/integrations/sync-contacts-to-your-crm).
### Sync account data to your CRM
Add a **Pull data from my CRM** column for the Account or Company object. Configure it using your org-level account matching settings or a custom matching rule.
Add a **Push data to my CRM** column for the Account or Company object and set the sync type to **Update only**.
Map each Starbridge column to the corresponding CRM account field. For fields like scores or enrichment data that should always reflect the latest value from Starbridge, use **Overwrite**. For fields you only want to fill once, use **Write if empty**.
## HubSpot-specific details
### Normalized fields
HubSpot doesn't differentiate between field types for several categories of data that Salesforce treats distinctly. As a result, Starbridge exposes a **Normalized** checkbox across a range of fields in the sync configuration UI.
Starbridge provides built-in normalizations for:
* **Emails** — strips whitespace, lowercases, and standardizes format for consistent matching
* **URLs and domains** — strips protocol, trailing slashes, and `www.` prefixes for consistent matching
Select the **Normalized** option whenever you're referencing a field that can be normalized. This improves match accuracy and keeps lookup and sync behavior consistent — especially important for contact deduplication where a small formatting difference can cause a match to fail.
## Next steps
Setup guide for connecting your CRM and configuring objects and fields.
Map your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers — the foundation for all CRM enrichment columns.
# CRM integration overview
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/crm-integration
Connect Salesforce or HubSpot to unlock territories, contact enrichment, account scoring, and CRM sync.
Connecting your CRM is the most impactful configuration step in Starbridge. It unlocks territory management, contact enrichment, account scoring, the ability to push verified data back into your CRM so reps can work without leaving their system of record, and more.
## What connecting your CRM unlocks
[**Territories synced from your CRM**](/integrations/crm-territories) Starbridge reads account ownership directly from your CRM and automatically maintains a territory for each rep. When accounts are reassigned, territories in Starbridge update overnight.
[**CRM-synced buyer lists**](/integrations/crm-synced-buyer-lists) Sync a Salesforce list view or HubSpot segment into Starbridge as a buyer list and keep it current automatically as your CRM changes.
[**CRM lookup and sync columns**](/crm-enrichment-columns) Pull CRM records into any Bridge to reference existing account and contact data, then push enriched data — contacts, scores, signals — back into your CRM.
[**Contact enrichment**](/integrations/sync-contacts-to-your-crm) Find net-new contacts across your target accounts and sync them into your CRM, deduplicated against existing records. Starbridge keeps contact data current throughout the year with an active/inactive flag.
[**Account scoring and enrichment**](/integrations/sync-account-data-to-your-crm) Write account scores and AI-generated account analysis to your CRM Account object so reps can prioritize accounts without leaving their system of record.
[**CRM context in My Feed and Buyer pages**](/release-notes/july-2026-crm-account-context-in-starbridge) See each buyer's account type — Customer, Prospect, or your CRM's equivalent — right on My Feed and Buyer pages, with one click to open the corresponding account record in new tab in Salesforce or HubSpot.
## Setup sequence
Most teams follow this sequence when setting up their CRM integration:
[Authenticate and configure the objects and fields Starbridge can access.](/admins/connecting-your-crm)
[Map your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers.](/integrations/account-matching) This is required for territories and CRM-synced buyer lists and strongly recommended for lookup and sync columns.
[Plan which data types you want to push into your CRM](/integrations/what-to-sync) and where each type should live — Account object, Contact object, or a custom object.
[Add lookup and sync columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) to your Bridges to start pushing data.
## Video walkthrough
Watch this builder training walkthrough to learn how to set up your CRM integration.
## Articles in this section
Authenticate, configure objects and fields, and run your initial sync.
Map your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers.
Plan which data to push into your CRM and where it should live.
Set up lookup and sync columns inside a Bridge.
Write account enrichment and scores to your CRM Account object.
Create and update CRM contacts from Starbridge enrichment.
Push job change signals and contacts into your CRM for rep actioning.
Normalized fields and association limits specific to HubSpot.
# Customer Referral Program
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/customer-referral-program
We believe the best growth comes from our community. That’s why we created the Starbridge Referral Program: a simple way to share Starbridge with your network and earn a reward when they become a customer.
Share Starbridge with your friends and we’ll send you **\$75 as an Amex gift card** when they take a meeting. When they convert into a paying customer, we’ll send you **a \$425 Amex gift card** as a token of our gratitude.
**How It Works**
1. **Submit a Referral**
1. Fill out our short [Referral Form.](https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSe-foHpKI4Sxe1IRcoMbO7YdBV5AMzv_HtZSc1hGQzLvNtiLQ/viewform?usp=dialog)
2. Include your referral’s contact details (name, company, email, etc.) and we’ll take it from there.
2. **We Reach Out**
1. Our team will contact your referral directly.
2. When we reach out, we’ll make sure to mention your name so they know who recommended Starbridge.
3. If they take the meeting, we'll send you a \$75 as an Amex gift card.
3. **They Become a Customer**
3\. If your referral signs up and becomes a paying Starbridge customer, we will send you a \$425 gift card within 4 weeks of the customer signing the contract.
**Key Details**
* There’s no limit to the number of referrals you can submit.
* Rewards are only paid once the referred customer signs a contract and becomes active.
* You must submit referrals through the official Starbridge Referral Form to be eligible.
* Rewards are paid directly to you within 30 days of the referral becoming a customer.
**Why Join?**
* Help your peers discover a better way to run GTM.
* Earn \$500 for every successful referral.
* Become part of Starbridge’s growth story.
# Budget data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/budget-data
Access high-quality government budget data with over 80% verification across cities, counties, state agencies, and special districts.
Starbridge has the highest quality data on government budgets. Every city, county, state agency and special district has a budget — with over 80% of them verified. We do this by running deep research agents to find budget URLs and then building custom extractors to parse the nuances of government budget line items.
You can also use Bridges to extract custom line items from budgets — for example: how much does this city spend on Parks & Rec?
For a walkthrough of this in practice, see [Tracking your buyer's budget](https://starbridge.ai/use-cases/tracking-your-buyers-budget).
## Related articles
Everything Starbridge knows about an account in one place.
Learn how to research and evaluate buyers using Starbridge data.
# All Starbridge Data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/buyer-attributes
Complete reference of all buyer attributes and field metadata available in Starbridge.
How We Collect Data
All Starbridge Data
Complete reference of all buyer attributes and field metadata available in Starbridge.
This page lists every field we expose—organized by data type—along with descriptions, examples, and data source details.
All data and attributes are algorithmically derived, normalized, and inferred from public records and other lawful sources. Starbridge does not republish third-party proprietary content.
Buyer attributes and account-level signals.
Verified public sector contact data.
Track new hires, promotions, and departures at target accounts.
Data from FOIA for Purchase Orders & Contracts along with Web Scraping Enrichments.
Conference and event opportunities.
Active bids and procurement postings.
Meeting minutes and strategic plans.
# How we source competitors & spend
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/competitor-presence-spend-data
Starbridge has three methods to track public spend:
* Purchase Orders: Starbridge collects purchase order files from tens of thousands of government & educational institutions, providing line-by-line details into what is spend with descriptions.
* Contracts: Starbridge collects contracts with contract expiration dates via custom FOIA requests on governments & educational institutions. In addition to our base coverage, you can run custom requests specific to your market anonymously through Starbridge. More on that here
[How do FOIA requests work?](/builders/how-do-foia-requests-work)
* Web & Meeting Mentions: Starbridge is able to collect data from the web or meeting mentions to find references to usage of a given company. This is incredibly effective at finding competitor presence, especially in private schools & institutions where they can do not make PO’s or contracts public.
Unlike legacy tools that stop at simple data fields such as \$ spend amount and start and end date, in Starbridge you can breakdown contract details, such as whether there is an opt out clause or review detailed information about the sales proposal provided with the contract.
By combining these three data sources into a waterfall (looking across all 3): Starbridge is able to acquire 96%+ accuracy of finding competitor usage info.
# How we source contact data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/contact-data
Starbridge has the highest quality public sector & school contact data.
* Our AI agent pulls contacts right from the agency or schools website that scrapes the directory and all of the school + government website pages. It also looks for any mentions of these individuals in any external documents.
* Every contact is then enriched with information from Starbridge's waterfall of different providers. For example, if the email is not available on the website, we run a waterfall to find the email across our providers.
* For every contact we run a bounce-check to make sure that individual is currently in seat and active. We do this continually to ensure our information is kept up to date.
* You then have the option to sync every single one of these and keep them up-to-date in your CRM throughout the year + maintain an active vs. inactive flag in your CRM.
* For each contact in our database - we frequently run web lookups, bounce-checks and new waterfall enrichment so your CRM is up to date.
This is how we're able to ensure that we're providing you the highest quality government & education contact data. Reach out for a sample if you are curious!
## Related articles
Set up your contacts view and sync contacts to your CRM.
Learn how Starbridge keeps your CRM contact data current year-round.
# Custom web data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/custom-web-tracking-data
Use AI-powered web agents to scrape government and education websites with natural language queries.
Starbridge has AI models, powered by leading platforms such as OpenAI and Anthropic, that have been fine-tuned for scraping government & education websites. We expose these platforms as "web agents", where you can type in a natural language search string and get returned data, in the exact format you'd like.
To implement, set it up here:
[How to Create a Bridge](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge)
[Custom Web Signal Bridges](/builders/custom-web-signal-bridges)
# Federal data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/federal-data
## Solicitations
Starbridge monitors [SAM.Gov](http://SAM.Gov) for new bids and provides best-effort coverage of GSA eBuy, capturing all types of RFXs, Special Notices, and IFBs.
Some procurement channels have limited visibility: the Navy's Seaport-e IDIQ uses a private acquisition portal with reposting restrictions, while procurements under IDIQs like Homeland Security's Eagle II are distributed via direct email to contract-holders. Additionally, we do not track classified solicitations, as these are not publicly accessible and require specific security clearances.
## Contracts and purchases
We track all federal IDVs (Indefinite Delivery Vehicles), Definitive Contracts, and Orders through [USAspending.gov](http://USAspending.gov), the government's official source for publicly available federal procurement data. While we capture comprehensive contract metadata, the actual contract documents are not available for most awards. To obtain these documents, you can initiate a FOIA (Freedom of Information Act) request through Starbridge. Starbridge continuously monitors contract activity, tracking modifications such as new funding obligations and changes to scope of work. Our system syncs hundreds of contract updates per minute to ensure you have the latest information.
## Related articles
Complete reference of all buyer attributes and field metadata available in Starbridge.
A guide to understanding and using procurement data in Starbridge.
How RFPs are collected and surfaced within Starbridge.
# How to navigate procurement data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/how-to-navigate-procurement-data
Starbridge has extensively scraped and integrated with hundreds of local, regional cooperatives and reseller databases to create our How to Navigate Procurement Summary.
Here’s how it works, for every buyer, we find the sole source limit, their history of going above the sole source limit (if it exists) history of their usage of cooperatives (looking at our purchase data and then web) and resellers they have used in the past to bypass RFP. We then roll that up into a quick digest that is made available for a rep and can also be synced with your CRM.
We believe that the quality and depth of this data is unique in the government & education market - and we’ve found that when our customers use this information to coach procurement teams on either going above the sole source limit (and the buyers history doing that) or what resellers or cooperatives they have historically used to avoid the RFP - the rate of getting out of an RFP goes up by about 40% than before the usage of Starbridge.
[https://starbridge.ai/use-cases/how-to-navigate-procurement-vehicles](https://starbridge.ai/use-cases/how-to-navigate-procurement-vehicles)
# How we source board meetings & strategic plans
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/meetings-data
## Overview
Starbridge collects board meetings & strategic plan data from a wide variety of public sources, including government & education websites, Youtube channels, and specific third party sites where board meeting minutes are posted.
Meetings can be analyzed in real time with Starbridge’s AI capabilities. We also make the original documents and Youtube videos available for direct analysis.
We have incredible coverage across the government & education sectors with the vast majority of governments & institutions tracked. We check every buyer for new postings at least every two weeks.
## Who Posts Meeting Minutes
Not all buyers generally post meeting minutes, though there are exceptions to these rules.
### **Who Generally Posts Meeting Minutes**
“Top level” entities generally post meeting minutes at higher rates, namely:
* Cities
* Counties
* School Districts
* Higher Education
### **Who Sometimes Post Meeting Minutes**
Smaller entities sometimes post meeting minutes. This includes
* Special Districts
* Police Departments
* Libraries
These entities often don’t post meeting minutes at all or are covered by a parent entity (as is often the case with police departments).
### Who Does Not Post Meeting Minutes
Some entities are almost always covered by meeting minutes from parent entities and do not post their own, namely:
* Schools
* Fire Departments
# How we source RFP & RFI data
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/data/rfp-data
We collect RFPs and RFIs in three different ways:
1. We work through third-party aggregators that give us access to tens of thousands of sites daily to monitor for new postings every day. This includes **Third-Party Hosted Portals, Municipality-Hosted Procurement Portals, Municipality Website Systems and Procurement Portals.** We generally post new bids within 24–48 hours of the agency making them available.
2. We integrate with third-party partner portals that make their bids accessible to us. These can have longer delays — as we are reliant on the underlying portal to make the information available to us — but in general we don't get information any slower than any other source (and almost always same week).
3. We run custom web searches over the web daily to identify RFPs, RFIs, or grants that have been published in an unconventional data source (i.e., newsletter, website outside of a portal).
We are pulling from all major State, Local government & Education aggregators and major Federal data sources. Additionally, we can track pre-RFP intent with meetings, custom web signals (i.e., for grants or pre-postings), contract expirations, and more. At any given time we could have between 35k and 80k+ SLED-focused RFPs available within the platform.
## Related articles
Learn how to discover, analyze, and prioritize RFPs at scale by building custom Bridges using highly curated language to your business.
Explore how Starbridge can help draft RFPs using your tone, language, and business context.
Go in depth on how Starbridge's sources Federal RFP and RFI data directly from SAM.gov.
# Generate personalized outbound
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/generate-personalized-outbound
A deep dive on the Personalized Outbound Email column — configure ready-to-send, personalized outreach at scale, with best practices and example use cases.
The **Personalized Outbound Email column** turns signal context into ready-to-send outreach, right inside your Bridge. You write the template and messaging once; AI generates the personalized hooks for each row.
This column is available for **all Bridge types**.
## What you can build
Every email combines three kinds of content, mixed however you like:
Your own copy that appears as typed in every email. Good for value props, CTAs, and signatures.
Personalized data pulled from the signal or Bridge (e.g. contact name, buyer name) Inserted with `@`.
Personalized content generated for each row based on the signal. Inserted with `@`, configured via a prompt you control.
## How to add and configure the column
Open your Bridge, click **Add enrichment**, and select **Create Personalized Outreach → Create Personalized Outbound Email**.
You can either describe the email you want to write in plain language and have AI generate the draft, or configure your email from scratch.
You'll see two fields to configure — **Subject Line** and **Email Body**. Compose each using any mix of static text, variables, and AI snippets (below).
Run the column on the first 5 rows to check the output and snippet quality before committing. Edit your prompts and rerun until you're satisfied with the output.
Once the drafts look right, run the column across the whole Bridge.
## Building your email
### Static text
Type your copy directly. This text appears exactly as written in every email.
> I wanted to reach out to see if you'd be open to connecting.
### Variables (`@`)
Insert dynamic data from your Bridge or signal attributes — these change for each row. Type `@` and select from the suggested attributes. Common examples:
* `@First Name` — the contact's first name
* `@Buyer Common Name` — the buyer / account common name
* `@Conference` — conference name
* `@Due Date` — an RFP's due date
> Hi @First Name,
### AI snippets (`@`)
Add AI-generated content that writes a personalized snippet for each row based on the signal. To add one: type `@` in the subject line or body, select **AI Snippet**, give it a name, and write a prompt describing what the snippet should pull from each signal.
You can directly reference other Bridge columns inside a snippet prompt — for example, *"Based on `@Summarized Relevance`, write a 1–2 sentence opening."* Starbridge pre-generates snippet prompts for certain Bridge types; edit them to fit your use case.
### Let AI draft the whole email
You don't have to compose every piece by hand. Tell Starbridge the **goal** of the email (e.g. book a meeting, reactivate a closed-lost account, follow up after a conference), plus any guidance, and it generates a draft with static copy, variables, and AI snippets already included. Edit from there.
### Rich text formatting
The email editor supports rich text — apply **bold**, *italic*, underline, bulleted lists, and hyperlinks to keep your outreach on-brand and readable.
## AI snippet best practices
Strong prompts are specific and bounded:
* **Be specific**: "Write one sentence mentioning the budget challenges discussed," not "Personalize this."
* **Set length guidelines**: "Keep under 50 words" or "Write 1–2 sentences."
* **Define tone**: "Write conversationally" or "Keep it professional."
* **Reference the signal or a column**: point the prompt at `@Summarized Relevance`, `@Job Change`, `@RFP`, etc., so it grounds in real context.
* **Avoid vague prompts** — "Make it good" produces generic output.
Test on the first 5 rows and iterate before running the whole Bridge. You can edit any snippet later via the gear icon on the column.
## Outputting and sending
### Choose how the column outputs
By default the column produces three columns: a **consolidated email** (subject, body, and snippets together), the **subject line**, and the **email body**. You can optionally output individual AI snippets as their own columns, or show only the consolidated email — configured in the **Add Email Fields as Columns** section of the column editor.
### Send with one click — Open in mail
Every Starbridge-generated email has an **Open in mail** button that drops the email — recipient, subject, and body pre-populated — straight into Gmail, Outlook, or your default mail app. The first time a rep clicks it, they pick their preferred client; after that every email opens there by default. The button appears everywhere reps work with generated emails: in Ask Starbridge, on signal cards in the Feed, and inside Bridges.
### Export to your CRM or sequencer
When the column has fully generated, export the subject line, body, and/or individual snippets to your CRM or outbound sequencer via the CRM integration or a CSV export.
## Example emails by Bridge type
**Subject:** `@[AI Snippet: "Write a 3–5 word subject line referencing the main topic discussed in the meeting from @Summarized Relevance"]`
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> `@[AI Snippet: "Write 2–3 sentences referencing specific challenges or initiatives mentioned in the meeting from @Summarized Relevance and position them as something we can help with"]`
>
> I'd love to share how we've helped organizations like `@Buyer Common Name` tackle similar challenges. Would you be open to a brief conversation?
>
> Best, \[Your name]
**Subject:** Your `@Seller Name` contract
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> I noticed your contract with `@Seller Name` is ending soon.
>
> `@[AI Snippet: "Ask conversationally if the buyer has started looking at alternatives for @Purchase, and mention the upcoming expiration if @Contract End Date is soon. Use information from @Summary."]`
>
> We've helped organizations like `@Buyer Common Name` optimize costs and improve outcomes. Happy to share more if you're evaluating options.
>
> Best, \[Your name]
**Subject:** Re: Your Posted RFP
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> I saw that `@Buyer Common Name` recently posted an RFP with a due date of `@Due Date`. `@[AI Snippet: "Write 1–2 sentences explaining how our solution aligns with the specific requirements in @RFP @Summary"]`
>
> I'd love to schedule a brief call to discuss how we can support your goals. Would you have 15 minutes this week?
>
> Best, \[Your name]
**Subject:** Congrats on the new role at `@Buyer Common Name`
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> `@[AI Snippet: "Write one sentence congratulating this person on their new role based on @Job Change."]`
>
> I'd love to share how we're helping other leaders in similar roles. Open to a quick conversation?
>
> Best, \[Your name]
**Subject:** Following up from `@Conference`
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> I saw that you'll be at `@Conference Name` in `@City`. `@[AI Snippet: "Explain in one sentence why @Conference @Conference Description is relevant to their work based on the conference focus areas"]`
>
> I'd love to connect while you're there to discuss how we're helping similar organizations. Would you have 15 minutes for a quick coffee?
>
> Best, \[Your name]
**Subject:** `@[AI Snippet: "Write a 3–5 word subject line referencing the most relevant finding in @Signal Finding"]`
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> `@[AI Snippet: "Write 2 sentences referencing @Signal Finding and why it's relevant to them. Be conversational and show you've done your research."]`
>
> I'd love to connect and share how we've helped organizations like `@Buyer Common Name` with similar initiatives. Would you be open to a brief chat?
>
> Best, \[Your name]
**Subject:** Thought of `@Buyer Common Name`
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> `@[AI Snippet: "Write 2–3 sentences explaining why we're reaching out to this specific @Buyer based on their profile, industry, or recent activity. Reference relevant buyer attributes or signals from cross-referenced bridges."]`
>
> We work with organizations like `@Buyer Common Name` to \[your value proposition]. Would you be interested in learning more?
>
> Best, \[Your name]
**Subject:** Quick question for `@Buyer Name`
> Hi `@First Name`,
>
> I'm reaching out because of your role as `@Job Title` at `@Buyer Common Name`.
>
> `@[AI Snippet: "Write 1–2 sentences about why this person's @Job Title makes them a good fit for our solution"]`
>
> Would you have a few minutes to connect?
>
> Best, \[Your name]
## Related
The overview of all enrichment column types.
Push generated emails to Salesforce or HubSpot.
# Starbridge Help Center
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/index
Guides, setup, data, and release notes for Starbridge — your command center for public sector and education GTM.
**Product Update: July 28th, 2026**
* **Account context in My Feed**: See each buyer's account type — Customer, Prospect, or your CRM's equivalent — right on My Feed and Buyer pages, with one click to open the corresponding account record in new tab in Salesforce or HubSpot.
* **Contact sync**: Enable your reps and builders to sync Starbridge contacts to Salesforce or HubSpot in one click. Admins control exactly what fields sync and what records are updated or inserted to your CRM.
Read the full release notes [here](/release-notes/july-2026-crm-account-context-in-starbridge).
Welcome to the Starbridge Help Center. Starbridge helps go-to-market teams find early buying signals across public sector and education, research accounts in depth, and turn that intelligence into pipeline. These guides walk you through everything from logging in to building automated workflows for your whole team.
**New to Starbridge?** Take [Starbridge 101](/university/starbridge-101) in Starbridge University for a guided walkthrough, and go through the [Starbridge Overview](/what-is-starbridge) for a quick guide on how our platform works.
Find your role below to get started:
* **Sales reps and end users** → start with [Starbridge for Consumers](/consumers/setting-up-sales-account)
* **Builders configuring Bridges** → start with [Starbridge for Builders](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge)
* **Admins setting up your org** → start with the [Setup Checklist for Admins](/admins/overview-guide)
## Explore the Help Center
Learn how to use Starbridge as a sales rep to find early buying intent, research accounts, and act on opportunities.
Learn how to create and configure Bridges for your team to automate buyer research, uncover opportunities, and prioritize accounts.
Master every tool for researching an account — Buyer Pages, Ask Starbridge, the Chrome extension, and the Starbridge MCP.
Set up your workspace: add users, configure teams and roles, set up territories, and enable single sign-on.
Draft RFP responses with AI — set up your source materials, then generate and refine your answers.
See where Starbridge data comes from — contacts, RFPs, meetings, procurement, budgets, and more.
Connect Starbridge to your CRM, Slack, and other tools to keep data flowing where your team already works.
## Release Notes
* [2026-06-02 Streamlined CRM Integration](/release-notes/june-2026-streamlined-crm-integration)
* [2026-05-26 Introducing Starbridge Search Agents and Bridge Folders](/release-notes/may-2026-introducing-starbridge-search-agents-and-bridge-folders)
* [2026-05-14 Account Matching](/release-notes/may-2026-account-matching)
* [2026-05-07 Starbridge Chrome Extension and Click-To-Send Email](/release-notes/May-2026-chrome-extension-and-click-to-send-email)
* [2026-04-17 Usage Dashboard](/release-notes/april-2026-usage-dashboard)
* [2026-04-13 CRM-Synced Buyer Lists and Improved Buyer List Experience](/release-notes/april-2026-crm-synced-buyer-lists)
* [2026-03-27 Buyer Summary](/release-notes/march-2026-buyer-summary)
* [2026-03-18 Sync Territories from your CRM](/release-notes/march-2026-sync-territories-from-your-crm)
* [2026-03-18 Champion Tracking](/release-notes/release-notes/march-2026-champion-tracking)
* [2026-02-02 Conferences and Job Changes](/release-notes/release-notes/february-2026-conferences-and-job-changes)
* [2026-01-08 Feed Customization and Ask Starbridge Chat](/release-notes/2026-01-08-feed-customization-and-ask-starbridge-c)
* [2025-09-23 Chat with Buyer & AI Created Columns](/release-notes/2025-9-23-chat-with-buyer-ai-created-columns)
* [2025-07-11 RFP Outline Builder](/release-notes/2025-7-11-rfp-outline-builder)
* [2025-05-26 New Bridges Experience](/release-notes/2025-5-26-new-bridges-experience)
* [2025-05-26 Navigation Changes](/release-notes/2025-5-26-navigation-changes)
* [2025-04-30 Bridges Actionability](/release-notes/2025-4-30-bridges-actionability)
## [Customer Referral Program](/customer-referral-program)
# Account matching
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/account-matching
Starbridge needs to know which Starbridge buyer corresponds to each account in your CRM. This mapping is the foundation for everything Starbridge does with your CRM data:
* Syncing territories from your CRM to ensure reps see buying signals relevant to their accounts
* Syncing buyer lists from Salesforce or HubSpot
* Looking up accounts and contacts in your CRM
* To enrich accounts and contacts in your CRM
* To insert new account and contact records in your CRM
Starbridge only uses matches you've explicitly marked as Reviewed, so completing this process carefully gives you a reliable base for all of those features.
This guide walks you through the full process.
***
## Prerequisites
Complete the steps laid out in [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm). You will need:
* A Salesforce or HubSpot CRM integration connected in Starbridge.
* The Account object (Salesforce) or Company object (HubSpot), along with relevant fields, included in your CRM integration configuration
***
## A note on scale
Account matching supports up to 250,000 accounts. If your CRM is larger than this, reach out to your GTME before getting started.
***
## Should you work with your CSA first?
If your CRM has data quality issues — lots of duplicates, inconsistent naming, missing state codes, or accounts you've been meaning to clean up — consider working with your GTME before running matching. They can help you prepare your data so you get cleaner results on the first pass.
If your CRM data is reasonably clean, go ahead and start below.
***
## Step 1: Configure matching in the 'Map fields' step
Open Settings → Integrations, open your CRM integration, and go to the **Account matching** tab. This is where you set everything Starbridge needs before matching can run.
### Field mappings
Map fields from your Account (or Company) object to Starbridge buyer fields.
It's **very important** that you map as many fields as possible from your CRM to Starbridge for account matching. The more context that Starbridge has to match off of, the more accurate matches it will produce.
**Required:**
* Account name
* State code
* Your CRM may have multiple fields for State Code. For example: State/Region Code, Billing State, Shipping State, etc. Make sure to choose the best field: the field that is populated most accurately for most or all of your accounts.
* You may select a field that contains state names; Starbridge will automatically normalize state names to state codes (e.g., California normalizes to CA).
* Starbridge Buyer ID
* This must be a custom field called Starbridge Account ID on your Salesforce Account object or HubSpot Company object. Read Step 1 of [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) for step-by-step instructions on how to create this custom field.
**Optional (improves match quality):**
* Buyer Type
* Buyer City
* Buyer URL / Domain
* Buyer Zip Code
* NCES ID
* IPEDS ID
* Census ID PID6 / GIDID
Optional fields are additive — Starbridge uses whatever fields are present to find the best match. More signal means better matches, but an account missing fields will still be matched.
**Tip:** Unique identifiers — NCES ID, IPEDS ID, Census ID — produce the most reliable matches. If you have them in your CRM, map them.
**If you've already completed matching with your GTME outside of Starbridge:** Map your Starbridge ID field first. Accounts with a Starbridge ID populated are matched immediately.
### Buyer types
Select which Starbridge buyer types are represented in your CRM. When you tell Starbridge which types to focus on — school districts, higher ed institutions, cities, or whatever your accounts cover — the matching pipeline concentrates on those types rather than evaluating every account against Starbridge's full buyer database. This produces better match quality and faster matching.
Select every buyer type represented in your CRM. Any buyer type you leave unselected is excluded from matching entirely — so if your CRM contains universities and colleges but Higher Education isn't selected, those accounts won't be matched.
### Rule filter
The rule filter lets you scope which CRM accounts enter the matching pipeline at all. Accounts that don't match the filter are excluded from the matching pipeline.
Use this to exclude: international accounts (outside of the US and Canada), private sector records, account types that don't belong in Starbridge, or any segment you don't want to match.
If you later relax the filter, previously-excluded accounts will be included when you re-run matching.
### Save options
After your initial matching, the 'Map fields' modal offers three save options so you can control how aggressively existing matches are revisited after a configuration change:
* **Save** — saves your changes and uses them for new accounts going forward. Existing accounts are not re-matched.
* **Save and rematch unreviewed accounts** — re-runs matching on every account you haven't reviewed yet. Reviewed accounts are left untouched.
* **Save and rematch all accounts** — re-runs matching on every account, including ones you've already reviewed. Use this when you want a clean slate.
***
## Step 2: Run account matching
Click **Map fields**. Account matching will start running. The matching table will be unavailable while matching runs — this typically takes a 5-60 minutes depending on the number of accounts in your CRM. You can leave the page; matching continues in the background.
Once matching completes, you will see the matching table with a guidance panel on the right.
***
## Step 3: Work through the review flow
### What does reviewing a match mean?
Marking a match as Reviewed is your sign-off that the pairing is correct: this CRM account maps to this Starbridge buyer. That matters because Starbridge treats the Reviewed status as a gate: no account match is used in Starbridge features until it's marked as Reviewed.
A **guide panel** is available on the right side of the page. It explains how to review accounts in cohorts, and what your options are. It updates automatically to offer appropriate guidance as you switch between filtered views of the table.
### Matched by ID
These accounts were matched using a unique identifier — NCES ID, IPEDS ID, Starbridge Buyer ID, or a Census GEOID.
What to do: Scroll through the first few matches to spot-check. If everything looks right, select-all and bulk-approve. If you spot a problem on an individual row, you can fix it inline before approving the rest. If you see a lot of duplicates, you may disregard them for now or jump ahead to **Resolving duplicates** below.
### Matched by AI (High conf.)
These accounts were matched by AI with high confidence. They're highly reliable.
What to do: Scroll through the first few matches to spot-check. Fix any individual rows that look wrong, then select-all and bulk-approve the rest. If you're finding more errors than you can reasonably fix or review manually, work with your CSA.
If you see a lot of duplicates, you may disregard them for now or jump ahead to **Resolving duplicates** below.
### Matched by AI (Medium conf.)
These accounts were matched by AI with medium confidence. These accounts are a reasonable match but might have one or two conflicting pieces of metadata, or a close but not obviously correct match by account name and state or URL.
What to do: Scroll through the first few matches to spot-check. Fix any individual rows that look wrong. If you're finding more errors than you can reasonably fix or review manually, work with your CSA. If there are few errors or all look accurate, then select-all and bulk-approve the rest.
If you see a lot of duplicates, you may disregard them for now or jump ahead to **Resolving duplicates** below.
### No match
These are accounts where Starbridge didn't find a matching Starbridge buyer.
Ask yourself: should this account be matched at all? Private sector companies, vendors, partners, and competitors typically shouldn't be matched — Starbridge covers SLED institutions, not the private sector. If most of your no-match accounts clearly don't belong in Starbridge, bulk-approve them as reviewed no match after a quick scroll.
If some accounts should be matched but weren't, assign them manually by selecting the correct buyer from the dropdown. If the list is too long to work through manually, contact your CSA.
### Duplicates
Duplicates occur when multiple CRM accounts matched to the same Starbridge buyer. This step has the most depth — see **Resolving duplicates** below.
### Failed
Accounts in this cohort encountered an internal error during matching — not a data problem. Re-run them by selecting all failed accounts and clicking **Re-match**. They'll be processed and land in the appropriate cohort when complete.
### Matched by admin
This cohort shows accounts you've manually matched — accounts where you selected a specific Starbridge buyer yourself rather than accepting or rejecting a Starbridge-generated match. They land here unreviewed so you can confirm your own overrides before they're counted as reviewed.
***
## Resolving duplicates
When Starbridge matches multiple CRM accounts to the same Starbridge buyer, it flags them as duplicates. Before you can review a duplicate group, Starbridge automatically runs a sub-classification process — name similarity scoring, domain comparison, and LLM-based classification — to help you understand what each account actually represents.
Each account in a duplicate group receives one of three sub-statuses:
* **Recommended match** — the account Starbridge identifies as the best fit for this Starbridge buyer. At most one per group.
* **True duplicate** — the account represents a good fit for this Starbridge buyer, but has less data than the recommended match account. Starbridge's recommendation: merge this account into the recommended match account in your CRM. This account has no useful independent existence.
* **Hierarchy child** — a distinct sub-entity of the matched buyer: a department, foundation, campus, or financing authority that Starbridge models as part of the parent buyer. Starbridge's recommendation: unmatch these in Starbridge, and mark them as a child of the parent account in your CRM. Your CSA can advise on best practices for managing these duplicates in your CRM.
**Resolving a group:** Click the duplicate badge on any row to filter the table to that group of duplicates. When you mark one account in a group as Reviewed, Starbridge automatically handles the others: their buyer match is cleared, their duplicate classification is removed, and they move to the regular review queue as unreviewed No match rows.
**Recommendation:** Select-all recommended match duplicates, and mark them as Reviewed.
***
## Row-level actions
These actions are available on every row, in every cohort:
* **Select a different buyer** — opens a buyer dropdown to assign a different Starbridge buyer. The row becomes **Matched by admin** and is reset to Unreviewed so you can confirm it.
* **Clear the match** — removes the buyer and sets the row to No match. Requires a single-row confirmation.
* **Mark as Reviewed / Unreviewed** — flips the review status on the row.
* **Rematch** — reruns the account through matching and duplicate resolution with your latest field mapping configuration.
***
## Match reasoning
Every row has a match reasoning log that records what happened to it. Each entry is timestamped and covers: how the account was first matched, any re-matches, admin overrides, and system cascades triggered by duplicate resolution decisions. You can view this on any row to understand and audit its full history.
***
## How Starbridge stays in sync
Starbridge re-syncs your CRM accounts nightly:
* **New accounts** are automatically run through matching and given Unreviewed status.
* **Deleted accounts** are removed from matching.
* **Updated accounts** are not automatically re-matched.
***
## Re-running matching
There are a few common reasons to re-run after your initial pass:
* **Failed accounts** — always re-run these. They encountered an internal error, not a data problem.
* **You omitted important fields from your initial field mapping** — for example, you omitted NCES IDs on school district accounts and Starbridge relied on its AI matching instead of matching by NCES ID.
* **You corrected data quality issues** — merging duplicates in your CRM, filling in missing state codes, cleaning up account names, or populating domain URLs.
To re-run, open Map Fields and choose **Save and rematch unreviewed accounts** (leaves reviewed accounts alone) or **Save and rematch all accounts** (full reset). Re-running marks selected accounts as Unreviewed, so you'll need to review them again once matching completes.
***
## Troubleshooting
**Match quality is low.** State codes, ZIP codes, domain URLs, and unique identifiers (NCES, IPEDS, Census GEOIDs) each improve match quality. If results are still poor after mapping all these fields, reach out to your CSA.
**Specific types of accounts aren't being matched - like schools, or universities.** Double-check your **Map fields** settings, under the **Which buyer types should this integration match against?** setting. Make sure you select all the buyer types represented in your CRM as accounts. If you missed any, select them now and click **Save and rematch all unreviewed accounts**.
**Matching is taking a long time.** If matching takes longer than 4 hours, reach out to your CSA for support.
***
## What's next
Reviewed account matches are the foundation for several Starbridge features:
Generate a territory for each rep based on CRM account ownership.
Create a Starbridge buyer list directly from a Salesforce list view or HubSpot segment.
Use account matching to find the right CRM record for each row in a bridge.
# Contact sync
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/contact-sync
## Overview
Contact sync lets you configure CRM sync rules for contacts once, in one place, instead of rebuilding them inside every bridge. Once it's set up, any contact your team enriches — from a Buyer page, Ask Starbridge, MCP, or a bridge — can be synced to your CRM automatically, using the rules you define here.
Contact sync serves as an org-wide default: configure it once, and unlock your team's ability to sync contacts to the CRM from Starbridge.
This article describes the initial admin setup. For the builder experience *using* contact sync once it's configured by the admin, see [Sync contacts to your CRM](/integrations/sync-contacts-to-your-crm).
***
## Before you start
You'll need:
* A Salesforce or HubSpot integration connected. See [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm).
* **Account matching completed**. Contact sync requires you to associate a contact to a valid CRM account, so Starbridge doesn't create orphaned contact records in your CRM. See [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching).
The **Contact** object enabled in your CRM integration, with the following fields synced to Starbridge:
* **Required standard fields:** first name, last name, email, the account/company association field, phone, salutation, and job title.
* **Required custom fields:**
* **Starbridge Contact ID** (text) — Starbridge’s unique identifier for every contact. Enables lookups by Starbridge contact identifier and helps admins identify which contacts were created or modified by Starbridge.
* **Starbridge Is Active** (boolean) — whether Starbridge considers the contact currently active. Defaults to `true` for active contacts; set to `false` when Starbridge detects the contact is no longer employed at the account.
* See Step 1 of [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm#connect-your-crm) for step-by-step instructions on creating these custom fields.
These fields significantly improve deduplication accuracy and let Starbridge maintain accounts and contacts up to date in your CRM over time.
***
## Set credit limits for your Consumer users
Once you configure Contact sync, your Consumer users will see the option to enrich and sync new contacts directly from a Buyer page or Ask Starbridge — respecting the lookup and sync rules you define here.
Enriching a contact consumes 2 credits. Once a contact has been enriched by anyone in your org, it's available to your whole team from then on — you'll never be charged twice for the same contact, whether enriched from the Buyer page, MCP, Ask Starbridge, or a Bridge. See [How do credits work?](/builders/how-do-credits-work) for more detail.
Before configuring Contact sync, consider whether you want to modify your per-user credit limits for your Consumer-role users. The default limit for Consumer users is 100 credits, or 50 enriched contacts. You can set your preferred limit in bulk from **Settings → Organization Settings → Users** — select your Consumer users, then **Set credit limit**.
***
## Step 1: Open the Contact sync tab
Go to **Settings → Integrations**, open your CRM integration, and click the **Contact sync** tab. If you have more than one CRM connected, Contact sync is configured independently per integration.
If the prerequisites above aren't met yet, the **Configure sync** button stays disabled.
## Step 2: Configure sync
Click **Configure sync**. This creates your org's Contact sync bridge and requires you to set up its **Contact lookup** and **Contact sync** columns before you can do anything else on this tab — Starbridge can't show you a useful contact list until it knows how to find and write CRM records.
### Contact lookup
This determines whether a contact already exists in your CRM, so the sync column knows whether to create a new record or update an existing record. Contact lookup is configured by default with recommended lookup rules:
* **Lookup by Starbridge Contact ID.** If Starbridge previously created or updated this Contact record in your CRM, it will stamp the record with a unique identifier to ensure accurate lookups moving forward.
* This lookup rule is required. If you do not see a custom field for Starbridge Contact ID:
* Make sure you create the custom field on the Contact object in your CRM. See Step 1 of [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm#connect-your-crm) for step-by-step instructions.
* Double-check your **Objects and fields** configuration and confirm you have toggled on the Starbridge Contact ID field to sync it from your CRM to Starbridge.
* **Lookup by normalized email and account ID.** Matches a CRM contact whose email matches the contact's email, scoped to the contact's already-matched CRM account — the most reliable match when an email is on file. Starbridge normalizes email formatting to ensure matches are as accurate as possible.
* **Lookup by first name, last name, and account ID.** Falls back to matching on full name within the same matched account, for contacts that don't have an email on file.
* **Lookup by last name, phone, and account ID.** Falls back further to matching on last name and phone number within the same matched account, so a contact's phone number can resolve a match even without an email or a full name match. Starbridge normalizes phone formatting to ensure matches are as accurate as possible.
We recommend proceeding with these default recommended lookup rules. Most admins do not modify the recommended default rules or add new rules.
### Contact sync
This is what actually creates or updates the CRM Contact record. A few things to set:
**Field mappings.** We recommend:
| Salesforce field | HubSpot field | Starbridge field | Write behavior |
| --------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | --------------------- | --------------------------------------------- |
| `Salutation` | `salutation` | Salutation | Write if Empty |
| `FirstName` | `firstname` | First name | Write if Empty |
| `LastName` | `lastname` | Last name | Write if Empty |
| `Title` | `jobtitle` | Job title | **Overwrite (recommended)** or Write if Empty |
| `Email` | `email` | Email | Write if Empty |
| `Phone` (fall back to `MobilePhone` if blank) | `phone` (fall back to `mobilephone` if blank) | Phone | Write if Empty |
| `AccountId` | Company association | Account association | Write if Empty |
| your custom field | your custom field | Starbridge Contact ID | **Overwrite** |
| your custom field | your custom field | Starbridge Is Active | **Overwrite** |
Starbridge Contact ID, Is Active, and Title are the two exceptions to "Write if Empty" — you want Starbridge to keep these current every time it syncs, since they're what it uses to maintain accurate lookups and contact hygiene over time.
**You can map custom fields, like Lead Source, to custom values *after* this initial configuration step.**
Saving your initial configuration here won't trigger any syncs. You can add custom field mappings — like Lead Source — after this step, before any records are created or updated in your CRM.
**We recommend selecting Overwrite for the contact's Title field.**
Starbridge automatically monitors contacts for title changes — including promotions, interim or temporary assignments, and lateral moves or demotions. Selecting Overwrite ensures Starbridge always writes the most up-to-date title to your CRM.
**Note:** This may overwrite manual edits to the Title field made directly on the Contact record in your CRM. If you'd prefer your manual changes to persist, set the Title field to **Write if Empty** instead.
**Run conditions.** Starbridge requires Sync to CRM to be true. This is the toggle you can flip on when you're ready to sync a given contact to your CRM. Starbridge also requires the Account lookup column's Record ID to not be empty, because Starbridge will not create orphan contacts in your CRM. Orphan contacts are contacts without an associated account. Optionally, you can also require email or phone to not be empty if you want to avoid creating sparse CRM records.
## Step 3: Choose which contacts sync
Once configured, the Contact sync tab lists every contact your org has ever enriched — across bridges, Buyer pages, Ask Starbridge, the Chrome extension, and MCP — along with where it was enriched, who enriched it, and its current sync state.
Each row has a **Sync to CRM** toggle. Turning it on starts syncing that contact immediately (provided it meets your run conditions); turning it off stops syncing it but doesn't delete it from your CRM. You can also select multiple rows and sync, resync, or unsync them in bulk from the action bar at the bottom of the table.
***
## What your reps see
Once Contact sync is configured, contact cards on Buyer pages and in Ask Starbridge show a **Sync to CRM** action. Reps don't interact with anything described above — all they need to do is click a button to enrich the contact and sync it to your CRM using the rules you set here. If a sync can't go through, the card explains why in plain language (for example, no matched CRM account) instead of just failing.
## Troubleshooting
Check its run conditions. The Sync to CRM is required to sync, but you may have additional run conditions that aren't satisfied and prevent sync.
Contact sync stays hidden from consumers until an admin has configured it for at least one CRM integration.
Starbridge pulls new accounts from your CRM every few hours. Follow these steps to force a faster refresh:
1. Open your CRM integration.
2. Click 'Refresh' and wait for the connection to refresh with the new account record in your CRM.
3. Find the account in your account matching table, and mark it as Reviewed.
4. Now the contact sync should be enabled.
Starbridge tags contacts with your target titles, as defined in your [Organization Profile](https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/organization-business-context#customers-&-competitors), as ICP contacts. All other contacts are tagged as non-ICP.
## What's next
Build custom lookup and sync logic inside a single bridge instead of using the org-wide default.
Review and approve the CRM account matches Contact sync depends on.
Understand credit consumption and how to set per-user limits.
# CRM-synced buyer lists
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/crm-synced-buyer-lists
If your team already organizes lists of accounts in Salesforce or HubSpot — by pipeline stage, market segment, or any other criteria — you can bring those lists into Starbridge without rebuilding them from scratch. A CRM-synced buyer list pulls its accounts directly from a Salesforce List View or HubSpot Segment (List), so the buyers in Starbridge reflect the same set of accounts you've already curated in your CRM.
***
## Prerequisites
* A Salesforce or HubSpot CRM integration connected in Starbridge (**Settings → Integrations**)
* At least one reviewed account match in the Account Matching table
If you haven't completed account matching yet, start there first: [Matching CRM Accounts to Starbridge Buyers](https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/account-matching). Account matching is what links your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers — without it, Starbridge has no way to know which buyers to include in the list.
***
## Creating a CRM-synced buyer list
Open the buyer list creation flow and select **Sync from Salesforce or HubSpot**.
If you have more than one CRM integration connected, select the one to import from. If only one integration exists, it's selected by default.
Select a **Salesforce List View** or **HubSpot Segment (List)** from the dropdown. Starbridge only surfaces lists of account objects — other object lists, like contact or opportunity lists, won't appear.
Once you select a list, Starbridge checks each account against your org-level account matching and shows a breakdown:
| Category | What it means | Included in buyer list? |
| :------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------- | :----------------------- |
| **Matched** | Admin has reviewed and approved a match to a Starbridge buyer | ✓ Yes |
| **Unmatched** | Admin has reviewed and confirmed no Starbridge equivalent exists | ✗ No, nothing to include |
| **Unreviewed** | Not yet reviewed in account matching | ✗ No, until reviewed |
**If you have unreviewed accounts:** An admin can click directly from this screen to the org-level buyer match, pre-filtered to the accounts in this list, to review outstanding matches before proceeding. Once reviewed, re-open the buyer list creation flow and your changes will immediately update the buyer list.
You can also proceed without reviewing everything first. Unreviewed accounts are excluded from the list for now. Any time an admin opens the **Edit** view of a CRM-synced buyer list, the match breakdown is visible and the link to buyer match is available — so you can review in batches over time.
> Buyer lists work best with up to 100,000 buyers. Larger sizes are supported but may experience slower performance.
***
## Using a CRM-synced buyer list
A CRM-synced buyer list works like any other buyer list in Starbridge. Use it to create bridges, or assign it as a user's territory from the **Settings > Users** page.
***
## Keeping your list current
When accounts are added to or removed from the CRM list, use the **Resync** button on the buyer list to pull in the latest state from your CRM and org-level account matching.
When a resync **adds** accounts, bridges built on this list automatically update with the new buyers.
When a resync **removes** accounts, bridges built on this list stop pulling in new entries for those buyers. Entries you've already *actioned* in a bridge remain in the bridge; *unactioned* entries for removed buyers are removed from the bridge. Actioned means the status of the entry is one of: Actioned or Starred.
***
## Troubleshooting
**The "Sync from Salesforce or HubSpot" option is disabled.** Either no CRM integration is connected, or account matching has no reviewed matches yet. Check **Settings → Integrations** to confirm your integration is active, then complete at least one reviewed match in the Account Matching tab.
**Fewer accounts are in my list than I expected.** Only accounts with a matched and reviewed status are included. Unreviewed accounts and accounts explicitly marked as unmatched are excluded. Open the **Edit** view of the buyer list to see the breakdown and review outstanding accounts. When accounts are added to or removed from the CRM list, use the **Resync** button on the buyer list to pull in the latest state from your CRM and org-level account matching.
**The Salesforce or Hubspot list I want isn't showing up in the dropdown.** Starbridge only shows lists of account objects — contact, lead, or opportunity lists won't appear. If you've recently created the list in your CRM and it still isn't appearing, Starbridge may need to resync from your CRM. This happens automatically every few hours, but you can trigger it earlier at **Settings → Integrations → \[your CRM integration] → Resync**.
***
## What's next
**Set up territories** — Assign this buyer list as a territory so your reps see signals only for the accounts in this Salesforce or HubSpot list. See [Set Up Territories](https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/setting-up-your-workspace/setup-territories).
**Build a bridge on this list** — A few ideas to get started:
* **Re-engagement pipeline:** Build a meetings and strategic plans bridge to surface signals suggesting it might be a good time to re-engage with closed-lost accounts — budget cycles, leadership changes, or renewed initiative activity.
* **Customer sentiment tracking:** Build a meetings bridge that searches for mentions of your company, products, and services to track sentiment and flag accounts that may need attention.
* **Account scoring:** Run a buyer bridge on your CRM list to prioritize outreach based on fit and recent activity across all Starbridge signals.
See [How to Create a Bridge](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge) to get started.
# CRM-synced territories
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/crm-territories
Your CRM is your source of truth for account ownership — and it changes constantly. Reps are added and removed, accounts get reassigned, and territory definitions evolve over time.
CRM-synced territories keep Starbridge current with all of it. Once configured, Starbridge reads account ownership directly from your CRM and automatically maintains a territory for each rep. Each user sees signals in their feed only for their accounts, always reflecting the latest state of your CRM.
> **Not sure if this is the right approach?** There are two ways to set up territories in Starbridge and they work differently. See [Setting up territories](/admins/setting-up-your-workspace/setup-territories) to understand the options before getting started.
***
## Prerequisites
Before setting up CRM-synced territories, you'll need:
* A Salesforce or HubSpot CRM integration connected in Starbridge (**Settings → Integrations**)
* The **Account** object (Salesforce) or **Company** object (HubSpot), along with relevant ownership fields, included in your CRM integration configuration
* The **User** object (Salesforce) or **Owner** object (HubSpot) included in your CRM integration configuration
* **Account matching completed** — your CRM accounts must be matched and reviewed in Starbridge before territories can be generated. See [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching).
***
## Overview of the Setup Flow
CRM-synced territories are built on two steps that follow account matching:
1. **Match your CRM users to Starbridge users** — tells Starbridge which CRM rep corresponds to which Starbridge user
2. **Define account ownership and assign territories** — tells Starbridge which CRM field indicates ownership, then generates a territory for each user
***
## Step 1: Match CRM users to Starbridge users
Starbridge needs to know which CRM user (account owner) corresponds to which Starbridge user so it can assign territories to the right people.
### CRM setup
**Salesforce:** Make sure the **User** object is included in your [CRM integration configuration](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/integrations).
**HubSpot:** Make sure the **Owner** object is included in your [CRM integration configuration](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/integrations).
### Automatic matching
Navigate to **[Settings → Integrations](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/integrations) → \[Your CRM] → Territories**.
Starbridge automatically matches Starbridge users to CRM users by email address. You'll see a table with match status for each Starbridge user — **Matched** or **No match**.
### Manual overrides
If a Starbridge user's email doesn't match their CRM user email, or if you want to map a user to a different CRM user, you can override the match manually. Use the searchable dropdown to find a CRM user by first name, last name, email, or record ID.
A CRM user can only be matched to one Starbridge user at a time. If a CRM user is already matched, they will appear in the dropdown but cannot be selected for another user.
### What happens over time
* When **new CRM users or Starbridge users are added**, Starbridge automatically attempts to match them by email
* When a **CRM user is deleted**, the user matching is removed and the corresponding Starbridge user's territory is cleared
* When a **user match is removed**, the Starbridge user's territory is removed
* When a **user match is overridden** to a new CRM user, the Starbridge user's territory updates to reflect the new user's accounts
***
## Step 2: Define account ownership and assign territories
Now you tell Starbridge which field(s) on your CRM Account object indicate who owns an account. Starbridge uses this to generate a territory for each matched user.
### Define account ownership
In the **Territory Settings** section of your CRM integration, select one or more User/Owner lookup fields on the Account object that represent account ownership. Common examples from Starbridge customers:
* `Account Owner` (typically maps to Account Executives)
* `BDR Owner` or `SDR Account Owner` (maps to SDRs/BDRs)
* Custom AE or SDR ownership fields
You can select multiple ownership fields if different roles (AEs, BDRs) are tracked in separate fields.
> You cannot save an account ownership definition with no fields selected.
### Assign territories to users
Once you've defined account ownership and matched your users, you're ready to generate territories. You have three options:
* **Assign to all matched users** — creates or overwrites a territory for every Starbridge user matched to a CRM user
* **Assign to users without a territory** — creates territories only for users who don't already have one set, leaving existing assignments untouched
* **Assign individually** — manually assign a territory to specific users from the Users page
Each user's territory is automatically updated when account ownership changes in your CRM.
> CRM-synced territories work best with up to 100,000 matched accounts. Larger sizes are supported but may experience slower performance.
### Changing a user's territory
Admins can change any user's territory from the **Users page** by selecting a different buyer list or account ownership definition. Users with a Builder role can also change their own territory from their **My Territory** page in the consumer view.
***
## Multiple CRM Integrations
If your organization has multiple CRM integrations, account matching, user matching, and account ownership definitions are configured independently for each one. Territory assignments are single-select — each user can have one territory active at a time.
***
## Troubleshooting
**Accounts aren't appearing in a user's territory** — Check that the relevant CRM accounts are Reviewed in the Account Matching table. Unreviewed matches are excluded from territories. See [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching).
**A user's territory is empty** — Confirm that the user is matched to a CRM user in the User Matching table, and that at least some of their CRM accounts have Reviewed matches in Account Matching, and that your definition of account ownership is correct.
# Integrations overview
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/integrations-overview
Connect Starbridge to the tools your team already uses.
Starbridge integrates with your CRM, communication tools, and browser to make sure signals, contacts, and account data flow into the systems where your team works.
## CRM
Connect Salesforce or HubSpot to unlock the most powerful parts of Starbridge: territory management, contact enrichment, account scoring, and syncing signals directly into your CRM for rep actioning and campaign execution.
Connect your CRM, set up account matching, and configure data syncs.
## Signals and alerts
Search Starbridge intelligence directly from Slack.
Connect Starbridge signals to any tool in your stack via Zapier.
## Productivity
Access buyer research and signals directly in your browser.
Connect Starbridge to AI tools via the Model Context Protocol (MCP).
# Slack (Ask Starbridge)
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/slack-integration
Set up Ask Starbridge in Slack and understand its permissions and data access policies.
If you're looking for how to push data from Starbridge to Slack, check out our article on [Zapier Integration](/integrations/zapier-integration).
## Overview
The [**Ask Starbridge**](/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat)'s integration for Slack brings real time buyer intelligence directly into Slack, so your team can research accounts, prepare for outreach, and get product guidance without leaving the conversation.
Instead of switching between tabs, help center articles, and research tools, you can ask a question in Slack directly and receive structured, context-aware responses in seconds.
This document provides technical details about the installation process, the Slack integration's permissions, scope, and data access policies.
Use Ask Starbridge in Slack to:
* Research any buyer (ex: district, university, or government agency)
* Identify key stakeholders and contacts
* Understand organization priorities and initiatives
* Get account background before a meeting or outreach
* Ask product questions
* Learn workflows and best practices in the product
How to use Ask Starbridge in Slack:
1. Direct message the Ask Starbridge Slack integration (@Starbridge) to research an account or ask a product question.
2. Mention @Starbridge in a channel to bring shared buyer context into team discussions.
## Install Ask Starbridge in Slack (Admins only)
The Slack integration must be installed from the Integrations section within the Starbridge app. A user with both Slack admin and workspace admin permissions is required to complete installation.
To add Starbridge to your Slack workspace:
Go to **Settings → Integrations** **→ Create → Slack**
Click **Allow** to review app permissions and enable Starbridge in Slack.
This only needs to be completed once per Slack workspace. Note that the Slack integration can only be installed in one Slack workplace per organization - please choose to install it in the Workspace it will be used in.
Add Starbridge to a channel your team uses so it's easy to @mention: open the channel → **Integrations** → **Add an app** → select **Starbridge**.
## Privacy & data access philosophy
The Ask Starbridge integration for Slack is scoped to the bare minimum needed for the chatbot to:
* Send messages in response to user requests
* Listen for user invocations so it can respond
* Utilize earlier conversation exchanges to respond intelligently
* Identify the Slack user to ensure they have a Starbridge account
**The Slack integration does not store direct message conversation history, and cannot access Slack messages outside of channels or private messages it's been added to.**
## Bot token scopes
The Ask Starbridge integration for Slack requests the following OAuth bot token scopes. Each scope is limited to its specific purpose.
chat:write
-
Allows the bot to send messages in channels, threads, and direct messages
-
Used to deliver responses to user queries
assistant:write
-
Enables the bot to send messages using Slack AI Assistant capabilities
-
Provides enhanced formatting and interaction patterns
app\_mentions:read
-
Used to detect when users explicitly @mention the bot in channels so it can respond
-
The bot only sees messages where it's directly mentioned
im:read
-
Used to detect when a user sends a direct message to the bot
-
Enables 1:1 conversations between users and the bot
mpim:read
-
Used to detect activity in group DMs the bot is part of
-
Often used to know when the bot is added to a conversation and send an introduction message
im:history
-
Used only to subscribe to direct message events sent to the bot
-
Important:
The bot does not read or store messages in DMs beyond what's needed for real-time response
-
This permission is required by Slack's API architecture but is not used to access historical conversations
users:read
-
Used to identify the Slack user interacting with the bot and associate them with a Starbridge account
users:read.email
-
Used to verify the Slackbot installer's identity
-
Determines whether the user has an active Starbridge seat
-
Required for account authentication and authorization
## What the bot cannot do
* **Cannot access channels it hasn't been invited to** - The bot only sees messages in channels or conversations where it's explicitly added
* **Cannot read message history** - The bot does not store or access historical conversations
* **Cannot monitor workspace activity** - The bot only responds to direct invocations via @mentions or direct messages
* **Cannot access private information** - The bot has no access to private channels, DMs between other users, or workspace metadata beyond what's necessary for user identification
## Security & compliance
* **Minimal Scope** - We request only the permissions necessary for core functionality
* **No Data Storage** - Direct message conversation history is not stored by Starbridge
* **User Authentication** - We identify whether a user is connected to a Starbridge account in order to deliver personalized functionality and enforce feature-level access controls
## Best practice
After you've set up the Slack integration for your Slack workspace, share out a message to your team so they know how to use Ask Starbridge in Slack!
Example below:
> **How to add the app**\
> Click **"+ Add apps"** in Slack
>
> 1. Search for **Starbridge**
> 2. Install the app
>
> **How to use it**\
> The Starbridge Slack app works the same way as the **"Ask Starbridge"** functionality in the Starbridge portal. You can use it to:
>
> * Ask questions about any SLED account
> * Prep for meetings quickly
> * Surface key account insights while you're on a call
> * Research accounts without leaving Slack
>
> When available, Starbridge will also include a **Sources** link at the bottom of its response so you can easily reference where the information is coming from.
Ask Starbridge for Slack generates answers using AI. The information provided is intended to assist research and workflows, but may contain inaccuracies and should be verified when appropriate.
## FAQ
We retain customer data to support core application functionality, analytics, and operational monitoring. Persistently stored data may include Slack user IDs, workspace and organization IDs, message content and metadata (such as timestamps, channel IDs, and thread IDs), files or file metadata, OAuth tokens, and email addresses. Customer data is retained indefinitely while the workspace remains connected to the application, unless deletion is requested by the customer. Our app is committed to giving users control over their data and complies with Slack's requirements for user data deletion. Users may request deletion of their personal data by contacting us directly at [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai). You can read more at our [Privacy Policy](https://starbridge.ai/privacy-policy).
## Related articles
Ask questions about any account directly in the Starbridge platform.
Push Starbridge signals to any tool in your stack via Zapier.
# Sync account data to your CRM
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/sync-account-data-to-your-crm
Write account enrichment, analysis, and scores from Starbridge into your CRM Account object.
Use this flow when you want to write account-level data from Starbridge into your CRM — for example, enrollment or population data, account scores, scoring rationale, or AI-generated account analysis and [summaries](/data/buyer-summary). Once synced, reps can access this data directly on account records without leaving their CRM, or you can reference it in other tools, like AI-generated email snippets in sequencer tools or account briefs in Gong.
This article assumes your CRM is connected and account matching is complete. See [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) and [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching) if you haven't done these yet.
Decide which fields on your CRM Account or Company object should receive data from Starbridge. These may be standard CRM fields or custom fields you create specifically for Starbridge data — for example, a custom text field for Account Score Rationale or a number field for Account Score.
Starbridge will not write to any field unless you explicitly select and map it in a sync column. Identifying your target fields upfront makes the configuration step faster.
Go to **Settings → Integrations**, open your CRM integration, and click **Objects & fields**. Confirm that the Account or Company object and all the fields you want to write to are enabled. If any fields are missing, enable them here and save before continuing. See [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) for step-by-step instructions.
In your bridge, click **Add enrichment → Configure integration → Pull data from my CRM** and select the Account or Company object. See [CRM enrichment columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) for step-by-step instructions. Enable **Account matching** to let Starbridge resolve the right CRM account for each buyer using your org-level account matching settings. This is the most reliable approach — Starbridge maps each Starbridge buyer to the correct CRM account automatically.
**Required Step:** Add a custom lookup rule for the Company object: **Starbridge Account ID** (or the equivalent field name in your CRM) = **Buyer ID** (the unique Account ID in Starbridge). This prevents Starbridge from creating duplicate Account records.
Once the column runs, confirm it's resolving accounts correctly before proceeding. Rows showing **No match** or **Multiple matches** will need attention before the sync column can update them.
Click **Add enrichment → Configure integration → Send data to my CRM**, select the Account or Company object, and set the sync type to **Update** or **Upsert**. See [CRM enrichment columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) for step-by-step instructions.
* Update is the right choice here when you're updating existing account records, not creating new ones.
* Upsert is the right choice here when you're updating existing account records *and* filling out your CRM with additional accounts in your TAM.
Map each Starbridge column to the corresponding CRM field. Confirm that data types are compatible — text fields map to text, numbers to numbers. For each mapped field, choose a write behavior:
* **Overwrite** — always writes the Starbridge value, replacing whatever is in your CRM. Use this for scores, enrichment data, and analysis that should always reflect the latest value from Starbridge.
* **Write if empty** — only fills the field if it has no current value. Use this for fields you want to populate once and not overwrite. See [CRM enrichment columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) for step-by-step instructions.
Run conditions prevent the sync column from firing on rows where it shouldn't. For account syncs, the most common condition is:
* **Only run if the account lookup column's Record ID is not empty** — this ensures Starbridge only attempts to update accounts it has successfully matched, and skips rows where no CRM account was found.
Once your lookup column is resolving accounts consistently and your sync column is configured, create the column run the sync.
When adding the sync column, select **Run** **First 5 rows** and run the sync for those only. Check whether the results look correct — field values, write behavior, and account associations. If anything looks off, you can adjust your field mapping or write behavior before running the full bridge. Once you're satisfied, select the column and run for all rows.
Each cell will update to show **Success**, **No action taken**, or **Error**. Click into any cell to see a history of syncs for that row.
## Next steps
Create and update CRM contacts from Starbridge enrichment.
Push job change signals and contacts into your CRM for rep actioning.
# Sync contacts to your CRM
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/sync-contacts-to-your-crm
Create and update CRM contacts from Starbridge — including deduplication, account association, and keeping contacts current over time.
Use this flow to sync enriched contacts from Starbridge into your CRM Contact object. Starbridge deduplicates against existing contacts, associates each contact to the correct account, and keeps contact data current over time — including setting an active/inactive flag when a contact's employment status changes.
This article assumes your CRM is connected, account matching is complete, and contact sync is configured. See [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm), [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching), and [Contact sync](/integrations/contact-sync) if you haven't done these yet.
## Standard contact sync
The recommended path for most bridges. Adding a Standard contact sync column inherits your admin's configured lookup rules, field mappings, and run conditions automatically — no additional setup required.
To find contacts to sync to your CRM, first [enrich them in a Bridge](/university/contact-enrichment).
In your Bridge, click **Add enrichment → Configure Integration → Sync Contacts to My CRM**.
Starbridge preselects **Standard contact sync** and preselects the contact to sync to your CRM.
Double-check that Starbridge has preselected the right CRM integration (if you have multiple CRM integrations) and the right contact (if you have multiple contact enrichment columns in the bridge).
Run Conditions are **optional**.
Your admin has already configured their preferred run conditions (the minimum data requirements to sync the contact to the CRM) in the standard contact sync rules.
Any run conditions you define here are **additional** on top of the standard contact sync rules; they do not overwrite or disregard the admin's contact sync rules.
Click **Add & Run Enrichment**. Starbridge will apply your admin's standard contact sync rules to sync the contacts to your CRM.
Each cell in the column enrichment will update to show **Success**, **No Changes Applied**, or **Skipped** if the run conditions aren't meant. Click into any cell to see a full sync history for that row.
If a cell shows **Skipped: Run condition not met**, the contact didn't satisfy your admin's sync rules. The most common cause is that the contact's buyer doesn't have a matching account in your CRM, or the contact is missing one or both of email and phone. Check with your admin if contacts are being skipped unexpectedly.
## Custom contact sync
Custom contact sync is not necessary for most contact sync use cases, and typically only recommended when you have a bridge-specific analysis you want to sync to custom fields on the Contact object.
In your bridge, click **Add enrichment → Configure integration → Pull data from my CRM** and select the Account or Company object. See [CRM enrichment columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) for step-by-step instructions.
Enable **Account matching** so Starbridge resolves the right CRM account for each buyer automatically. This is used when creating new contacts to associate them to the correct account.
Add a second **Pull data from my CRM** column for the Contact object. This tells Starbridge whether each contact already exists in your CRM so the sync column knows whether to create or update.
We recommend an if-else matching structure:
* **IF** Starbridge Contact ID matches CRM Contact object's Starbridge Contact ID
* **ELSE** **IF** Starbridge Contact Email matches normalized CRM Contact object's email
This two-step fallback handles cases where a contact's email has changed since they were first created.
Click **Add enrichment → Configure integration → Send data to my CRM**, select the Contact object, and set the sync type to **Upsert**. See [CRM enrichment columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) for step-by-step instructions.
* If a match exists via email or Starbridge ID → update the contact
* If no match exists → create a new contact
Map each Starbridge contact field to the corresponding CRM Contact field and choose a write behavior for each. See [CRM enrichment columns](/crm-enrichment-columns) for step-by-step instructions.
A few important mappings:
* **Account association** — map the Account ID returned from your account lookup column to the contact's Account or Company relation field. This ensures new contacts are linked to the right account on creation.
* **Starbridge Is Active** — set to **Overwrite** so Starbridge can update this field when a contact becomes inactive.
HubSpot: if the **Company ID (Relation to Company)** value isn't available from your account lookup column, see [HubSpot-specific details](/crm-enrichment-columns#hubspot-specific-details).
Run conditions prevent the sync column from firing on rows where it shouldn't. We recommend:
* **Strongly recommended:** only run if the account lookup column's Record ID is not empty. This prevents contacts from being created without an associated account (orphan contacts).
* **Optional:** only run if the Starbridge email address is not empty. This avoids creating contacts with no usable email address.
* If your team makes outbound calls, **do not add** this run condition as it may prevent you from syncing contacts with a valid phone number.
Once your lookup columns are resolving correctly and your sync column is mapped, run the sync.
When adding the sync column, select **Run** **First 5 rows** and run the sync for those only. Check whether contacts were created or updated as expected — verify account associations, field values, and that no orphan contacts were created. If anything looks off, adjust your field mapping, write behavior, or run conditions before committing to the full bridge. Once you're satisfied, select the column and run for all rows.
Each cell updates to show **Success**, **No action taken**, or **Error**. Click into any cell to see a full history of syncs for that row.
## Keeping contacts current
Once contacts are synced with Standard contact sync, Starbridge will keep them up to date over time. As Starbridge detects changes — email address updates, title changes, or contacts who are no longer active in their role — it will update the corresponding CRM Contact record according to your admin's sync rules.
The **Starbridge Is Active** field is particularly useful here: Starbridge will flip it to `false` when it detects a contact is no longer active, giving your team a reliable signal for contact hygiene without manual work.
When contacts are synced with Custom contact sync, Starbridge will keep them up to date respecting the Custom contact sync's run conditions, rerun settings, and field mappings.
## Next steps
Push job change signals and contacts into your CRM for rep actioning.
Write account enrichment, analysis, and scores to your CRM Account object.
# Sync custom objects to your CRM
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/sync-custom-objects-to-your-crm
Push rows from a Starbridge bridge into a custom CRM object — for RFPs, meeting signals, purchase data, and other dynamic signals.
Use this flow when you want to sync rows from a Starbridge bridge into a custom object in your CRM. This is the right approach for dynamic signal types — RFPs, meeting mentions, purchase and contract data, or any signal where a single account can generate multiple instances over time.
Unlike account enrichment or contacts, dynamic signals shouldn't overwrite a field on the Account object. Each new signal is its own event. A custom object gives each signal its own record, associated to the account, so your team builds a historical record of activity rather than a single overwritten field.
This article assumes your CRM is connected and account matching is complete. See [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) and [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching) if you haven't done these yet.
## Video walkthrough
See [Starbridge University](/university/for-admins) for a walkthrough.
## Step-by-step instructions
See [Starbridge University](/university/for-admins) for a step-by-step example creating and syncing a job changes custom object.
Before configuring anything in Starbridge, create the custom object in your CRM:
1. Define the object schema and fields — include the signal data you want to capture (for example, signal date, summary, type, recommended action, and talking points)
2. Create a relationship (association) between the custom object and the Account or Company object so each signal record is linked to the right account
Your CRM admin will typically need to complete this step. Once the object exists in your CRM, it needs to be enabled in Starbridge before you can use it in a sync column — see the next step.
HubSpot supports flexible many-to-many associations, multiple association labels, and multiple related records per object. This introduces an important constraint for Starbridge integrations.
Starbridge only supports relations where a given Starbridge-managed object can be associated to at most one other object of a given type. This applies to all HubSpot custom objects used in Starbridge syncs.
For example, if you create a custom object called **Job Change** and associate it with the HubSpot **Company** object:
* A Company → many Job Changes is supported
* A Job Change → at most one Company is required
To configure this in HubSpot:
1. Go to **Settings → Objects** and select the custom object.
2. Choose the **Associations** tab.
3. Select the association pair — for example, **Job Change ↔ Company**.
4. Click **Create and configure → Configure association limit**. For the custom object → Company direction, set the limit to **1**.
When configured correctly, Starbridge will surface a field on the custom object like **Company ID (Relation to Company)**. To assign or update the relationship during a sync:
1. Select **Company ID (Relation to Company)** in your sync column field mappings.
2. Map it to your account lookup column.
3. Starbridge writes the association when creating or updating the custom object record.
If the **Company ID (Relation to Company)** value isn't available from your account lookup column when syncing contacts, see [HubSpot-specific details](/crm-enrichment-columns#hubspot-specific-details).
Go to **Settings → Integrations**, open your CRM integration, and click **Objects & fields**. Enable the custom object and all the fields you want Starbridge to write to, including the relationship field that links the custom object to the Account or Company object.
Save your changes and allow the resync to complete before proceeding.
In your bridge, click **Add column → Configure integration → Lookup Record in CRM** and select the Account or Company object.
Enable **Account matching** to resolve the right CRM account for each buyer row automatically. This lookup is what associates each custom object record to the correct account — if no account is found, the sync column should not create a record.
Click **Add column → Configure integration → Sync Record in CRM**, select your custom object, and set the sync type to **Create and manage record**.
* Starbridge creates a new record in the custom object for each bridge row
* Enable **Keep records up to date** if you want Starbridge to update existing records when data in the bridge changes over time
Map each Starbridge column to the corresponding custom object field. Include the Account or Company ID from your account lookup column, mapped to the relationship field — this is what associates each record to the right account.
Set all mapped fields to **Overwrite** so Starbridge can keep records current if values change.
Add a run condition: only run if the account lookup column's Record ID is not empty. This ensures custom object records are always associated to a valid account and prevents orphan records from being created when no CRM account match is found.
Once your lookup column is resolving accounts consistently and your sync column is mapped, run the sync.
When adding the sync column, select **Run** **First 5 rows** and run the sync for those only. Verify that records were created correctly and associated to the right accounts. If anything looks off, adjust your field mappings or run condition before committing to the full bridge. Once you're satisfied, select the column and run for all rows.
Each cell updates to show **Success**, **No action taken**, or **Error**. Click into any cell to see a history of syncs for that row.
## Next steps
Planning guide for deciding which data types to sync and where they should live.
A specific implementation of the custom object pattern for job change signals.
# Sync job changes to your CRM
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/sync-job-changes-to-your-crm
Push job change contacts and signals into your CRM for rep actioning, automated workflows, and historical tracking.
When Starbridge identifies a job change, you get two things: a **contact** — the person who changed jobs — and a **signal** — the event itself. We recommend syncing both.
Contacts sync to your CRM Contact object to keep your contact data current. Signals can be consumed directly in the Starbridge feed, or synced into a dedicated custom object in your CRM for automated workflows, task creation, and reporting.
This article assumes your CRM is connected and account matching is complete. See [Connect your CRM](/admins/connecting-your-crm) and [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching) if you haven't done these yet.
## Why separate contacts from signals
**Contacts** represent current state — who someone is, where they work, what their title is today. **Signals** are immutable historical events — the fact that someone changed roles on a specific date never changes, even as the contact's current state evolves.
Keeping them separate means your Contact records stay accurate and up to date, while your job change records preserve the full history of career transitions across your accounts.
## Choose your path
There are two ways to consume job change signals. Most teams start with Path 1 and graduate to Path 2 as their workflows mature.
| | Path 1: Starbridge feed | Path 2: Custom object |
| :----------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------- | :---------------------------------------------------------------- |
| CRM setup required | Minimal — contacts only | Yes — custom object + automations |
| Signal history in CRM | No | Yes |
| Automated task creation | No | Yes |
| CRM reporting on signals | No | Yes |
| Good for | Teams getting started or focused on other use cases to start | Teams with a CRM admin ready to configure a full job changes play |
Regardless of which path you choose, always sync contacts to your CRM Contact object first. The steps below cover contacts first, then the two paths for signals.
## Step 1: Sync contacts to your CRM
Before syncing job change signals, make sure every person in your Job Changes Bridge exists as a contact in your CRM. This ensures that when job change records are created, the contact lookup resolves correctly.
Follow the full guide at [Sync contacts to your CRM](/integrations/sync-contacts-to-your-crm).
## Path 1: Starbridge feed
In this path, job change signals stay in Starbridge. Reps review them in their feed and email digest, and take action manually — creating leads or tasks in your CRM when relevant.
This path requires no additional CRM setup beyond syncing contacts.
**How to set up a review workflow for your team:**
* Reps log into Starbridge and review their feed, or read their email digest
* When a relevant signal surfaces, reps create a task or lead in your CRM manually
* Reps use Starbridge's built-in status flags (Actioned, Starred, Not interested) to track what they've reviewed
**When to consider moving to Path 2:**
* Your team has clear patterns of which signal types always require action
* You want automated task creation or routing rather than manual triage
* You need job change data in CRM reports and dashboards
## Path 2: Custom object
In this path, job change signals sync into a dedicated custom object in your CRM. Each signal becomes its own record, associated to the contact and account, giving you a full history of transitions and a foundation for automated workflows.
### Why a custom object
Syncing job changes to a custom object — rather than as fields on the Contact or Account — keeps your data model clean:
* **History-preserving** — each job change is a separate record, so a contact can have multiple job changes over time without losing prior context
* **Reporting-friendly** — easy to answer questions like "Which accounts lost a key contact in the last 90 days?" or "How many new hires joined ICP accounts this quarter?"
* **Clean separation** — contacts hold current state; the custom object holds the historical event record
### Video walkthrough
Watch a full video walkthrough at [Starbridge University](/university/for-admins).
### Before you start: create the custom object in your CRM
Create a custom object called **Job Change** (or **Signal: Job Change**) with the following fields:
**Relationship fields:**
* **Contact** (Lookup → Contact) — the person who changed jobs
* **Account** (Lookup → Account) — the account associated with the contact
**Core fields:**
* **Job Change Type** (Picklist) — New Joiner, Title Change, or Departure
* **Effective Date** (Date) — when the job change takes effect
* **Announced Date** (Date) — when the job change was announced
* **Summary** (Long Text) — description of the job change
* **Current Title** (Text) — the person's current title
* **Previous Title** (Text) — their previous title, for title changes
**Deduplication field:**
* **Job Change ID** (External ID, Text) — Starbridge's unique identifier for each job change event. Mark this as an External ID to enable upsert operations and prevent duplicate records.
**Optional prioritization fields:**
* **Account ICP?** (Checkbox)
* **Contact Champion?** (Checkbox)
Once you've created the custom object, go to **Settings → Integrations**, open your CRM integration, and enable the Job Change object and all its fields so Starbridge can read and write to it.
### Set up the sync
In your Job Changes Bridge, add a column to pull the Starbridge Job Change ID: **Add column → Enrich Job Change Info → Job Change ID**.
This is Starbridge's unique identifier for each job change event. You'll use it to deduplicate records in your CRM and prevent the same job change from being created twice.
Add a **Lookup Record in CRM** column for the Account or Company object with account matching enabled. This resolves the correct CRM account for each buyer row and is used to associate job change records to the right account.
Add a **Lookup Record in CRM** column for the Contact object. Match on email first, then fall back to Starbridge Contact ID — the same if-else structure used in the contacts sync.
This resolves the correct contact record so the job change can be associated to the right person.
Add a **Lookup Record in CRM** column for the Job Change object. Match on **Job Change ID** (the External ID field you created). This tells Starbridge whether a record for this job change already exists in your CRM, enabling the upsert to update rather than duplicate.
Click **Add column → Configure integration → Sync Record in CRM**, select your Job Change custom object, and set the sync type to **Create and manage record**.
Map each Starbridge column to the corresponding CRM field. Key mappings:
* Job Change ID → Job Change ID (External ID)
* Account ID from account lookup → Account relation field
* Contact ID from contact lookup → Contact relation field
* Job Change Type, Effective Date, Announced Date, Summary, Current Title, Previous Title → corresponding custom fields
When adding the sync column, select **Run First 5 rows** and run the sync for those only. Verify that job change records were created correctly, contacts and accounts are associated as expected, and no duplicates were created. Adjust mappings if needed, then run for all rows.
Add a run condition: only run if the account lookup column's Record ID is not empty. This prevents orphan job change records from being created when no matching CRM account is found.
### Set up CRM automations
Once job changes are syncing to your CRM, configure automations to route signals to the right people automatically.
**New hires and promotions at ICP accounts**
Trigger when a new Job Change record is created where Type = "New Joiner" or "Title Change", the account is an ICP account, and the current title matches your target decision-maker roles.
Action: create a Task assigned to the Account Owner or SDR/BDR owner, due 7 days from the effective date, with the job change summary and a link to the CRM record.
**Departing champions**
Trigger when a new Job Change record is created where Type = "Departure", the account is a customer account, and the contact is marked as Executive Sponsor, Champion, or Primary Contact.
Action: create an urgent Task assigned to the CSM or AM owner, due immediately or before the effective date, flagging the retention risk and prompting them to identify a replacement champion.
**Champions moving to new accounts**
Trigger when a new Job Change record is created where Type = "New Joiner", the account is an ICP account, and the contact is marked as Champion or Executive Sponsor in your CRM from their previous company.
Action: create a Task assigned to the AE or Account Owner, due 3 days from the effective date, noting the warm intro opportunity and linking to the previous account record.
For high-priority signals — champions departing, executives joining top-tier ICP accounts — consider sending a Slack or Teams notification in addition to a task. Post to a dedicated `#job-changes` channel and tag the relevant rep or CSM so nothing slips through.
### Reporting
With job changes as a dedicated object, you can build reports like:
* Champions who moved to ICP accounts in the last quarter
* Accounts that lost key contacts in the last 90 days
* New hires at target accounts by title and month
* Job change volume by type over time
## Alternative: CRMs without custom object support
If your CRM plan doesn't support custom objects, you can add two custom fields directly to the Contact object instead:
* **Started Date** (Date) — when the contact started at this employer
* **Ended Date** (Date) — when the contact left
Map **Effective Date** to Started Date for new joiners, and to Ended Date for departures. Build automations that trigger on updates to these fields.
This approach conflates signals with contact state and loses history when a contact has multiple job changes over time. If your CRM supports custom objects, always use the dedicated Job Change object approach.
## Next steps
Full step-by-step for creating and updating CRM contacts from Starbridge.
Normalized fields and association limits specific to HubSpot.
# CRM sync error: DUPLICATES_DETECTED
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/troubleshooting
What the DUPLICATES_DETECTED CRM sync error means and how to resolve it in Salesforce or HubSpot.
When Starbridge attempts to create or update a record in your CRM, your CRM may reject the action and return a `DUPLICATES_DETECTED` error. This article explains what that means and how to resolve it.
## What this error means
`DUPLICATES_DETECTED` is not an error generated by Starbridge — it is returned directly by Salesforce or HubSpot. Both CRMs include built-in duplicate prevention rules that block incoming writes when the data being submitted closely matches a record that already exists. When those rules fire, the CRM refuses the write and Starbridge surfaces the rejection in the sync column cell.
In short: your CRM is doing its job. Starbridge is respecting that boundary rather than overwriting it.
## Reading the error message
When this error appears in a sync column cell, it includes the **Record ID** of the existing CRM record that triggered the duplicate detection. Click into the cell to see the full error details, including the ID.
Use that Record ID to locate the conflicting record in your CRM and determine which of the following situations you're in:
* **The record is a true duplicate** — merge or delete it in your CRM, then resync. See Option 1 below.
* **The record belongs and isn't a duplicate, but Starbridge tried to insert it as a new record instead of updating the existing one** — this usually means your lookup column failed to find the existing CRM record, so Starbridge fell through to an insert rather than an update, which then tripped the duplicate rule. In this case, the fix is to review your **Lookup Record in CRM** column's matching rules and confirm they're correctly identifying the existing record. See Option 2 below.
## How to resolve it
There are two paths, depending on your situation.
### Option 1: Clean up duplicates in your CRM (recommended)
If your CRM contains genuine duplicate records, the most durable fix is to merge or remove them directly in Salesforce or HubSpot before resyncing from Starbridge.
**In Salesforce**, you can use the built-in Duplicate Jobs tool to find and merge duplicates in bulk:
1. Go to **Setup** (gear icon) and search for `Duplicate Jobs` in the Quick Find box.
2. Click **New** to create a new job.
3. Select the object you want to scan (for example, Contacts, Accounts, or Leads).
4. Choose a Matching Rule to apply — you can use Salesforce's standard rules or a custom one.
5. Click **Run**. When the job completes, you'll receive a notification and an email with the results.
**In HubSpot**, the equivalent is the **Manage Duplicates** tool, available on Professional and Enterprise plans:
1. Navigate to **Contacts** or **Companies** in the main navigation.
2. Click **Actions → Manage Duplicates**. Alternatively, go to **Data Management → Data Quality** and click the **Manage Duplicates** tab.
3. HubSpot uses AI to surface likely duplicate pairs. Review each pair, compare key properties, and click **Merge** to consolidate them.
4. You can bulk merge up to 50 records at a time using the checkboxes. For larger volumes, a third-party tool from the HubSpot Marketplace (such as Koalify or Insycle) is required.
Once duplicates are merged, resync the affected rows from Starbridge.
### Option 2: Fix your lookup column's matching rules
If the record that triggered the error already exists in your CRM and genuinely belongs there, the issue may be that your **Lookup Record in CRM** column isn't finding it. When Starbridge can't match an existing record via a lookup, it treats the row as a net-new insert — which then trips the duplicate rule when the CRM detects the conflict.
To diagnose this, open the bridge and click into the lookup column cell for the affected row. Check whether the lookup is returning **No match** when it should be finding an existing record. If so, review your matching rules — confirm the field you're matching on (for example, email address or Starbridge ID) is populated in both Starbridge and the CRM, and that the field types are compatible. See [Account matching](/integrations/account-matching) for guidance on configuring matching rules.
Once the lookup is correctly resolving the existing record, rerun the sync column — Starbridge will update the record rather than attempting to insert a new one.
## What's next
* [Sync account data to your CRM](/integrations/sync-account-data-to-your-crm)
* [Sync contacts to your CRM](/integrations/sync-contacts-to-your-crm)
# What to sync with your CRM
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/what-to-sync
A planning guide for deciding which Starbridge data to push into your CRM and where it should live.
Before configuring lookup and sync columns in your bridges, it helps to have a clear picture of what you want to sync and where it should live in your CRM. There are four categories of data most teams sync from Starbridge, and the right CRM object depends on whether the data is static or dynamic.
## What to sync
**Account enrichment** Fill gaps in your CRM with reliable SLED-specific datapoints that Starbridge maintains — enrollment, population, budget amounts, fiscal year start dates, and more. This data lives on the Account object and keeps your CRM current without manual research.
**Account analysis and scores** Starbridge can generate AI-powered account analysis (propensity to spend, procurement approach, AI usage and comfort) and scoring outputs (1–10, green/yellow/red, pounce/nurture). Syncing these to your CRM Account object lets reps prioritize and research accounts without leaving their system of record.
**Contacts** Starbridge can find net-new contacts across your target accounts, deduplicate against your existing CRM contacts, and keep both new and existing contacts up to date throughout the year. Enrich your full TAM, target territories, or specific accounts ahead of a play.
**Dynamic signals** If your team relies on CRM for outbound execution, you can sync signals — meeting mentions, job changes, RFPs, contract expirations — directly into your CRM alongside AI-generated messaging and talking points. Because dynamic signals have multiple instances per account over time, they require a different data model than static account enrichment.
## Where it should live in your CRM
The right CRM object depends on whether the data you're syncing is static or dynamic.
**Account and Contact objects — for static data** Account enrichment, scores, analysis, and contacts are static in the sense that each account or contact has one current value. Sync this data to your Account and Contact objects, typically by adding a handful of custom fields to receive Starbridge data.
**Custom object — for dynamic signals** Dynamic signals like meeting mentions or job changes aren't static — a single account can generate multiple instances of the same signal type over time. Syncing these to a field on the Account object means each new signal overwrites the last. A custom object solves this: each signal becomes its own record, associated to the account, so your team builds a historical record of activity rather than a single overwritten field.
A common pattern: a relevant meeting mention surfaces for a school district. Starbridge creates a custom object record with the signal details, a suggested email, and talking points. Six months later, another meeting mention surfaces — it creates a new record alongside the first, still tied to the same account.
## How teams action synced data
**Sales teams** Configure tasks or notifications in your CRM to trigger when new signal records are created. Minimum fields to include in each signal record: signal date, summary, type, recommended action, and talking points. This keeps reps working in CRM while Starbridge data flows to them automatically.
**Marketing teams** Treat Starbridge outputs as custom tokens to power campaign messaging — custom subject lines, email body copy, and pain point analysis mapped from signal data into your outbound tool.
If your outbound tool is integrated with your CRM (for example, Outreach or HubSpot Sequences), syncing signal data into CRM first and triggering sequences from there is often the cleanest path to personalized outbound at scale.
## Next steps
Set up the lookup and sync columns that push data into your CRM.
Step-by-step guide for syncing account enrichment and scores.
# Zapier
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/zapier-integration
Send data from any Bridge to Zapier and build connected workflows with 7,000+ apps.
## Overview
Starbridge's integration with Zapier allows you to send information from any type of Bridge to Zapier, which allows you to build connected workflows with the 7,000+ applications that support Zapier integrations.
Some examples of use cases for Zapier include:
* Triggering a Slack notification to your sales team every time a new meeting mention occurs.
* Syncing Contacts to an outbound tool like HubSpot or Salesloft directly.
* Triggering a custom webhook to take actions inside your own infrastructure.
## Supported triggers for a Zap
Starbridge supports two options for when a Zap will trigger:
The Zap triggers whenever a new row is added to your Bridge. The Zap only triggers for that row.
The Zap triggers any time any cell in the row is updated. The Zap triggers for all rows that have an updated cell.
In both cases, the Zap will not trigger until all cells in the row are finished processing.
## Setup
Go to the [Zapier page for Starbridge](https://zapier.com/apps/starbridge/integrations) and start a Zap. Make the first step of your Zap a connection to Starbridge.
If this is your first time creating a Zap for Starbridge, Zapier will prompt you for a Starbridge API key. Generate keys in Starbridge under [Settings → API Keys](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/api-keys).
Once your Starbridge account is connected to Zapier, you'll be able to select which Bridge you want to use as the input to your Zap. You will also be prompted to select a label for this Zap, which will appear in Starbridge in the Bridge you've selected to help you identify which Zap you're configuring. After you test your Zap, you'll be able to see the full schema of your Bridge in Zapier and configure subsequent steps in your workflow.
## Triggering your Zap manually
In addition to your Zap triggering automatically, you can also trigger sending specific rows to your Zap manually.
From the integrations panel, you can select which Zap(s) you want to trigger (if your Bridge is connected to multiple Zaps) and which rows you want to send.
Trigger the Zap to send the selected rows to Zapier.
## Use cases
* [Pushing buying signals to your sequencer](https://starbridge.ai/use-cases/push-buying-signals-to-your-sequencer)
* [RFP to Slack integration](https://starbridge.ai/use-cases/find-and-respond-to-a-rfp)
## Related articles
See all the tools Starbridge integrates with.
Bring buyer intelligence directly into Slack with Ask Starbridge.
# Referencing data from another Bridge
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/reference-columns
Bring signals from your other Bridges onto a list of buyers, so you can see where and when each buyer shows up across Starbridge.
## What it does
Referencing is built to enrich a **list of Buyers** — so you'll add it to a **Buyer Bridge**, the Bridge that holds the accounts you care about. On its own, a Buyer Bridge tells you about each account (size, location, attributes).
**Referencing another Bridge** helps you check each Buyer on your list against another Bridge and tells you whether, or how often, that Buyer shows up there. You can reference **any Bridge except another Buyer Bridge**: Meetings, RFPs, Purchases, Conferences, and so on.
In plain terms: *"For each Buyer on my list, how many times have they appeared in my \[RFP / Meetings / Purchases] Bridge?"*
This is most often used to power **account scoring**: pulling each account's RFP activity, buying-intent meetings, and competitor contracts onto one list, then rolling those signals into a score. But it's just as useful on its own to spot which accounts are heating up.
## What it returns
The reference adds **one column** to your Buyer Bridge. For each account, the cell shows a **count** — how many matching items that account has in the Bridge you referenced. (An account can match several rows in the source Bridge, which is why you see a count instead of a single value. A `0` or blank means no matches.)
From a populated cell you can:
* **Click the count** to see a summary of the matched items
* Select **View Results in Reference Bridge** to open the source Bridge with that account pre-filtered, alongside all of its columns.
**Example:** You have a Buyer Bridge of target universities and community colleges, and you reference a Purchases Bridge. The reference column here — **PO Line Items** — counts how many matching purchase records each institution has: Youngstown State University shows `5`, Worcester State University shows `31`, and Wor Wic Community College shows `26`. Click a count to see the matched purchases (vendors, products, and amounts), so you know which accounts have the most relevant buying activity and can drill in to act on it.
## Example use cases
Each of these is a reference column added to a Buyer Bridge of your target accounts:
* **Flag accounts with open RFPs.** Reference an RFPs Bridge, filtered to active (unexpired) RFPs, to see which of your accounts have a live opportunity to pursue right now.
* **Surface buying intent.** Reference a Meetings Bridge that captures pain points or initiatives, so you can see which accounts are signaling intent — e.g., "all meetings, all dates, that mention budget shortfalls."
* **Catch expiring competitor contracts.** Reference a Purchases Bridge to see which accounts have a competitor contract — e.g., "actioned purchases in the last 12 months that name a competitor" — so you can time outreach ahead of a renewal.
* **Feed an account score.** Add several reference columns (RFPs, meetings, competitor contracts) and use them as inputs to an account scoring column that ranks your list.
## Set up a reference
From your Buyer Bridge, click **Add enrichment**, choose **Reference another Bridge**, then configure it.
Pick any Bridge as the source — Meetings, RFPs, Purchases, Conferences, and so on — **except** another Buyer Bridge. This is the Bridge each account on your list will be checked against.
Narrow what counts as a match by **status** (new, actioned, not interested, or all) and **time frame**, so the count reflects only the signals you care about. For example, choose *actioned* mentions in the *last 12 months* to ignore old or unreviewed signals.
Click **Add & Run Enrichment** to populate the column. Run a few rows first to confirm the counts look right, then run the rest.
## Related articles
Build a Buyers Bridge to enrich, score, and activate your target account list
# April 2025: Bridges Actionability
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/2025-4-30-bridges-actionability
We're excited to announce some major improvements to how you manage and prioritize your leads in Starbridge! Here's what's changing:
## New Functionality
## Track Lead Actions More Easily
You can now keep track of which leads you’ve already taken “Action” on. If a lead isn’t relevant to you, you can quickly mark it as “Not Interested”, helping you stay focused on the opportunities that matter most.
## Sorting and Filtering
You can now **sort and filter** your lists of leads, making it easier to prioritize and select which leads to take action on. Whether you're focusing on the most recent opportunities or narrowing down by specific criteria, you'll have more control over your workflow.
## Export Only Your Newest Leads
We’ve made it possible to export only new leads — those you haven’t yet actioned. This helps you create outbound campaigns targeting only fresh opportunities.
## What Changes You’ll See
## RFP, Meeting, and Purchases Bridges Have Row Statuses
* You can use this status to keep track of whether you’ve already taken action on a lead by marking that row as “Actioned” or “Not Interested”
* As part of the migration, all rows in all Bridges will start with the “New” status
## Most Bridges are Now Live Updating by Default
You’ll also notice that you no longer have the ability to choose whether a Bridge is “Live.” We’ve simplified the application:
* All Bridges based on RFPs, Meetings, and Purchases will automatically be live, with new leads added when they are added to the platform. Any previously non-live Bridges of this type have been switched to “Live.”
* Buyer-based Bridges continue to not support live update, since there are no new leads to add to this Bridge Type.
## Reorganized Sidebar
The sidebar has been re-organized to improve navigation.
## Examples of How to Use the New Bridges Functionality
## Use an RFP Bridge to Score RFPs and Track Response Status
* Create a Bridge based on an RFP Saved Search for RFPs relevant to your business.
* Use columns in the Bridge to score RFPs and find ones that are the best fit for to respond to.
* Filter your Bridge to only show RFPs that meet certain scoring criteria.
* Sort available RFPs from highest to lowest score.
* Use “Status” to keep track of your RFPs:
* Mark RFPs that aren’t relevant as “Not Interested.”
* Mark RFPs that you’re going to respond to as “Actioned” once you create a draft.
## Create an Evergreen Campaign with a Meetings Bridge
* Create a Bridge based on a Meeting search of high intent conversations taking place by your Buyers.
* Add all the columns you need to make each lead actionable, including an Email Snippet and a relevant contact.
* Look through the new leads and mark any that aren’t relevant as “Not Interested.”
* Export all of the relevant signals as a CSV to enroll in your sequence. Upon export, you can automatically have all of those leads marked as “Actioned.”
* When you come back to your Bridge later, you’ll be able to see the new signal that has been added since your last export.
## Find Relevant Contacts in Bulk with a Buyer Bridge
* Create a Buyer Bridge that you need contacts for.
* Create a Buyer Workbook of that list of buyers.
* Add a Contact column to find the most relevant contact for each of those buyers to outbound to.
* Add a column you may want to filter your Bridge on, like population size or enrollment.
* Filter your Bridge on that column to only find Buyers that match your criteria.
## Questions and Feedback
Reach out to us directly on Slack or at [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai).
*Released 2025-4-30.*
# May 2025: Navigation Changes
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/2025-5-26-navigation-changes
We’ve split the platform into two clear sections:
## Navigation Redesign: Actions & Signals
We’ve split the platform into two clear sections:
* **Actions** – Where work happens. This includes Bridges and any downstream tools (like AI-powered RFP Writers).
* **Signals** – Where research and exploration begin. Use this to discover meetings, purchases, RFPs, or buyers before converting your findings into a Bridge.
This makes it easier to move from discovering something to doing something about it.
*Released 2025-5-26.*
# May 2025: New Bridges Experience
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/2025-5-26-new-bridges-experience
## Introduction
The week of **May 26**, we’re launching an evolution of the Starbridge platform. At the heart of this release is **Bridges**—now the central, unifying object of the Starbridge product experience. Bridges are how you **track, manage, and take action** on key signals. Whether it’s an RFP, a meeting insight, a purchase trend, or a curated buyer list, every meaningful workflow now begins and ends with a Bridge.
## Overview
Here is an overview of everything that’s changing:
* **Bridges now contain all the functionality previously available in Saved Searches**. You can get email notifications about new Leads in your Feed and then use your Bridge to get the context you need to take actions and track your progress.
* **Take action directly from My Feed:** See all your Leads in one place and mark them as actioned directly from My Feed.
* **View only Leads that are relevant to you with Default Buyer Lists:** Set a default Buyer List based on your territory or customer base and only see relevant Leads and Signals across Starbridge by default, including in Bridges and when exploring Signals. You can also subscribe to only the Leads from your territory as part of a larger Bridge.
## Why We Did This
We heard consistently from our users that they love being notified about new signals but wanted to use Bridges to get the context they needed to take action on these leads. They found the previous experience disconnected and we agreed. To address this, we combined the best parts of both experiences into the new, more powerful and unified Bridges experience. We also heard from users that it was difficult to manage Starbridge with many reps and BDRs in the platform, each with their own territory. Many Saved Searches and Bridges were hard to maintain and keep up to date and users often saw things that weren’t relevant to them. By introducing default Buyer Lists, users now only see signals relevant to their territory or customer list across the application. As a result, admins can maintain fewer total Bridges that can be shared by many reps to ensure that all leads are actioned.
## Introducing the New Bridges Experience
Bridges are now the ***primary unit of execution*** in the Starbridge application. You can bundle your search criteria, buyer lists, and signal filters into a living, trackable workflow. You can subscribe to Bridges to receive updates. You can mark progress and denote status.
### Viewing a Bridge: Card vs. Table View
You can now choose how to view leads within any Bridge—**Card View** or **Table View**—depending on your workflow.
* **Card View** is ideal for reviewing leads one-by-one with rich context. Great for end users evaluating RFPs, meetings, or purchases.
* **Table View** is optimized for scanning, sorting, and comparing leads across multiple dimensions—perfect for high-volume analysis.
### Default Buyer Lists vs. All Buyers Filter in Bridges
When viewing an individual Bridge, you can toggle between “Default Buyer List” and “All Buyers”. The “Default Buyer List” setting will *only show leads that are in your territory*.
### Setting your default Buyer List
The majority of *End Users* in Starbridge are overseeing a specific line of business or territory. Users now start with a personalized Buyer List to automatically filter the data across Bridges, searches, and Feeds. No more reapplying territory filters every time.
If you are an Admin or a Configurator for your company, then your Buyer List will be the TAM for your team or a group you are overseeing. In the example below, John would create a TAM Buyer List, for the entire territory his team manages. Lydia, Rob, and Cecily would have their preset buyer lists be specific to the territories they oversee, therefore allowing them to only see the leads in their territory based on the searches John has created.
| **Name** | **Title** | **Preset/Default Buyer List** |
| -------- | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- |
| John | Sales Director, Starbridge Admin | All School Districts in CA, NY, TX |
| Lydia | BDR | All School Districts in CA |
| Rob | BDR | All School Districts in NY |
| Cecily | BDR | All School Districts in TX |
### Subscribing to a Bridge
On the Bridge home page, you can view all of the Bridges you are subscribed to, allowing you to focus on the Bridges that are most impactful for you. These will be the Bridges that populate your Feed.
If you want to subscribe to a Bridge, you can select “edit” and then “Configure Feed Subscription” to add yourself to Bridge-level notifications.
## A Updated Feed Experience
Your **Feed** is your personalized home base for new and relevant signals across your active Bridges. It centralizes all new leads that require your attention—streamlining your workflow and helping you stay on top of what matters most. Here’s what’s new:
* **Centralized Homebase:** All new leads from your subscribed Bridges now surface in **My Feed** — no more hopping between screens
* **Actionable Cards:** Redesigned card layout matches Bridges, with clear “Actioned” and “Not Interested” buttons that sync instantly back to each Bridge.
* **Origin Tags:** Every lead card shows its source Bridge, so you always know where it came from — even if it appears in multiple Bridge.
### Setting your Email Digest
You can now control how often you receive notifications via **email digests,** removing the need to set up notifications individually for every search.
## **New Bridges Creation Experience**
## Entry Point 1: Creating a Bridge through Search
*This is our recommended way of creating a Bridge.* Searches are designed for discovery — to help you find the right *signals* that support a specific action or intent.
Examples:
* Refine a **search** to find leads with warm intent and launch an outbound campaign
* **Search** **for** **competitor mentions** to score accounts with existing vendors
Since every effective search leads to action, we’ve removed the ability to save searches directly. Instead, you can now turn any refined search into a **Bridge**—a more powerful, action-oriented format. From the **RFPs**, **Meetings**, and **Purchases** pages, once you've refined your keyword search, applied the right filters, and feel confident in the signals you've surfaced—you're ready to take action. That’s where the **Create Bridge** button comes in. Clicking **Create Bridge** allows you to **instantly bundle your entire search configuration**—including:
* Your **keyword query**
* Any applied **filters** (e.g., date range, meeting type)
* Your **Buyer List** selected (automatically applied by default) This workflow kickstarts the **Create New Bridge** form, with all your selected criteria **pre-populated** so you can go straight into naming the Bridge, assigning ownership, and configuring notifications. It’s the fastest way to turn exploratory research into a repeatable, trackable, and shareable workflow.
This replaces the old behavior of "saving a search"—instead, you're encouraged to act on searches by transforming them into Bridges.
Once created, your Bridge will live alongside all others in your org’s Bridges view, where you (and others) can monitor leads, subscribe to updates, and drive forward with execution.
***Formerly, users would receive notifications based on a search they were subscribed to. Now, users will subscribe to notifications for Bridges.*** Why the change? We believe notifications should automatically be tied to the actions you anticipate to take. Whether it is research/enrichment based, part of an active campaign, or part of scoring, a notification is an indication of a new lead or signal that can be evaluated and acted on immediately.
When creating a Bridge, you will automatically be subscribed to receive notifications for that Bridge. The notifications you will receive will be daily or weekly based on the selection in your User Profile. If you are the Starbridge Admin, you can also select which individuals or team members should be subscribed or receiving notifications for each Bridge you create.
### Updates to Search
Searches are designed for discovery—to help you find the right *signals* that support a specific action or intent.
Examples:
* Refine a **search** to find leads with warm intent and launch an outbound campaign
* **Search** **for** **competitor mentions** to score accounts with existing vendors
Since every effective search leads to action, we’ve removed the ability to save searches directly. Instead, you can now turn any refined search into a **Bridge**—a more powerful, action-oriented format. Additionally, your **Buyer List is now automatically applied** to every search, so results are tailored to your territory by default.
### **Save & Name Keyword Queries**
You can now **save and name keyword queries** to quickly reuse common search terms and phrases. This makes it easier to manage frequently used queries across your workflow. Keep in mind: this is not the same as saving a full search—**only the keywords are stored**, not any filters like sort criteria, date range, or Buyer List settings.
## Entry Point 2: Through the Bridge Home Page
We’ve introduced a brand new **Bridge Creation Menu** that makes it easier than ever to start creating a Bridge. When clicking **“Create Bridge”** from the Bridges landing page, you’ll now be prompted to choose from a list of **Bridge types** based on your use case or signal source:
* **RFP Bridge** – Create a Bridge to monitor and act on relevant RFPs
* **Meetings Bridge** – Track key conversations and buying intent from meeting notes
* **Purchases Bridge** – Identify trends in spend behavior and expiring contracts
* **Buyer Bridge** – Build static lists of Buyers (used for targeting or segmenting) Each selection dynamically adjusts the filters available to you so you're only configuring the options relevant to that type of signal. Once your filters are applied, you can:
* Name your Bridge
* Confirm your scope (Default Buyer List or All Buyers)
* Configure who receives Feed and Digest notifications
* \**Only available for RFP, Meetings, and Purchases Bridges.*
* Finalize and launch your Bridge into your organization’s shared view
*Released 2025-5-26.*
# July 2025: RFP Outline Builder
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/2025-7-11-rfp-outline-builder
Previously, users have been limited to the RFP Outline that Starbridge automatically output. There were occasional instances where RFPs had non-standard formats and the output Outline was not what was required for the users when answers and
## Introduction
Previously, users have been limited to the RFP Outline that Starbridge automatically output. There were occasional instances where RFPs had non-standard formats and the output Outline was not what was required for the users when answers and completing the RFP.
Starbridge has now introduced the **RFP Outline Builder**, allowing users to *edit and customize* the RFP Outline prior to generating the actual draft. This will allow users to move around sections, add new requirements, and build **confidence that the outline is what is needed from the RFP**.
## Initializing the Outline
Once you decide to complete an RFP, the status of the RFP will progress from “Initializing” to “Initialized”. When the RFP is “initialized”, it is ready for you to edit the Outline.
## Outline Editor
Once initialized, the Outline Editor will be available for view.
The left side contains “Task Requirements”, these are requirements that need to occur *outside of the RFP*, for example: submitting the RFP, additional approvals, third party quotes.
The right side of the RFP will contain all of the RFP requirements for which Starbridge will draft an answer.
For every requirement in the RFP, you can edit the title and description. You can also add additional ‘child’ requirements (sub requirements).
When adding a new requirement, you can specify if it is a Response (i.e. a Question to be Answered in the RFP) or if it is a task that needs to be confirmed outside of the RFP document itself.
## Finalizing the Outline
Once happy with the Outline, you can click on “Finalize and Create” and the Draft of the RFP will be generated with all of your specifications and edits included!
Once the Status of the RFP Draft moves from “Generating” to “Open” you can click into the RFP and begin working on what will hopefully be a successful proposal!
*Released 2025-7-11.*
# September 2025: Chat with Buyer & AI Created Columns
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/2025-9-23-chat-with-buyer-ai-created-columns
## Introduction
In this release, we’ve streamlined the process of configuring columns in Bridges as well as preparing for Buyer meetings.
We’re introducing the **Use AI to Create a Column** feature and the **Chat with Buyer** feature within the **New Buyer Homepage**.
* The **Use AI to Create a Column** feature lets you simply describe the information you want, and Starbridge generates the correct column setup, from extracting attributes (e.g., *RFP due dates*) to building AI Analysis prompts (e.g., *anticipated funding shortages*), in seconds.
* The **Chat with Buyer feature**, located in the **New Buyer Homepage**, brings all your Buyer insights into one place and lets you ask questions directly in the Buyer View, returning targeted answers powered by Starbridge data and, when needed, the web.
Together, these updates let teams focus on ideas and conversations while Starbridge handles setup and surfaces the insights needed for fast, confident pre-meeting preparation.
## Use AI to Create a Column
Our new **Use AI to Create a Column** feature now allows you to simply describe the information you want within a column, and Starbridge will generate the right setup for you. From extracting attributes like RFP due dates to building AI Analysis prompts such as anticipated funding shortages, this feature turns short natural language inputs into ready-to-use columns in seconds. Learn more about this feature by visiting [How to Create a Bridge](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge)
## New Buyer Homepage
The **New Buyer Homepage** brings together everything you need to know about a Buyer in one place. See key Buyer data at a glance, quickly navigate parent/child relationships, and use the new **Chat with Buyer** feature to get instant, targeted answers powered by Starbridge. This makes meeting preparation faster, easier, and more effective.
## Chat with Buyer
Our new **Chat with Buyer** feature makes it easy to get an answer to any question about a Buyer, right from the new Buyer View. Conveniently available as soon as you open a Buyer record, it searches across all Starbridge data and performs a web search if needed, ensuring you always get the most complete and correct answer possible. This streamlines access to critical insights and helps you prepare for meetings quickly and confidently.
*Released 2025-9-23.*
# January 2026: Feed Customization and Ask Starbridge Chat
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/2026-01-08-feed-customization-and-ask-starbridge-c
**Happy New Year! We’re excited to announce a major product overhaul today!** Here's what's new:
**New, dedicated Sales rep experience in Starbridge:**
* Reps will now see an enhanced card-based feed and email digest, fully customized with the most relevant information from your bridge.
* We’ve introduced roles and permissions, so you can limit who can see and edit each bridge. This allows your reps to focus on what matters most: acting on great leads and booking meetings.
* You can now filter which items in your bridge are shown to reps, so your reps only see your highest scoring signals or those that meet your desired criteria.
**Ask Starbridge Chat:**
* We've launched a new chat-based interface that delivers on-demand account insights and answers to your questions instantly, whether you’re researching for a meeting or getting an answer last minute while on a call with a prospect.
* Ask Starbridge is also available to install directly into your Slack instance, so reps can get answers from where they’re already working.
## Overview
Here is an overview of everything that’s changing:
* **The User role is being split into Builder and Consumer roles.**
* **Builders** are the Starbridge experts that **build bridges** to enrich and score accounts, find and enrich contacts, and surface key signals to fuel their sales teams.
* **Consumers** are the BDRs, AEs, and other GTM team members that **consume signals** from bridges, research accounts, and write RFPs.
* **Builders now have much more control over how signals appear in your sales team’s feeds.**
* You can now **filter** **what signals appear in your Starbridge feed and email digest**. For example: if you have a signal score, filter out all results below a certain minimum threshold from appearing in your team’s feed! Before, all signals from a bridge would appear in the feed and email digest.
* You can now **customize** **what fields from each bridge appear in the feed and email digest**. For example: if you have a signal score calculated from six intermediate AI Analyses, hide the six intermediate analyses and display only the final score! Before, signals always appeared in the feed and email digest with a default set of fields.
* Admins can now **organize** **users into Teams**, and builders can now **subscribe Teams to bridges**. No need to add or remove users one-by-one from each bridge - add or remove the whole Team!
* **Ask Starbridge: Users can research accounts in seconds via interactive chat.**
* Ask Starbridge gives you instant access to Starbridge’s buyer intelligence through a chat interface, helping you quickly surface relevant buyer insights without the time and effort of clicking through Starbridge or performing manual research. [https://www.loom.com/share/a853401071544a3598e44009432595c9](https://www.loom.com/share/a853401071544a3598e44009432595c9)
## Best Practice for Adjusting Your Starbridge Environment
See [here](/admins/team-setup-best-practices) for our recommendations on the best way to set up your team in Starbridge.
## Why We Built This
We’ve consistently heard that users love going deep in the platform - reviewing bridge signals, researching & scoring accounts, and writing RFPs - but struggle to translate those insights into a format their sales teams can quickly digest and act on. To address this, we’ve re-organized Starbridge to address each user type and their use case: **building bridges**, and **consuming bridges**!
* By introducing feed customization, builders can now filter their reps and BDRs’ feeds to only contain the signals that meet their team’s minimum standard of relevance, prioritize showing only the most actionable fields in their feed, and hide the noisy internal workings of the bridge. Less noise, more action.
* By introducing Ask Starbridge, consumers can now follow up on warm signals or prepare for upcoming calls by asking questions they want answered about an account or buyer directly in chat, instead of spending time digging through the buyer profile in Starbridge.
## A New Bridge Building Experience
Builders can now configure bridges across *two specific modes* in the Starbridge application.
## Bridge Modes
### Build mode
You can enter **Build mode** to build your bridge. Add, edit, move, or re-run columns in your bridge, just like before this release.
### Consume mode
You can enter the \*\*\*\*new **Consume** **mode** to configure and customize how consumers will see signals from the bridge in the bridge, their feed, and their email digest.
Click ‘Configure consumer view’ to configure the **layout** of your bridge in feed and table views, including which columns are visible and in what order they appear. Then, you may configure the **filters and sort** of your bridge: what filters to apply to signals to determine whether they appear in the table and feed, and how they ought to be sorted.
## How to Share Bridges
We have reorganized the process for sharing bridges, bringing sharing out of the ‘Edit Bridge’ button into its own ‘Share’ button. We’ve also moved the selection of a buyer filter for your team’s feed into ‘Configure consumer view’.
### Share button
Instead of clicking ‘Edit Notifications’, you now click ‘Share’ to determine who should have access to a bridge.
By default, this gives the specified users/teams access to the Bridge View Mode *and* adds the bridge to their Feed and Email Digest. Users can choose to hide bridge results from their Feed or Email Digest, but the bridge will remain shared with them regardless. They can always later unhide the bridge results or continue to access the Bridge View Mode. You can stop sharing a bridge with users and teams from this same page.
### Buyer filter
Once you share a bridge with a user or team, the bridge results will appear in their bridge view, feed, or email digest according to the filters you define in ‘Configure consumer view’ > Filters and sort > Filters. Here you can define whether to show consumers results from all buyers or only buyers in the user’s default buyer list. This will default to only buyers in the user’s default buyer list.
## A Simplified Consumer Experience
## Your **Feed** and Email Digest
### Consuming your Feed
Here’s what you will find in your Feed:
* **Centralized Signals:** All new signals from your Bridges are now surfaced in **My Feed** — no more hopping between screens.
* Signals are always sorted from top to bottom by most recently to least recently added to your feed. You might see some signals at the top of your feed that correspond to older events, when there’s been a fresh update or some new information that Starbridge just uncovered. Think of it like your email inbox - you want new emails at the top, even if someone is replying to an old thread. Same principle here with your feed.
* Each signal includes relevant information that your Starbridge builder configured for you to be able to quickly understand and take action on the signal. Tip: Would it be useful for you to have additional information associated with a signal? Ask your Starbridge builder to add it to your feed! For example, if you’re consuming Meeting signals and your next step is typically to pick up the phone and call someone at the account, ask your Starbridge builder to add an AI-generated cold call script to the signal cards that appear in in your feed.
* **Actionable Cards:** Act on each signal by marking it as one of “Actioned”, “Starred”, or “Not interested”. Click on each signal card to see more information.
* **Origin Tags:** Every lead card shows its source Bridge, so you always know where it came from — even if it appears in multiple Bridges.
* **Feed Filters**: Filter your home feed by:
* Status: All, Needs action, Actioned, Starred, Not interested
* Added time: When the signal was added to your feed
* Signal type: Meeting, RFP, Purchase, or Custom Web Signal
* Bridge: The bridges that are continuously monitoring for new signals Each time you visit the feed, you will see "You have X new signals since your last visit.”
### Customizing your Feed
Keep in mind that the signals you see in your feed and your email digest will be the **same**, so customizing your Feed will also customize your email digest. **Hiding and Showing Signals from Bridges** When might you want to hide signals from a bridge?
1. When the bridge’s signals are too noisy and clutter your feed or daily/weekly email digest.
2. When the bridge’s signals are useful to review periodically from the Bridge view, not every day or every week in your Feed or email digest. Navigate to [My Feed](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/), then click ‘Configure my feed’, and check the bridge signals you want to see or hide in your feed and email digest. Make sure to click Save in the bottom right.
***
If some bridges consistently generate too much noise and you opt to hide them from your feed, your Starbridge builder might appreciate it if you let them know - it’s useful feedback!
**Hiding and Showing Signals from Buyers/Accounts** Your Starbridge builder has likely already set up your feed to focus on your territory, the list of buyers/accounts that you focus on. If you want to customize your territory, navigate to [Settings > Default Buyer List](https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/settings/filters) and select a Default Buyer List. Your feed and email digest will be automatically filtered down to those belonging to these buyers/accounts. Don’t see your territory? Ask your Starbridge builder to set it up for you.
## Ask Starbridge chat: your account research shortcut
We’ve enhanced our existing buyer chat feature by building Ask Starbridge. Ask Starbridge gives you instant access to Starbridge’s buyer intelligence through a standalone chat interface, helping you quickly surface relevant buyer insights without the time and effort of manual research. Ask Starbridge is available within the Starbridge platform (accessible via the sidebar):
Ask Starbridge in UI And, Ask Starbridge can be added as an integration within Slack:
Ask Starbridge in Slack
## Chat Capabilities
Ask Starbridge answers questions about buyers by leveraging Starbridge’s proprietary data (meetings, RFPs, purchases, etc.) in addition to conducting custom web searches to answer your query. Ask Starbridge has context on your business, so responses are tailored to your organization. All responses will include source links so you can research further if needed. Previous chats are also saved so you can go back and reference them. Suggested topics:
* Identifying if the buyer is using any of your competitors
* Understanding key priorities or projects that may be relevant to your business
* Researching the best procurement path and/or sole source limit for a buyer
* Finding a buyer’s key contacts
* Researching what tools/products a buyer uses Note that you must specify a specific buyer in your query. At this time, non-buyer questions (ex: “Summarize this meeting for me”) are not supported.
### Slack Integration
## Read more [here](/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat)!
That wraps up our release note! We have updated the Help Center to reflect this new release, so check out the Help Center articles if you have any questions. As always, if you can’t find what you’re looking for, feel free to send us a message in Slack or at [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai)!
***
*Released 2026-01-08.*
# May 2026: Chrome Extension and Outbound Email Upgrades
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/May-2026-chrome-extension-and-click-to-send-email
## Overview
Three workflow upgrades just shipped, all aimed at reducing friction between *finding* a signal and *acting* on it. The headliner is our new [**Starbridge Chrome Extension**](/integrations/chrome-extension), which puts buyer profiles and Ask Starbridge in any tab your reps already work in. Alongside it, we shipped two upgrades to outbound email workflows: a new **Open in mail** button that pushes Starbridge-generated emails directly into Gmail, Outlook, or your default mail app, and a smarter [**Personalized Outbound Email**](/builders/craft-personalized-outbound-emails) column that can now draft entire emails for you and supports rich text formatting.
## Chrome Extension
The [Starbridge Chrome Extension](/integrations/chrome-extension) is [now live on the Chrome Web Store](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/starbridge-intelligence-f/ebdnaicgibgcpefidllibinnibmjkagi). It puts buyer profiles, contacts, signals, and Ask Starbridge directly into your Chrome browser so it's one click away on any page. Now your reps can pull Starbridge context into the workflow they're already in, instead of switching tabs and context.
When a rep visits a known buyer's website or LinkedIn page *(coming next week!)*, the extension detects the account from the URL and auto-loads the matching buyer profile. When the page doesn't match or the rep wants to look up a different account, search is always available. Ask Starbridge is also built into the Chrome extension, with the current buyer's context applied automatically.
When a rep opens the extension on a buyer's website or LinkedIn page, they see the same buyer profile they'd see in the Starbridge web app: [Buyer Summary](/data/buyer-summary), contacts, signals, and key attributes. No new model to learn — just the buyer page they already use, in Chrome.
A few concrete workflows this opens up for your team:
* **Pre-call prep on the prospect's own site.** A rep prepping for a meeting opens the prospect's website and gets contacts, signals, and a Buyer Summary in the same tab - no toggling to Starbridge to load context.
* **Qualifying inbounds in real time.** When an unfamiliar account name shows up in a rep's inbox, opening that account's site auto-loads the buyer profile and tells them whether it's worth a fast follow-up.
* **Working territory while researching.** Reps reading news articles, RFP portals, or LinkedIn pages can pull Starbridge context the moment they need it - without breaking their research flow.
* **Drafting outbound from the source.** A rep on a school district's strategic plan page can ask Starbridge to draft an email referencing the plan, with the buyer context already wired in.
## Open in mail - one-click send to Gmail, Outlook, or your default mail app
Any email Starbridge generates now has an **Open in mail** button that drops the email straight into your reps' mail client of choice - recipient, subject line, and email body all pre-populated. No more copy-paste between Starbridge and Gmail.
The button shows up everywhere your reps work with Starbridge-generated emails: in Ask Starbridge, on signal cards in the Feed, and inside Bridges. The first time a rep clicks it, they choose their preferred email client (Gmail, Outlook, or the default mail app on their machine and from then on, every Starbridge email opens in that client by default. They can switch later if they need to.
For RevOps and sales managers: this closes the last gap in the "signal to sent email" loop. Reps that previously bailed out at the copy-paste step - or sent worse emails because they didn't bother - now have a frictionless path from a generated email to an actual outbound send.
## Personalized Outbound Emails Updates
Two upgrades to the [**Personalized Outbound Email**](/builders/craft-personalized-outbound-emails) column in bridges:
**AI can now draft the whole email for you.** Previously, you had to compose every email from scratch - typing static copy, inserting variables, and writing AI snippet prompts one piece at a time. You can still do that, but you can also now skip straight to a working draft: tell Starbridge what the goal of the email is (book a meeting, reactivate a closed-lost account, follow up after a conference) and any other guidance, and Starbridge generates the full first draft with static copy, variables, and AI snippets included. Edit from there. For most use cases, this turns email column setup from a multi-step build into a single prompt and a quick polish.
**The email editor now supports rich text formatting.** Builders can apply **bold**, *italic*, underline, and bulleted lists, in addition to the hyperlinks.
Together, these change who can build a high-quality outbound email column. A builder who previously needed to spec out every snippet prompt can now describe the email in a sentence, get a working draft, and refine - making it realistic to spin up email columns for more bridges, more campaigns, and more segments without it eating an afternoon each time.
## Get started
**Chrome Extension** — install from the Chrome Web Store [here](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/starbridge-intelligence-f/ebdnaicgibgcpefidllibinnibmjkagi). Reps install the extension directly, sign in once with their Starbridge credentials, and they're ready. Share the install link with your team and remind them to pin the extension to their Chrome toolbar. Full how-to [here](/integrations/chrome-extension).
**Open in mail** — already live everywhere Starbridge generates emails. Reps see the button on their next visit. No setup required.
**Personalized Outbound Emails** — open any bridge, add a [**Personalized Outbound Email**](/builders/craft-personalized-outbound-emails) column, and you'll see the new AI-drafted option and rich text editor.
# April 2026: CRM-Synced Buyer Lists
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/april-2026-crm-synced-buyer-lists
## Overview
You can now sync the lists of accounts you've **already** built in your CRM directly to Starbridge as buyer lists. Bridges built on that list stay current as accounts flow in and out.
As a bonus, we've also **redesigned the entire buyer list creation flow** to make it easier and more intuitive for you to create lists of the buyers you care about.
## What builders experience
When creating a new buyer list, builders now see an option to **Sync from Salesforce or HubSpot**. Select your CRM integration, pick a Salesforce List View or HubSpot Segment (List), and Starbridge builds the buyer list from there. Once created, it works like any other buyer list - use it to create bridges or assign it as a user's territory. When the accounts in your CRM list change, use a **Resync** button to bring Starbridge up to date.
**Imagine what this makes possible for how you build.** A few examples:
* **Enrich new accounts as they enter your pipeline.** Create a list of accounts that have just moved from marketing lead to active opportunity. Sync it to Starbridge and attach it to an enrichment bridge — Starbridge automatically enriches each new account with everything you've configured, ICP contacts included, and syncs the results back to your CRM. By the time a rep opens the account, the research is already done and multi-threading across ICP contacts is ready to start.
* **Keep customer-facing teams current on their accounts.** Create a list of your closed-won customers. Sync it to Starbridge and build a meetings bridge that tracks mentions of your company, products, and services. As open deals convert to customers, they flow into the list on re-sync — your Customer Success and Account Management team's bridge stays current with no manual maintenance, and signal updates pipe directly back into the CRM.
* **Build a living re-engagement motion for closed-lost accounts.** Create a list of closed-lost accounts worth revisiting — filtered by deal size, loss reason, or time since close. Sync it to Starbridge and build a bridge to surface signals that timing has changed: new leadership, renewed budget cycles, procurement activity. When an account starts moving, your rep knows.
* **Assign a tailored Starbridge experience to any role or motion.** Have a rep focused on a specific segment, a marketer tracking a subset of your TAM, or a CSM managing a defined book of business? Create the list in your CRM, sync it to Starbridge, and assign it as their territory. Every signal, feed, and bridge in Starbridge filters to exactly the accounts they care about.
## What admins experience
Admins see everything builders see, plus a few things specific to their role.
When a CRM integration exists but you haven't matched any of your accounts to Starbridge buyers, the **Sync from Salesforce or HubSpot** option is visible but disabled in the buyer list creation flow — the sync requires matched accounts to function. Admins can complete account matching at any time in **Settings → Integrations → Account Matching**. Read more here: [Account Matching](/integrations/account-matching).
## Get started
As a prerequisite to create a CRM-synced buyer list, you'll need a CRM integration connected in Starbridge and to have started account matching. If you haven't completed account matching yet, start at [Matching CRM Accounts to Starbridge Buyers](https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/account-matching).
Once that's in place, open the buyer list creation flow and select **Sync from Salesforce or Hubspot**.
Read the complete documentation here: [CRM-Synced Buyer Lists](/integrations/crm-synced-buyer-lists). Reach out to your [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai) if you have questions.
# April 2026: Usage Dashboard
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/april-2026-usage-dashboard
## Overview
Until now, there's been no way to see how your team is actually using Starbridge. The Usage Dashboard now gives admins a clear view of how your team is engaging with Starbridge — which reps are active, where they're spending their time, and whether the signals you're surfacing are being acted on.
## What admins experience
The Usage Dashboard is available from **Settings**. Access is restricted to users with the Admin role.
At the top of the dashboard, three summary tiles show team-wide activity for the selected time period: active users, signals reviewed, and signals actioned. A date range picker lets you filter data to various date ranges.
Below the summary, the **Team Activity table** shows a row for each user with their last active date, and individual totals for sessions, signals reviewed, and signals actioned.
When you're ready to share the data, use the **Download CSV** button to download a summary file or a full team activity file.
A note on historical data: analytics tracking begins when the dashboard goes live. Longer date ranges (Last 30 days, Last 3 months) will become available as your team builds up usage history.
## Get started
The Usage Dashboard is available now. Go to **Settings** — you'll see it in the left nav if you have the Admin role.
# July 2026: Account Context in My Feed
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/july-2026-crm-account-context-in-starbridge
Reps live in Starbridge to catch buying signals early and research their top accounts. But the answer to "do we already know this account?" has always lived somewhere else — in your CRM, a tab away.
This release brings that context into Starbridge. Buyers and signals now carry a tag showing their account type or lifecycle stage, pulled straight from Salesforce or HubSpot.
## What your reps experience
When a buyer is matched to an account in your CRM, a green tag appears next to its name in My Feed and on Buyers pages, showing that account's type: Customer, Prospect, or whatever values your CRM uses.
Two things get easier.
1. Reps can see your relationship to a buyer at a glance. Seeing **Customer** next to a signal means something very different from **Prospect** — expansion versus net-new, defense versus discovery. Reps no longer miss that context or have to leave Starbridge to find it.
2. The tag is a one-click path into the CRM. A rep who spots a signal, researches the buyer, and wants the full account no longer switches tabs and hunts for the "right" record in your CRM. Clicking the tag opens that exact account in Salesforce or HubSpot in a new tab.
## Get started
This works automatically once your admin has completed [account matching](/integrations/account-matching) — reps and builders don't need to do anything.
Builders and admins who want to control which field the tag displays (Salesforce's **Account Type**, HubSpot's **Lifecycle Stage**, or a custom field your team uses instead) can set it under **Objects & fields**. See the instructions in Step 5 of [Connect your CRM](https://hc.starbridge.ai/admins/connecting-your-crm).
# July 2026: One-click Contact Sync
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/july-2026-reps-can-sync-contacts-to-the-crm
One sync configuration, shared across your entire team.
### Overview
Syncing contacts from Starbridge to your CRM used to require an expert to configure every bridge.
Now, admins define sync rules once. Builders apply them to any sync. And reps can enrich and send any contact they find in Starbridge straight to Salesforce or HubSpot in one button click. Starbridge keeps those contacts up to date in the CRM — including their title, email, and phone — and flag them as departed if they leave the account.
### What admins experience
Admins set up Contact sync from **Settings → Integrations → \[your CRM] → Contact sync**. Admins have granular control over the full upsert lifecycle: how Starbridge looks up existing records before writing, when to create versus update, and exactly what happens to each field on write — overwrite, write if empty, or leave unchanged.
Once configured, the Contact sync tab becomes your audit view: every contact your org has ever enriched, where it was enriched from, who enriched it, and its live sync status with your CRM. You can flip sync on or off per contact, or in bulk.
### What your reps experience
Contacts on Buyer pages and in Ask Starbridge now show a **Sync to CRM** action. Clicking it enriches the contact and pushes it into Salesforce or HubSpot using your admin's sync rules. If the contact already exists in your CRM, Starbridge updates the existing record and keeps it up to date. If it doesn't exist yet, Starbridge creates a new record and keeps it up to date.
### What builders experience
When syncing contacts to the CRM from any bridge, builders now see two options: Standard contact sync, which inherits the admin's sync rules, and Custom contact sync, for defining bridge-specific sync rules from scratch.
Selecting Standard means lookup logic, field mappings, and run conditions are all inherited automatically from the admin's sync rules — no rebuilding them per bridge.
### Get started
Get started as an admin by configuring Contact sync from **Settings → Integrations → \[your CRM] → Contact sync**. For the full setup walkthrough, see [Contact sync](/integrations/contact-sync).
# June 2026: Introducing the Starbridge MCP
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/june-2026-starbridge-mcp
## Overview
Your team's meeting prep, email drafting, and territory research happens across a growing set of AI tools — but until now, none of them could reach your live Starbridge data. The [**Starbridge MCP**](/integrations/mcp) closes that gap. Built on the [Model Context Protocol](https://modelcontextprotocol.io), it brings your bridges, feed, signals, and buyer research directly into any AI environment that supports MCP, so every draft, digest, and prep doc is grounded in live Starbridge data.
Plug Starbridge into your existing agents, skills, and workflows in minutes — in Claude, ChatGPT, Cursor, and any other MCP-compatible client.
## What you can do
The Starbridge MCP surfaces everything you need to bring Starbridge into your agents:
* **Bridges** — pull rows and data from every bridge in your workspace.
* **Feed** — pull your Starbridge feed, automatically tailored to your territory if one is set, and set the status of feed signals (Actioned, Starred, and more) right from your AI environment.
* **Buyer signals & summary** — pull recent signals for any buyer alongside their summary. Ideal for pre-call research.
* **Buyer contacts** — pull verified contacts at a buyer directly from Starbridge.
* **Deep buyer research** — run one-off research across the meetings, purchases, and RFPs that Starbridge has — even outside your existing bridges.
## How to get connected
The Starbridge MCP installs as a **plugin** or **custom connector** in any client that supports MCP with OAuth. You authenticate with the same credentials you use for the Starbridge web app, and data access respects the same territory and permission scopes.
* **Claude (desktop & web)** — we recommend the **Starbridge plugin**, which bundles the full set of Starbridge skills alongside the MCP, so Claude has everything it needs to leverage Starbridge to its fullest. Add the plugin marketplace, install Starbridge, then connect.
* **ChatGPT** — add a custom MCP under **Settings → Connectors** and authorize via OAuth.
* **Other clients** — works in any MCP-compatible client that supports OAuth, including **Glean** and **Cursor**.
## Where to start
Add MCP calls to your pre-meeting or outbound email prep agents — every draft grounded in live Starbridge signals and contacts.
Pull bridge data into your favorite tool to build vendor-presence maps, attribute breakdowns, or other buyer insight visualizations.
Build custom digests to surface Starbridge data in places like Slack — use a scheduled task to pull fresh data on a cadence that fits your workflow.
## Get started
The Starbridge MCP is available now for any user with an active seat. Read the full setup guide — including step-by-step install instructions for each client and how contacts and credits work — here: [Starbridge MCP](/integrations/mcp).
Reach out to [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai) with any questions or feedback.
# March 2026: Buyer Summary
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/march-2026-buyer-summary
### Overview
Buyer Summary gives every rep a single, up-to-date briefing on each account the moment they need it - no manual research, no stitching together signals from across their bridges. It's generated automatically from your bridge data and is available wherever reps work in Starbridge.
### What your reps experience
When a rep opens a buyer page, the **Summary tab** is the first thing they see. It generates in a few seconds and gives them a structured briefing organized into two layers:
* **What's recent** — the most consequential trends and signals from the past few weeks or months, always visible at a glance
* **Bigger picture** — deeper context on the account's operating environment, initiatives, and competitive landscape
Every claim in the summary is grounded in a source signal. Reps can hover over a section to see its sources, and click through to each source and its original document or meeting transcript.
The same summary is available in the **feed**: when a rep clicks into a signal for more detail, a Buyer Summary tab shows the broader account context alongside the signal itself — so reps never have to leave their workflow to get oriented.
### What builders experience
Buyer Summary is also available as an **Add Column enrichment** in any bridge. That means you can:
* **Sync it to your CRM** — push a current account summary to a field on the Account object in Salesforce or HubSpot, so context travels with the record wherever your team works
* **Use it as input to generated emails** — give your outbound email columns richer account context, so personalization goes beyond a single signal
* **Feed it into account scoring** — use the summary as additional context when generating or refining account scores in your Buyer bridge
* **Power any other AI Analysis column** — because the summary captures what's happening across all of a buyer's bridges, it's a useful input for any column that benefits from a holistic view of the account
The summary is grounded in all bridge data tied to a buyer — including account scoring — and stays current: it re-generates automatically whenever the underlying bridge data changes.
### Get started
Buyer Summary is available now on all buyer pages and in My Feed. To add it as a column enrichment in a bridge, open any bridge, click **Add Column**, and select **Buyer Summary** from the enrichment options.
Read the complete documentation here: [Buyer Summary](/data/buyer-summary). Reach out to your CSA if you have questions about how to wire it into your email or scoring workflows.
# March 2026: Sync Territories from your CRM
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/march-2026-sync-territories-from-your-crm
### Overview
Starbridge can now sync territories directly from Salesforce or HubSpot. Rather than maintaining territories manually in Starbridge, your CRM becomes the source of truth: as account ownership changes, each rep's territory in Starbridge updates automatically.
### What your reps experience
Once set up, nothing changes for your reps day-to-day — they simply see signals filtered to their accounts in their feed and email digest, always reflecting the latest state of your CRM. There's nothing for them to configure or maintain.
### How it works
Setup happens in three stages, all from **Settings → Integrations**:
1. **Match CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers.** Starbridge imports your CRM accounts and runs automated matching to find the corresponding Starbridge buyer for each one. You review and approve the results before they take effect.
2. **Match CRM users to Starbridge users.** Starbridge automatically pairs your CRM users with Starbridge users by email. You can override any match manually.
3. **Define account ownership and assign territories.** You select the ownership field(s) on your CRM Account or Company object that indicate who owns each account. Starbridge generates a territory for every matched rep and keeps it current as ownership changes in your CRM.
Setup can only be performed by an **admin** user.
### Get started
Reach out to your CSA to get set up — they can help you think through your account data and matching approach before your first run.
Ready to set it up yourself? Follow the full setup guide: [Setting Up Territories from Your CRM](/integrations/crm-territories).
# May 2026: Account Matching
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/may-2026-account-matching
## Overview
Account matching — the process of mapping your CRM accounts to Starbridge buyers — is the foundation that supports every Starbridge feature that touches your CRM: territories synced from your CRM; lists of accounts synced from Salesforce or HubSpot; and account and contact lookups and syncs.
This release is a significant investment in our integration to Salesforce and HubSpot. An overhauled account matching experience now guides admins through a structured account mapping flow that leverages Starbridge's intelligent AI matching to identify right public entity for each of your CRM accounts, and automatically detects and resolves duplicate accounts in your CRM.
## What admins experience
**A guided review flow.** After Starbridge runs an initial AI matching, the page organizes results into cohorts — Matched by unique ID, Matched by AI, Duplicates, and No match — and recommends where to start based on what needs review.
Each cohort has recommended actions: bulk-approve after a quick scroll, fix individual rows inline and then approve the rest, or resolve with Starbridge's new duplicate account resolution feature.
**Duplicate resolution, now in Starbridge.** Resolving duplicate accounts used to require an offline Python script, Excel workbook, or Claude workflow. That process is now fully native to Starbridge. Clean up duplicate accounts in your CRM: after matching your accounts to its database of public sector entities, Starbridge automatically sub-classifies every set of duplicate accounts using name similarity scoring, domain/URL comparison, and LLM-based classification. Each account in a set of duplicates is labeled one of three ways:
* **Recommended match** — the account Starbridge identifies as the best fit for the Starbridge public sector entity. At most one per group.
* **True duplicate** — represents the same public sector entity. Starbridge's recommendation: merge these into a single account record in your CRM.
* **Hierarchy child** — a distinct sub-entity (a department, foundation, campus, or financing authority) that Starbridge models as part of the parent buyer. Starbridge's recommendation: model these as child accounts of a parent account in your CRM.
**Full match reasoning, always visible.** Every AI match includes a human-readable match reasoning. Admins reviewing matches have a complete audit trail of how each account got matched to a Starbridge public sector entity.
## Get started
The improved account matching experience is available now in Settings → Integrations. Open your CRM integration, go to the Account Matching tab, and click Map Fields to configure or update your setup.
If you've already completed matching for your CRM and want to take advantage of the new duplicate sub-classification, re-run matching on your unreviewed accounts from the Map Fields modal. Your previously reviewed accounts will remain untouched.
Read the full documentation: [Matching CRM Accounts to Starbridge Buyers](https://hc.starbridge.ai/integrations/account-matching).
# May 2026: Introducing Starbridge Search Agents and Bridge Folders
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/may-2026-introducing-starbridge-search-agents-and-bridge-folders
## **Overview**
This release ships two major updates to how builders create and organize Bridges. You can now describe your target buyers, signals, and opportunities in plain language and Starbridge will launch a Search Agent to power your Bridge. And once you have Bridges, you can keep your workspace clean and easy to navigate by organizing Bridges into folders and sharing curated sets with your reps.
## **New bridge building flow**
**About Search Agents**
Bridges are created by Search Agents that you configure. When configuring a Search Agent, you define the set of accounts you want it to search over, the types of signals it should look for, and scoring guidance on what makes a strong match. Once set live, the Agent continuously scrapes the web for new signals that meet your criteria. The Bridge is the resulting set of relevant signals it has found.
**What builders experience**
1. Describe your target buyers, signals, and opportunities in plain language and Starbridge will launch a Search Agent to power your Bridge.
2. From there, you can customize your Search Agent by adjusting buyer and signal filters, refining scoring and match criteria, and previewing signals before launching.
3. Once your Bridge is live, the Search Agent automatically finds qualified signals that meet your criteria
This is now available for **Meetings, RFPs, Contracts & POs,** and **Conferences** Bridges. No action is needed for your existing Bridges, as these types have already been upgraded to the new experience.
Every Bridge created through the new flow includes three default enrichment columns: **Match score**, **Score explanation**, and **Summarized relevance**. These are visible to both builders and consumers. Job Changes, Custom Web Signals, Contact, and Buyer Bridges continue to use their current creation flows.
**What your reps experience**
Every signal the Search Agent surfaces now comes with a relevance score and a plain-language explanation of why it matched. Reps can triage their feed faster and act on what matters most.
See [Building Bridges](/builders/new-bridge-building-flow) to learn more about how to configure your Search Agent for your Bridges.
## **Bridge folders**
**What builders experience**
Keep your workspace clean and easy to navigate. Builders and admins can now group Bridges into folders by type, vertical, account, team, or any workflow structure that fits your org.
Search on the bridges page surfaces bridges inside folders and unassigned Bridges together, so you don't need to know which folder a Bridge lives in to find it.
**What consumers experience**
Consumers see the folder structure, but only for folders that contain Bridges shared with them. Folders with only inaccessible bridges aren't visible. This makes it straightforward to share a curated set of Bridges with a team without exposing your full catalog.
**Get started**
The new Search Agent configuration flow is available now from the Meetings, RFPs, Purchases, and Conferences pages. Bridge folders are available now on the **Bridges** page for all builders and admins. Consumers will see the folder view automatically for any Bridges already shared with them.
Feel free to reach out to your CSA with any questions.
# February 2026: Use-Case Bridge Templates, Personalized Outbound Email, and Ask Starbridge in Feed
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/release-notes/february-2026-bridge-templates-email-chat-with-feed
We’re excited to announce a new Starbridge update!
Here’s what’s new:
**A faster Bridge building experience (use-case templates):**
* Start by selecting a Bridge template that matches your use case (instead of choosing a signal type first).
* Starbridge will automatically select the right Bridge type for you.
* Starbridge will recommend suggested columns to help you enrich your Bridge and enhance your analysis.
**Personalized Outbound Email Column:**
* A new Bridge column that lets you create ready-to-send, personalized outreach emails at scale, while staying true to your desired messaging and tone.
* Learn more [here](https://hc.starbridge.ai/generate-personalized-outbound).
**Ask Starbridge improvements:**
* Ask Starbridge can now answer buyer research questions, questions on any signal type *and* Help Center questions.
* You can now chat with Ask Starbridge directly in the Feed, so you can chat with signals as you review them.
* Buyer Chat is now Ask Starbridge - and it comes with all the latest Ask Starbridge capabilities.
## Overview
This release is focused on reducing setup time for builders and making it easier for reps to act on signals without leaving Starbridge:
* **Use-case templates** help you build the right Bridge faster, with recommended columns to get better results out of the box.
* **Personalized Outbound Email** helps you turn signal context into outbound-ready drafts directly inside your Bridge.
* **Ask Starbridge in Feed** brings chat closer to where teams review signals, so you can research and decide next steps faster.
## Why We Built This
We’ve consistently heard that teams love finding high-quality signals in Starbridge, but the steps between discovery and execution can still feel manual:
* Builders want a faster way to create a Bridge that matches their goals, without needing to know the “right” signal type up front.
* Turning signals into outbound has often required context switching and rewriting similar emails over and over.
* When a signal is interesting, the next step is usually a follow-up question. Pulling that into the Feed helps teams move from signal to action faster.
## A New Bridge Building Experience
Bridge creation is now use-case driven:
* Select the **Bridge template** that matches your use case.
* Starbridge will **automatically choose** the right Bridge type.
* Starbridge will **recommend suggested columns** you can add to enrich results and sharpen your analysis.
## Personalized Outbound Email Column
The Personalized Outbound Email Column helps you create outreach without leaving Starbridge.
## What This Enables
* **Write once, personalize at scale:** you control your template and messaging, and AI generates the personalized hooks for each signal.
* **Go from signal to outreach in one place:** build your Bridge, add the email column, and generate drafts where you already work.
* **Maintain quality while moving fast:** test on a small batch first, refine, then scale.
Check out our help center article [here](https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/craft-personalized-outbound-emails) to learn more.
## Ask Starbridge improvements (Feed + Buyer Chat)
Ask Starbridge is now more flexible and easier to use in the moment:
* **Ask Help Center questions:** get quick answers to common product “how-to” questions.
* **Chat with signals in your Feed:** ask follow-up questions while you review a signal, using the signal context to guide the conversation.
* **Upgraded Buyer Chat:** we’ve brought these improvements to the existing Buyer Chat experience, upgrading Buyer Chat with the latest Ask Starbridge capabilities.
Check out our help center article [here](https://hc.starbridge.ai/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat) to learn more.
***
That wraps up our release note! If you have any questions, reach out to your Starbridge team.
# February 2026: Conferences and Job Changes
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/release-notes/february-2026-conferences-and-job-changes
We're excited to announce two powerful new features to help you identify and act on the best opportunities at your target accounts!
Here's what's new:
**Conferences:**
* Discover and score relevant government and edtech conferences for your target personas
* Enrich conference lead lists with actionable insights and personalized outreach
* Maximize conference ROI with AI-powered lead scoring and analysis
**Job Changes Bridge:**
* Track new hires, promotions, and departures at your target accounts
* Get verified contact data to reach out to newly hired key decision-makers
* Time your outreach to reach contacts during onboarding periods, after promotions, or before departures
## Overview
Here is an overview of everything that's new:
* **Conferences are a new signal type that helps you maximize conference ROI.**
* **Discover conferences** relevant to your target personas and verticals with advanced filtering by buyer type, expected personas, attendance, cost, and location
* **Score conference relevance** using AI to evaluate fit with your ICP and expected ROI
* **Enrich and score lead lists** from conference attendees with verified contact data, buyer intelligence, and signals
* **Personalize conference outreach** by referencing conference attributes, attendee notes, and account signals in AI-generated messaging
* **Job Changes are a new signal type that help you reach decisionmakers at the right time**
* **Monitor role changes** including new joiners, title changes, and departures at your target accounts
* **Get verified contacts** with enriched email, phone, and title data for every job change
* **Sync to CRM** to trigger sequences and workflows for timely follow-up
## Why We Built This
We've heard from customers that two of the highest-value sales motions are:
1. **Conference-based selling** - Conferences can be a powerful driver of pipeline and relationships, yet teams often don’t have a structured way to maximize their impact. Identifying the highest ROI conferences to attend, researching attendees in advance, and personalizing post-conference outreach is time-consuming and difficult to scale - leaving valuable opportunities on the table.
2. **Warm outreach to new hires and promotions** - Role changes create critical windows of opportunity. New hires often re-evaluate vendor relationships, promoted contacts have expanded budgets, and departing champions need to be tracked to their next role. But most teams only hear about these changes weeks or months after they happen.
➡️ To address these needs, we built **Conferences** and **Job Changes** as purpose-built features that deliver verified, actionable data for these high-impact motions.
## Conferences: Discover, Score, and Enrich Conference Lead Lists
Conferences are a new signal type in Starbridge that help you maximize ROI from your conference budget and attendance.
### Conferences Overview
Conferences appear as a new data source under **Signals** in your Starbridge workspace. For every conference, Starbridge provides comprehensive information including organizer, dates, location, expected attendance, estimated cost, expected personas, vendor list, and more.
### Discover & Score Conferences with Conference Bridges
Turn your conference searches into **Conferences Bridges** to automate monitoring, scoring, and notifications for new relevant conferences. Starbridge helps you automatically score conferences help you evaluate conference fit and prioritize your conference budget.
### Enrich Conference Lead Lists for Personalized Outreach
Once you’ve identified the right conference, conference lead enrichment helps you transform attendee lists into prioritized, high-quality leads and craft more personalized outreach.
Because each lead enrichment bridge is tied to a specific conference, you can incorporate conference-specific context directly into your analysis and messaging.
With this launch, you can also upload **custom columns** from your conference lead CSVs, enabling more advanced lead scoring and deeper personalization.
Together, these capabilities bring conference details, buyer attributes, intent signals, and conversation notes into a single enriched lead view - helping you score leads more intelligently, follow up more effectively, and drive stronger ROI from every conference.
### Creating a Conferences Bridge & Enriching Conference Lead Lists
Check out our new [Help Center article Conferences: Find, Score, and Enrich Conference Lead Lists](https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/conferences).
## Job Changes: Track Key Titles at Target Accounts
The Job Changes Bridge allows you to track key targets at your target accounts, giving your team timely signals for outreach.
### 1. Target New Decision Makers
Reach out to anyone who has taken on a title with decision-making or budgetary authority, or a mandate to deliver on value aligned to your offerings.
**Example:** A newly hired CIO or Director of Technology is evaluating their tech stack and vendor relationships during their first 90 days.
### 2. Track Champions Moving to New Organizations
Identify contacts who have moved from champion accounts to new organizations. These contacts already have a positive association with your product and are likely to be receptive to conversations at their new role.
There are a few ways to define a champion account or contact, all equally valid depending on how broadly you want to target:
1. **Any contact from a customer account** — Anyone who previously worked at an organization where you have a deal won
2. **Champions from customer accounts** — Anyone who previously worked at an organization where you not only have a deal won, but who was themselves a particular champion or power user
3. **Contacts marked as champions** — If you track sentiment at the contact level in your CRM, any contact explicitly marked as a champion
### Why Champion Tracking Matters
**For Account Executives (AEs):**
Reach out to champions at their new role early in their tenure. They're likely to have a positive association with your organization and may be evaluating vendors or building out their team.
**For Account Managers (AMs):**
Be aware when a key champion or executive sponsor leaves one of your accounts. This allows you to:
* Line up a new executive sponsor or champion to maintain momentum
* Listen for any reorganization or transition risks that could impact your relationship
* Proactively address continuity concerns before they become renewal risks
### How Job Changes Bridges Work
Job Changes Bridges continuously monitor for role changes across your target buyers and titles. Each job change includes:
* **Verified contact information** for the person (name, email, phone, title)
* **Job change details** (type, subtype, effective date)
* **Signal context** (announcement source, reasoning, findings)
### Contact Data Quality
For every job change, Starbridge:
* Verifies job change and contact data directly from agency or school websites
* Enriches contact emails using web data and a waterfall of providers
* Runs bounce-checks to ensure email validity
You can sync contacts and job changes to your CRM.
### Creating a Job Changes Bridge
Check out our new Help Center article: [Tracking Job Changes](https://hc.starbridge.ai/builders/starbridge-for-builders/tracking-job-changes).
***
That wraps up our release note! We have updated the Help Center to reflect these new features, so check out the Help Center for more information.
***
**Questions?** Contact your Customer Solutions Architect or reach out to [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai).
# March 2026: Champion Tracking
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/release-notes/release-notes/march-2026-champion-tracking
### Overview
Starbridge now supports **champion tracking**.
Your account executives (AEs) and account managers (AMs/CSMs) can track champions as they get promoted, retire, or change jobs between accounts, so teams can:
* reach out at the perfect moment (new role, new budget, new initiatives)
* carry relationship context from a previous account into a new account
* spot when a key champion leaves an active account - catch transition risks early
This release allows you to **track specific contacts over time** in the Job Changes Bridge, and adds a new enrichment for new hires: their previous employer and contact info (previous employer, title, and email).
### What's new
* **Track specific contacts over time**
* Create a Job Changes Bridge.
* Use it to monitor job changes for a defined list of contacts (your champions) over time.
* Identify departures, title changes, and your champion contacts hired into new accounts.
* **Previous Contact**
* A column enrichment that shows the person's prior role. Helps confirm that a new hire job change is the same champion you've worked with before.
* Includes the previous **employer,** **title, and email**.
* Compatible with CRM Lookup. Includes unique identifiers for the employer, such as Starbridge ID, NCES ID, or GEOIDID.
### Example
If Adam was newly hired as Superintendent at Mt. Diablo USD after being Assistant Superintendent at Carroll County PSD:
* Job Change: `New Hire: Adam -> Superintendent @ Mt. Diablo USD`
* Contact: `Adam | Superintendent | Mt. Diablo USD | `
* Previous Contact: `Adam | Assistant Superintendent | Carroll County PSD | `
Along with unique identifiers for the previous employer and other useful enrichments.
### Why it matters (AEs + AMs/CSMs)
* **Champion tracking across accounts**: Get notified when champions land at a new account, so you can start the conversation early in their tenure.
* **Cleaner handoffs and better personalization**: Quickly understand where someone came from without digging through history.
* **Account risk signals**: See when a key champion or executive sponsor departs an account and plan coverage accordingly.
***
Learn more about the Job Changes Bridge [here](/builders/starbridge-for-builders/tracking-job-changes), and learn more about how to sync job changes and contacts to your CRM [here](/admins/connecting-your-crm).
# Chrome Extension
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/research/chrome-extension
Research any account without switching tabs. Bring buyer profiles, contacts, signals, and Ask Starbridge into your browser.
Install the Starbridge Chrome Extension [here](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/starbridge-intelligence-f/ebdnaicgibgcpefidllibinnibmjkagi).
## Overview
The Starbridge Chrome Extension brings buyer profiles, contacts, signals, and Ask Starbridge directly into your browser. It automatically surfaces account intelligence as you browse, making it easy to research buyers, prepare for calls, and get answers without switching tabs.
## Installing the extension
Go to the [Starbridge Chrome Extension page](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/starbridge-intelligence-f/ebdnaicgibgcpefidllibinnibmjkagi) on the Chrome Web Store.
Click **Add to Chrome**, then **Add extension** when prompted.
Pin the extension so it's always one click away: click the puzzle-piece icon in the top right of Chrome, then click the pin next to **Starbridge**.
The first time you open the extension, sign in with the same credentials you use for the Starbridge web app. You'll only need to do this once per browser.
## Using the extension
### Automatic buyer detection
As you browse, click the Starbridge icon on any account website or account LinkedIn page. The extension matches the URL against Starbridge's buyer database and opens the matching buyer profile if it finds one.
### Search when no buyer is detected
If the page you're on doesn't match a known buyer, search is always available at the top of the popup. Type the buyer's name to pull up the right profile. You can search at any time, even when a buyer has been auto-detected, which is handy for looking up a different account without leaving the page you're on.
### Exploring buyer data
The extension gives you access to any buyer data your organization has in Starbridge — the same profile you'd see in the web app:
A cited, AI-written briefing on what's happening at the account.
Verified decision-makers and stakeholders for the buyer.
Meetings, RFPs, contracts, and other buying signals for the account.
Key buyer attributes, procurement overview, and org hierarchy.
### Ask Starbridge in the extension
Ask Starbridge is built into the extension. Open the popup on any page, switch to the **Ask Starbridge** tab, and ask anything you'd ask in the web app.
When the extension has detected a buyer on the current page, Ask Starbridge automatically uses that buyer as context — so a question like *"What should I lead with on this call?"* answers in the context of the account you're already looking at. When no buyer is detected, Ask Starbridge works as a general assistant, just like in the web app.
## Common use cases
**Use it for first-call prep on the prospect's own site.** Open the agency's homepage or the school district's "About" page — the extension surfaces the contacts, signals, and Buyer Summary your team has built up, no separate tab needed.
**Use it to qualify inbounds in real time.** When an unfamiliar account name lands in your inbox, open their site in a new tab and the extension does the lookup for you.
**Find relevant contacts for a specific buyer, live.** As you're researching an account, use the Chrome Extension to find relevant contacts to reach out to. You can also use Ask Starbridge to craft outbound emails or talking points tailored to that account.
## Extension settings
By default, the Starbridge Chrome extension icon will be visible on the right side of your Chrome browser at all times for easy access to the extension. If you'd like to gate access to the extension to the extension menu in your toolbar, click the "Gear" icon on the "Buyers" page within the extension, and toggle the "Show Starbridge tab" option to OFF.
## Related articles
All the ways to research an account across Starbridge.
The full guide to researching accounts through chat.
# Overview and Installation
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/research/starbridge-mcp
Connect Starbridge to any AI environment that supports the Model Context Protocol — bridges, feed, signals, and buyer research, live.
## Overview
The **Starbridge MCP** brings your bridges, feed, signals, and buyer research directly into any AI environment that supports the [Model Context Protocol](https://modelcontextprotocol.io). Plug Starbridge into your existing agents, skills, and workflows in minutes — every draft, digest, and prep doc grounded in live Starbridge data.
Use the Starbridge MCP to:
* Ground pre-meeting and outbound prep agents in live Starbridge signals and contacts
* Pull bridge data into your favorite tool to build vendor-presence maps, attribute breakdowns, or other buyer insight visualizations
* Surface Starbridge data in places like Slack or wherever your team works today — on a scheduled cadence that fits your workflow
## Install the MCP
The Starbridge MCP installs as a **plugin** or **custom connector** in any client that supports MCP with OAuth.
For Claude, we recommend installing the **Starbridge plugin**. The plugin bundles the full set of Starbridge skills alongside the MCP itself, so Claude has everything it needs to leverage Starbridge to its fullest.
In Claude, go to **Customize → Plugins**. In the **Personal plugins** section, click **+**, choose **Add marketplace**, then **Add from a repository**, and enter the Starbridge plugin repository:
```text theme={null}
starbridge-ai/plugin.mcp
```
Click **Browse plugins**, find **Starbridge**, and click **Install**.
After installing the plugin, click **Manage**, navigate to the **Connectors** section, and connect the **Starbridge** MCP connector. You'll authenticate into your Starbridge account with the same credentials you use for the Starbridge web app.
Some organizations restrict who can install custom MCP connectors. If the **Connect** button is greyed out, you don't have permission to add it yourself — ask your Claude admin to either install the Starbridge plugin for your whole organization or grant you permission to add custom connectors. If you're a Claude admin, you can install the plugin so it's available to everyone.
If installing the plugin isn't feasible, you can install the MCP independently. Go to **Customize → Connectors**, add the connector URL below as a custom connector, and authorize with your Starbridge credentials:
```text theme={null}
https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/mcp/oauth
```
In ChatGPT, go to **Settings → Connectors**.
Click **Add custom MCP** and paste the connector URL:
```text theme={null}
https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/mcp/oauth
```
Complete the OAuth flow with your Starbridge credentials.
The Starbridge MCP works in any MCP-compatible client that supports OAuth, including **Cursor**, **Cline**, **Goose**, and others.
Follow your client's instructions for adding a custom MCP server with OAuth, and use the connector URL:
```text theme={null}
https://dashboard.starbridge.ai/mcp/oauth
```
## What's supported
Everything you need to bring Starbridge into your agents:
* **Bridges** — pull rows and data from every bridge in your workspace.
* **Feed** — pull your Starbridge feed, automatically tailored to your territory if one is set, and set the status of feed signals (Actioned, Starred, and more) right from your AI environment.
* **Buyer signals & summary** — pull recent signals for any buyer alongside their summary. Ideal for pre-call research.
* **Buyer contacts** — pull verified contacts at a buyer directly from Starbridge.
* **Deep buyer research** — run one-off research across meetings, purchases, and RFPs that Starbridge has — even outside your existing bridges.
The feed isn't just read-only through the MCP: you can both see the signals in your feed and set their status (Actioned, Starred, and more), enabling an end-to-end feed workflow — from reviewing signals to acting on them — without leaving your AI environment.
## Contacts and credits
Starbridge offers verified contacts with emails and phones. The MCP surfaces these verified contacts directly in your AI environment.
Contacts in the MCP work on a simple locked/unlocked model:
* A contact is **unlocked** if your organization has previously enriched it — whether through a bridge or in a previous MCP session. Unlocked contacts are fully accessible through the MCP at no additional credit cost.
* A contact is **locked** if your organization hasn't enriched it yet. Locked contacts are visible in search results with their title and buyer, but name, email, and phone are not revealed until the contact is enriched. Enriching a locked contact costs 2 credits and makes the full contact details available.
Every contact your organization enriches is available to everyone on your team — you'll never be charged twice for the same contact.
### Enriching contacts in the MCP
When you search for contacts through the MCP, any previously enriched contacts are returned immediately. For locked contacts, your AI assistant will show what contacts are available and offer to unlock and enrich them before surfacing the full details.
You can unlock contacts one at a time or in bulk. For large requests (more than 20 contacts at once), your AI assistant will always check in to confirm the bulk action.
If you have a personal credit limit set by your admin, you'll see that context surfaced alongside the enrichment option. Your admin can raise this credit limit at any time.
### Other ways to enrich contacts
Contacts can also be enriched by running a [Contacts Bridge](/builders/contacts-bridge), [Job Changes Bridge](/builders/starbridge-for-builders/tracking-job-changes), or [Enrich Contact column](/bridge-specific-attributes) in a Bridge. Any contact your organization has already enriched through a bridge will appear as unlocked in the MCP, and any contact your organization has already enriched in the MCP can be surfaced in a bridge at no additional credit cost.
Learn more about credits in [How Do Credits Work?](/builders/how-do-credits-work).
## Not yet supported
The following are on the roadmap but not yet available:
* **Creating or editing bridges.** Aside from setting feed signal status, the MCP is read-only today — bridges should be created and edited inside the Starbridge app.
* **Territory- or TAM-wide analysis without a bridge.** MCP analysis is scoped to a single buyer or small set. For full territory or TAM breadth, build a bridge in Starbridge first, then consume it via the MCP.
## Where to start
For ready-to-adapt prompts across every capability, see [Sample Use Cases](/research/starbridge-mcp-use-cases).
Add MCP calls to your pre-meeting or outbound email prep agents — every draft grounded in live Starbridge signals and contacts.
Pull bridge data into your favorite tool to build vendor-presence maps, attribute breakdowns, or other buyer insight visualizations.
Build custom digests to surface Starbridge data in places like Slack or wherever else your team works today — use a scheduled task to pull fresh data through the MCP on a cadence that fits your workflow.
## FAQ
Any Starbridge user with an active seat can connect the MCP using their existing credentials. Data access through the MCP respects the same territory and permission scopes as the Starbridge web app.
Mostly — the Starbridge MCP is read-only, with one exception: you can set the status of feed signals (Actioned, Starred, and more) directly through the MCP. Other write actions, like creating or editing bridges and bulk actions such as contact enrichment, must be done inside the Starbridge app.
Any MCP-compatible client that supports OAuth, including Claude (desktop & web), ChatGPT, Cursor, Cline, and Goose.
Reach out to the Starbridge team at [support@starbridge.ai](mailto:support@starbridge.ai) with any questions or feedback.
## Related articles
Ready-to-adapt prompts for Bridges, Feed, signals, contacts, and deep research.
The full guide to researching accounts through chat.
Bring buyer profiles, contacts, and signals into your browser.
# Sample Use Cases
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/research/starbridge-mcp-use-cases
Ready-to-adapt prompts for putting the Starbridge MCP to work across Bridges, Feed, signals, contacts, and deep research.
These are example prompts for putting the Starbridge MCP to work — bringing live Starbridge intelligence into Claude, ChatGPT, and any AI tool you already use. For what the MCP is and how to connect it, see [Overview and Installation](/research/starbridge-mcp).
Prompts below use placeholders like `[buyer name]` and `[name of one of your Bridges]` — swap in your own specifics when using them.
## Run analysis over your Bridges
Your team has invested in Bridges that encode exactly what "a good account" or "a hot signal" looks like for your business. The MCP lets you read the results of those Bridges into any AI workflow without rebuilding the logic.
### Visualize a Bridge
*Who: RevOps, marketing, leadership.*
Pull Bridge data into a tool that can chart it to build vendor-presence maps, attribute breakdowns, or territory views.
> *"Pull \[bridge with vendor presence column] and build a bar chart of how many buyers use each competing vendor, plus a table of the 10 highest-value competitor contracts."*
### Find themes and trends across Bridge results
*Who: AE, RevOps, leadership.*
Read across every row to surface the patterns, not just the individual records.
> *"Read across \[name of meeting bridge] and tell me the recurring themes — which categories of discussion are coming up the most, which regions are most active, and any shifts in themes over the past 6 months. Give me the top three trends with example buyers for each."*
Ad-hoc analysis via the MCP is scoped to a single buyer or a small set of buyers. Instead, **build the Bridge first** for anything territory- or TAM-wide, then consume it through the MCP.
## Feed: start every day from what matters
Your Feed surfaces the most important buying signals across your territory — RFPs, budget discussions, leadership changes, contract expirations, and agency initiatives. The MCP lets an assistant read your Feed and turn it into a prioritized plan or a scheduled digest — and, because the Feed is writable, act on signals by setting their status without leaving your AI environment.
### Morning triage
*Who: AE, BDR.*
Convert the raw Feed into an action list.
> *"Read my Starbridge feed from the past week and group the signals into 'act today,' 'this week,' and 'monitor.' For anything in 'act today,' suggest the single best next step."*
### Scheduled Slack digest
*Who: Whole team.*
Pair the MCP with a scheduled task so fresh signals land where your team already works.
> *"Every weekday at 7am, pull my Starbridge recent feed and post a short summary of all new signals to my \[your team's Slack channel]."*
### Triage and clear your feed in one pass
*Who: AE, BDR.*
The Feed isn't read-only — you can **set the status of signals** directly through the MCP. Mark signals **Actioned**, **Starred**, or **Not Interested** as you work them, so the same conversation that reviews your feed also clears it.
> *"Walk me through my Starbridge feed signals one at a time. For each, give me a one-line take and a recommended next step, then ask me whether to mark it Actioned, star the ones worth a closer look, or set the irrelevant ones to Not Interested."*
Pair triage with status-setting to keep the Feed clean for the whole team — acting on signals here is reflected back in Starbridge.
## Buyer signals & summary — pre-call research in 30 seconds
For any buyer, the MCP can pull recent signals alongside the buyer summary — ideal for pre-call research because it makes meeting prep instant and grounded.
### Pre-meeting brief
*Who: AE, CS.*
Walk into every call knowing the account.
> *"I have a call with \[buyer name] tomorrow. Pull their Starbridge summary and recent signals and give me a one-page brief: top priorities, recent budget or board activity, any contracts expiring, and three smart questions to ask."*
You can turn this into a Skill, combining it with other data sources (CRM, Gong, etc.) to create a complete meeting-prep tool.
### "Why now?" angle
*Who: AE, BDR.*
Anchor outreach to a real, timely trigger.
> *"Based on the latest Starbridge signals for \[buyer name], what's the most compelling 'why now' reason to reach out this month? Give me the signal and a two-sentence hook I can use."*
### Renewal and expansion prep
*Who: Customer Success, AM.*
Spot risk and growth before the QBR.
> *"Pull the buyer summary and recent signals for \[buyer name]. Flag anything that signals expansion opportunity or churn risk ahead of our renewal conversation."*
### Account plan grounding
*Who: AE, leadership.*
Combine Starbridge context with your own notes.
> *"Using the Starbridge summary and signals for \[buyer name], plus the notes I'm pasting below, draft a 90-day account plan with the top three plays."*
## Buyer contacts — reach the right person, verified
The MCP pulls verified contacts at a buyer directly from Starbridge, so your assistant can build the outreach list and the message in one pass.
### Build the buying committee
*Who: AE, BDR.*
Get the right roles, not just any names.
> *"Pull verified Starbridge contacts at \[buyer name] for these personas: CIO, VP of Technology, and Director of Procurement. Give me name, title, and email in a table."*
### Multi-thread a stalled deal
*Who: AE.*
Widen the relationship when a champion goes quiet.
> *"My main contact at \[buyer name] has gone dark. Pull other verified contacts in IT and finance leadership and suggest a re-engagement angle for each based on their role."*
*Bulk* contact enrichment across a large list is still done inside the Starbridge app. The MCP is ideal for pulling contacts for a single buyer or a small, focused set.
## Deep buyer research — ask anything, even beyond your Bridges
Deep buyer research runs a one-off search across the meetings, purchases, and RFPs Starbridge has — even for buyers and questions outside your existing Bridges. This is the "answer my specific question right now" capability.
### Targeted document hunt
*Who: AE, proposal team.* Find the exact reference buried in public records.
> *"Search Starbridge's meeting records for \[buyer name] for any mention of a 1:1 device program or device refresh in the last 12 months, and quote the relevant passages."*
### RFP qualification
*Who: AE, proposal/RFP team.*
Decide fast whether a bid is worth chasing.
> *"Pull the details of the open RFP at \[buyer name]. Summarize scope, due date, evaluation criteria, and whether it's a fit for what we sell. Give me a go/no-go recommendation with reasons."*
## Combine capabilities + your other tools — where the MCP shines
The MCP is most powerful when Starbridge data meets the rest of your stack: CRM, calendar, Slack, email, and documents. Because your assistant can hold all of it in one conversation, you can run end-to-end workflows.
### CRM-grounded prep
*Who: AE, CS.*
Merge Starbridge signals with your own pipeline data.
> *"For my three meetings tomorrow (from my calendar), pull each buyer's Starbridge summary and recent signals, cross-reference our open opportunities in the CRM, and give me one prep card per meeting."*
## Getting the best results
* **Name the buyer or Bridge precisely:** "\[buyer name]" or "\[the exact name of your Bridge]" beats vague references.
* **Ask for structure:** tables, one-page briefs, and word limits get cleaner output.
* **Chain steps in one prompt:** "Pull X, then draft Y" works better than separate asks.
* **Pair with scheduled tasks** for anything recurring (digests, morning triage) so Starbridge comes to you.
* **Turn repeatable tasks into a Skill** so your team can run the same grounded workflow with one command.
## Related articles
What the Starbridge MCP is, what it supports, and how to connect it.
The full guide to researching accounts through chat.
# Drafting an RFP Response
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/rfp-writer/drafting-an-rfp-response
## Overview
There are two ways to start an RFP proposal generation:
## Creating a Proposal from an existing RFP
The system will then make you confirm the RFP files attached. Note: Starbridge can not always pick up the files associated with an RFP, so you may need to import them on your own.
## Create an RFP Draft Found Elsewhere
If you found an RFP outside of the Starbridge platform, you can begin the process of creating a draft by navigating to the RFP Drafts tab and clicking “Create a Proposal.”
* Be sure that you have all of the proposal documents downloaded and zipped into a single .zip file, which is the way that the Starbridge platform accepts RFP documents. You cannot upload files individually.
## Creating an Outline
Once you start an RFP, the status of the RFP will progress from “Initializing” to “Initialized”. When the RFP is “initialized”, it is ready for you to edit the Outline.
## Outline Editor
Once initialized, the Outline Editor will be available for view.
The left side contains “Task Requirements”, these are requirements that need to occur *outside of the RFP*, for example: submitting the RFP, additional approvals, third party quotes.
The right side of the RFP will contain all of the RFP requirements for which Starbridge will draft an answer.
For every requirement in the RFP, you can edit the title and description. You can also add additional ‘child’ requirements (sub requirements).
When adding a new requirement, you can specify if it is a Response (i.e. a Question to be Answered in the RFP) or if it is a task that needs to be confirmed outside of the RFP document itself.
## Finalizing the Outline
Once happy with the Outline, you can click on “Finalize and Create” and the Draft of the RFP will be generated with all of your specifications and edits included!
Once the Status of the RFP Draft moves from “Generating” to “Open” you can click into the RFP and begin working on what will hopefully be a successful proposal!
## Viewing Your Outline
The Outline is your tool to provide answers to the specific requirements listed in the RFP that require text answers.
You are also able to “tag” users against each individual requirement, sending them a notification based on assignment of a particular task/requirement:
Once you have completed a task, you can change its status from “pending” or “drafted” to “completed”:
## Compliance Matrix
For each RFP, we will display a compliance matrix. The Compliance Matrix is generated by Starbridge’s AI to ensure that you comply with all of the requirements in the RFP. You can then manage the status of each of these requirements directly with your proposal draft.
**Drafted:**
1. These are the requirements for which Starbridge provided an AI-generated response based on the uploaded RFP or question/answer pairs that you have provided.
**Pending:**
1. These are requirements which are yet to be completed, including additional forms/documentation that may not have been provided as part of the RFP.
### Additional info
You can interact with all of your saved data, including previous RFP drafts or other connected materials, via a chat window in order to quickly extract information that you may need to fill in the RFP requirements.
## Finalizing RFP Drafts
Once you have completed all of the requirements in the compliance matrix, you can download the RFP with your answers. Starbridge does not submit the RFP for you, so you need to extract the RFP and add your organization’s formatting and stylization prior to submitting the finalized proposal.
# Setup RFP Writer Source Materials
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/rfp-writer/setup-rfp-writer-source-materials
Our RFP writer uses AI to generate drafted answers to RFP questions. The first step of setting up the RFP writer is to provide context on the content that drives the responses.
We recommend to provide the RFP writer with as many historical RFP responses, equivalent sales questionnaire responses or Q\&A answer banks as possible - to ensure that answers stay grounded in your context.
## Import Files of Prior RFP Responses or Knowledge Articles to fuel responses (Static Documents) in Settings > RFP Writer Source Files
## Acceptable File Types
Starbridge supports the following sources to base your RFP responses on:
Files uploaded directly to our platform (most often previous RFP responses or competitor battlecards). We support the following file types:
* PDF
* XSLX
* DOCX
* TXT
* HTML
* CSV
* ZIP
* PPTX
## Organizing Your Source Files With Tags
Tags help you organize and segment your RFP source files so that our RFP Writer can generate more accurate, relevant responses—especially if your company supports multiple product lines, customer segments, or use cases.
You can create tags to represent different offerings, industries, regions, or any other way your content is logically grouped.
Select “Tag Library” to view tags your team has already created or to create a new tag.
### **When to Use Tags**
Tags are especially helpful if:
* You have multiple product lines or modules
* Your offerings vary by industry, market, or customer size
* You’re uploading large volumes of source material and need better organization
Using tags ensures your source library stays structured—and helps the RFP Writer deliver responses that are grounded in the right content every time.
# Signal Explore
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/signal-explore
Your Builder has set up Bridges to surface signals across your territory - but if you're looking for something specific that isn't coming through your Feed, **Explore** lets you configure a search yourself and preview what Starbridge would find for you. You can describe what you're looking for, refine the search criteria, and view matching signals, all without waiting for a Builder to set something up from scratch.
## Accessing Explore
In the left sidebar, click **Signals**, then select **Explore**.
## Building your search
Start with a plain-language description of your ideal signal. The more specific, the better.
A strong description includes:
* **Who** you're looking at: buyer type, geography, or size
* **What** you're looking for: a topic, keyword, product category, or signal type
* **Timeframe**: e.g., "meetings in the last 3 months" or "RFPs due in the next 6 months"
* **What makes a strong result**: e.g., "actively evaluating alternatives" or "budget already allocated"
Strong example: *K–12 school districts in California serving more than 15,000 students discussing new math curriculum in the last 12 months, prioritizing districts evaluating vendors or forming pilot committees.*
Prefer to set filters manually? Use the **Set up search manually** option on the same screen.
After submitting your description, Starbridge generates a structured search with five components you can review and adjust.
**Buyer filters** define who you're searching over — buyers whose signals are eligible to appear. Filter by geography, buyer type, size, and other attributes; choose a pre-configured list or territory; or select individual buyers by name.
**Bridge filters** narrow results by signal type specifics. For meetings: date range and meeting type. For RFPs: status and due date. For purchases: contract type, purchase type, and date ranges.
**Search phrases** are the terms used to surface candidate signals. Add, edit, or remove phrases to match your intent — up to 30 total.
Use **Add similar search phrases** to auto-generate variations, or hover over any phrase and click **+** to generate variations based on that specific phrase. Delete any auto-generated phrases that don't fit your intent.
**Match threshold** sets the minimum score a signal must hit to appear in results. Scores run from 1 (barely relevant) to 5 (closely matches your criteria).
Set your match threshold to 3 for balanced results.
**Match score criteria** define what counts as a strong result. Write plain statements under two headings: *What makes a strong match* and *Red flags — penalize or exclude*.
Starbridge shows a live preview of matching signals. Each result includes:
* The **signal** — the meeting, RFP, or purchase that matched
* A **match score** — how closely it aligns with your criteria
* A **match reasoning** — why it received that score
* A **summarized relevance** — plain-language explanation of why this signal matters (meetings only)
Toggle the preview between **All signals**, **Above threshold**, and **Below threshold** to see what the score threshold is including and excluding. Use the threshold slider to adjust.
Seeing irrelevant results? Add a disqualifier to your match criteria or raise the score threshold. Missing expected signals? Add a search phrase, widen a buyer filter, or lower the threshold.
Anytime you change filters, phrases, or criteria, refresh the preview to see updated results.
## Turn your search into a Bridge
If you're happy with your search and want ongoing updates, ask your Builder to turn it into a Bridge. Once active, it works like any other Bridge — automatically surfacing new matching signals in your Feed as they appear.
## Related articles
Ask questions about any buyer, signal, or market directly in Starbridge.
Review and action signals from your Bridges.
# Account Enrichment
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/account-enrichment
Learn use cases for enriching account data and scoring accounts to prioritize the highest-value opportunities for your team.
### Enrich and Score your Target Accounts
Use Starbridge to enrich your target accounts with the criteria that matter most to your team, then generate a custom account score to prioritize your outreach.
In this example, we’re analyzing school districts in New York to identify the accounts most aligned with our ideal customer profile.
**What You'll Build**
A Buyer Bridge that enriches your target accounts with custom data points and scores each account based on how closely it aligns with your ideal customer profile. In this example, we're looking for school districts in New York with increasing enrollment trends, high propensity to spend, and openness to working with startups.
**Step 1: Start with your Buyers Bridge**
Begin with a Buyers Bridge that contains a defined list of your target accounts. In this example, we’re working with a list of New York school districts.
**Step 2: Enrich buyer information**
Next, add enrichment columns for the specific criteria that matter to your team. For example:
* Enrollment trends
* Propensity to spend
* Startup friendliness
Select your criteria and click 'Create Columns'. Starbridge will populate each column across your account list. This gives you a richer dataset to evaluate which accounts best match your ideal customer profile.
**Step 3: Create a custom account score**
Once your enrichment columns are populated, add a new column and select 'Create a Score'.
Define your scoring criteria in plain language, referencing the columns you just created. For example:
* "Prioritize accounts with growing enrollment, high propensity to spend, and strong startup friendliness."
Starbridge will generate a recommended scoring prompt for you to review. Once you're satisfied, click Add Column.
**Step 4: Review the results**
Once the column runs, each account will receive a custom score based on the characteristics that matter most to your team.
This gives you a clear view of which accounts are the best fit for your ICP and helps your team prioritize outreach and pipeline efforts accordingly.
# Conference Enrichment
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/conference-enrichment
Learn use cases for enriching conference data to identify key attendees, uncover target accounts, and maximize the value of events and trade shows.
### Enrich Conference Lead Lists
Use Starbridge to take a raw conference lead list, enrich it with verified contact information, and layer in additional data attributes, so you walk away with a clean, scored, actionable list.
**What you'll build**
An enriched conference lead list uploaded from a CSV, enriched with contact emails and phone numbers, validated via bounce check, and scored based on ICP fit and available signals. In this example, we're enriching attendees from a K-12 focused conference.
**Step 1: Build a new Contacts Bridge**
Create a Contacts Bridge, then select the option to upload a CSV with names and buyers to enrich emails. Next, name your bridge and select your buyer type— in this case, school districts.
Starbridge requires four fields for the upload:
* First name
* Last name
* Buyer name
* Buyer state
You’ll also need to select the **buyer type**.
In this example, we’re focusing on **school districts**.
**Step 2: Upload your CSV**
Upload your CSV file and review the rows that will be imported.
Next, map the columns in your CSV to the corresponding Starbridge fields. In many cases, Starbridge will automatically detect and map these fields for you.
Starbridge will flag any formatting issues before import, such as incorrectly formatted phone numbers, invalid email formatting, and missing buyer names.
Fix any errors directly in the upload interface. Once the file is clean, proceed with the import.
**Step 3: Run contact enrichment**
Once the CSV is imported, Starbridge will automatically:
* Match buyers from your CSV to buyers in Starbridge
* Enrich the uploaded contacts with additional data
This process runs automatically across all rows in the file. Once the Bridge finishes running, you’ll have a fully enriched lead list.
Each contact will now include:
* Verified email address
* Phone number
* Email bounce validation
* Confirmation that the contact and role are still active
# Contact Enrichment
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/contact-enrichment
Learn use cases for enriching contact data to identify the right people to reach and engage key stakeholders within your target accounts.
### Create a Contact List and Sync to your CRM
Use Starbridge to pull decision makers based on your buyer criteria and sync the contact data directly into your CRM.
**What You'll Build**
A Contacts Bridge that surfaces the right decision makers across your target accounts and exports them into your CRM, without duplicates. In this example, we're pulling CTOs, CIOs, and Directors of IT across a defined set of target accounts.
**Step 1: Create a Contacts Bridge**
Start by creating a new Contacts Bridge. You have two options:
* Generate a new list by defining your target audience
* Upload an existing CSV file with contact or account data
Today we'll be building a new list. We’re looking for contacts such as CTOs, CIOs, and Directors of IT, across a defined set of target accounts.
**Step 2: Define your target accounts**
Next, filter the accounts you want to pull contacts from using the 'Buyer Filter'.
To do this, create a 'Buyer List'. There are three options:
* Static list: a fixed list of buyers you select manually
* Dynamic list: automatically updates as new buyers are added based on defined criteria
* CSV upload: upload a predefined list of accounts
In this example, we'll use a **static list** and select our target accounts manually. Once you've selected your accounts, go ahead and create the bridge.
**Step 3: Pull relevant contacts**
Select the maximum number of contacts you want returned per buyer. For this example, we'll select one. Note that each new contact enrichment uses two credits.
Click Create Bridge. Starbridge will automatically surface matching contacts based on your criteria, including titles, contact information, and a reason for why each contact was included.
**Step 4: Match buyers to your CRM accounts**
Before syncing, we first need to match each buyer to the correct account record in your CRM. Select 'Enrich Buyer Info' and select 'Buyer ID' and add the column.
Now, we can look up this account in your CRM. Select 'Configure Integration', and pull account data from your CRM.
Match on a unique identifier to ensure you're pulling the correct account record. Here we'll match the 'Starbridge ID' to the 'Buyer ID', Once the column runs, the 'Lookup Account' column will confirm the matched CRM account.
**Step 5: Check for existing contacts**
Next, check for existing contacts in your CRM to avoid duplicates.
Add another 'Configure integration' column and select 'Pull Data from CRM'. Now, we'll select 'Contact Lookup'. Match contacts on a unique identifier, such as email address.
If the result shows 'No Match', that means the contacts are net new records.
**Step 6: Export contacts to your CRM**
Finally, we can export the contacts into your CRM. Add a new column and select 'Configure Integration' again. Choose contact-level data and select the 'Upsert' option. This ensures that Starbridge will:
* Update an existing contact if it already exists
* Create a new contact if it does not
Map the relevant CRM fields to their corresponding Starbridge columns, then run the column.
When the CRM Sync column updates to 'Success', the contacts have been exported. You can then open your CRM to verify that the contact records were successfully created or updated.
### Find Government Decision Maker Contact Info
Finding the right decision-maker in local government is hard: titles vary across agencies, org charts go stale, and most contact databases are inaccurate. Use a Contacts Bridge to discover, verify, and enrich the right contacts at scale.
#### **What You'll Build**
A Contacts Bridge that surfaces verified decision-makers across your target accounts — each with a name, title, email, phone number, and a reason it was selected — ready to sync to your CRM. In this example, we're finding City Managers and Directors of Finance across a set of target cities.
#### **Step 1: Create a Contacts Bridge**
Create a new Contacts Bridge and define the titles you're looking for — here, City Manager and Director of Finance. Starbridge automatically matches common title variations, and its agents pull live from city, county, and state agency directories, council minutes, and verified .gov sites — then fact-check each record so your contact data stays accurate.
#### **Step 2: Filter to your target accounts**
Use the Buyer Filter to scope the search to the accounts you care about. Select the buyer type — cities, counties, or states — then narrow by attributes like population size or operating budget. You can use a static list of accounts you pick manually, or a dynamic list that updates automatically as new accounts match your criteria.
#### **Step 3: Choose how many contacts to return**
Select the maximum number of contacts to return per buyer. Each new contact enrichment uses two credits. Click Create Bridge, and Starbridge surfaces matching decision-makers — name, title, verified email, phone number, and a relevance explanation for why each contact was included.
#### **Step 4: Sync to your CRM, deduplicated**
Sync the verified contacts directly into Salesforce or HubSpot. Starbridge deduplicates against what's already in your CRM, so you only create net-new records and update existing ones — no duplicates.
#### **Step 5: Act on your contacts**
From the same workflow, you can:
* Generate personalized outbound that references live buying signals — budgets, board meetings, and contracts.
* Track champion job changes and monitor account activity over time.
* Continuously surface new contacts as organizations change.
### **How to Find K-12 / Higher Ed Decision-Maker Contact Information**
Finding the actual decision-maker in education is hard: titles vary across districts, org charts go stale, and most contact databases are incomplete or wrong. Use a Contacts Bridge to discover, verify, and enrich the right contacts at scale.
#### **What You'll Build**
A Contacts Bridge that surfaces verified decision-makers across your target districts and institutions — each with a name, title, email, phone number, and a reason it was selected — ready to sync to your CRM. In this example, we're finding Superintendents, Directors of Technology, and Chief Academic Officers.
#### **Step 1: Create a Contacts Bridge**
Create a new Contacts Bridge and define the titles you're looking for — like Superintendent, Director of Technology, or Chief Academic Officer. Starbridge automatically maps common title variations across districts, and its agents pull live from university directories, department pages, staff listings, and verified .edu sites — then fact-check each record so your contact data stays accurate.
#### **Step 2: Filter to your target accounts**
Use the Buyer Filter to scope the search to the accounts you care about. Select specific school districts or institutions, then narrow by state, enrollment size, or district type. You can use a static list you pick manually, or a dynamic list that continuously updates as new districts match your criteria.
#### **Step 3: Choose how many contacts to return**
Select the maximum number of contacts to return per buyer. Each new contact enrichment uses two credits. Click Create Bridge, and Starbridge surfaces matching decision-makers — name, title, verified email, phone number, and a relevance explanation for why each contact was included.
#### **Step 4: Sync to your CRM, deduplicated**
Sync the verified contacts directly into Salesforce or HubSpot. Starbridge deduplicates against what's already in your CRM, so you only create net-new records and update existing ones — no duplicates.
#### **Step 5: Act on your contacts**
From the same workflow, you can:
* Generate personalized outreach that references live buying signals — budgets, board meetings, and contracts.
* Track champion job changes and monitor district activity over time.
* Continuously surface new contacts as organizations evolve.
### Upload a Contact List
Use Starbridge to take an existing contact list, fill in missing information, push the enriched data back to your CRM, and generate personalized outbound emails. In this example, we're reaching out to contacts about Apple's latest technology offerings.
**What You'll Build**
A Contacts Bridge built from an uploaded Salesforce CSV, enriched with missing job titles and phone numbers, synced back to your CRM, and loaded with personalized outbound emails ready to send.
**Step 1: Export your contact list**
Start in your CRM with the contacts you want to enrich. In this example, we're in Salesforce with a list of contacts missing job titles and phone numbers.
Export the list as a CSV.
**Step 2: Create a Contacts Bridge from your CSV**
In Starbridge, create a new Contacts Bridge. You can either:
* Pull new contacts based on defined targeting criteria
* Upload a CSV with an existing contact list
In this example, we'll upload a CSV.
Select the buyer types these contacts belong to — in this case, universities, schools, and school districts.
**Step 3: Review enriched contact data**
Once uploaded, review the data to ensure everything looks correct.
For example, you may see validation errors such as a formatting issue in a phone number. If needed, correct or remove the error before importing.
After reviewing the file, proceed with the import. Starbridge will then automatically enrich the uploaded contacts with additional information, such as:
* Salutation
* Job title
* Phone number
* Validated email address
**Step 4: Match buyers to your CRM accounts**
Next, connect the contacts to the correct accounts in your CRM. Start by pulling in the 'Buyer ID' for each account. Then, go to 'Configure Integration' and select 'Pull data from my CRM' and look up account.
To ensure the correct account is matched, use a unique identifier, such as 'Starbridge ID' to 'Buyer ID'. Once the column runs, your accounts will be matched to the correct CRM records.
**Step 5: Match contacts to existing CRM records**
Next, match the contacts themselves. Go to 'Configure Integration' and select 'Pull data from my CRM' again. This time, look up the contact.
Use email address or another unique identifier to match the uploaded contacts to existing CRM records. Once both accounts and contacts are matched, you’re ready to push the enriched data back into your CRM.
**Step 6: Sync Enriched Data Back to Your CRM**
Select 'Configure Integration' again, but this time choose 'Send data to CRM'.
Sync on the contact level and select 'Upsert' as your sync option. This updates existing CRM contacts with enriched fields, or creates a new record if one doesn't exist.
Map the Starbridge fields to the corresponding CRM fields, then run the sync. Once the sync column updates to Success, head to your CRM to verify the updated contact records.
**Step 7: Generate personalized outbound emails**
The final step is acting on the enriched data. For example, you might want to reach out to these contacts about Apple’s latest technology offerings.
Add a 'Personalized outbound email' column. In your email template, you can reference dynamic fields such as contact first name and buyer account name. You can also add static copy that remains consistent across all emails.
Once the column runs, you’ll have personalized outreach messages ready to send — along with a clean and updated CRM.
### Sync Custom Data into Salesforce
Use Starbridge to push custom signals directly into your CRM. In this example, we'll track job changes for key contacts and sync that information to Salesforce so your team can see leadership changes directly on contact records.
**What You'll Build**
A Job Changes Bridge that tracks leadership transitions across your target accounts and syncs job change data, such as previous title, current title, and job change date, into Salesforce as a custom object.
**Step 1: Create a new custom object in Salesforce \[Admins]**
Before syncing custom data from Starbridge, the information must exist as an object in your CRM. This step is typically completed by a Salesforce admin. In Salesforce, navigate to Object Manager and create a new custom object, such as Job Change.
Next, go to Fields and Relationships and create the fields you want to track. For example: Job Change Date, Previous Job Title, Current Job Title, Job Change Type (such as new hire, departure, or promotion).
You should also create lookup relationships between the Job Change object and both the Contact and Account objects so each job change can be associated with the correct person and organization.
Finally, add Job Changes as a related list on the Contact page layout so your team can view job change records directly on contact profiles.
**Step 2: Sync the object into Starbridge \[Admins]**
This step requires Starbridge admin permissions. Once the object exists in Salesforce, you need to make sure it is available in Starbridge so it can be referenced in your Bridge.
In Starbridge, navigate to Settings → Integrations and open your Salesforce or HubSpot connection. Click Objects & fields. Select the Job Change object and its relevant fields, then click 'Save changes' to sync them to Starbridge.
Don't see your custom Job Change object? Click Resync in the top right to resync from Salesforce or HubSpot so Starbridge can detect your newly defined custom object.
Once synced, the object and its fields will be available for use in your Bridge when configuring CRM lookups and syncing data back to Salesforce.
**Step 3: Match accounts, contacts, and the custom object in your Bridge**
Next, configure your Bridge so each row of data matches the correct records in your CRM. Start by matching buyer accounts. Add a new column and select Configure Integration → Pull data from my CRM → Look up Account.
Match using a unique identifier, such as: CRM Account Name ←→ Starbridge Buyer Account
Once this column runs, each row in your Bridge will be associated with the correct account in your CRM.
Next, match the contacts so the job change data is tied to the correct individual. Add another column and select:
Configure Integration → Pull data from my CRM → Look up Contact
Match using a unique identifier such as: First name + last name, email, etc. This ensures the job change information is linked to the correct contact record.
Finally, reference the custom object you created in your CRM. In this example, that object is Job Change.
Add another column and select: Configure Integration → Pull data from my CRM → Look up Job Change
Match using a unique identifier that distinguishes each job change record, such as: Job Change Type and Previous Job Title
Once these lookups are configured, each row in the Bridge will reference the correct account, contact, and job change record, allowing Starbridge to sync the data accurately back to your CRM.
**Step 4: Sync job change data back to your CRM**
Once the records are matched, you can send the job change data from the Bridge back to your CRM.
Select Configure Integration → Send data to my CRM and choose the Job Change object.
We'll choose Upsert, which ensures that existing job change records are updated, and new job change records are created if they don’t already exist
Map the Starbridge columns to the appropriate Salesforce fields, then run the sync. After the sync runs, the CRM Status column will update to Success, indicating the records were exported successfully.
Your team can now track leadership transitions directly within Salesforce and use those signals to prioritize outreach.
### Sync Custom Data into Your HubSpot
Use Starbridge to push custom signals directly into HubSpot. In this example, we’ll track job changes for key contacts and sync that information into HubSpot so your team can see leadership changes directly on contact records.
**What You’ll Build**
A Job Changes Bridge that tracks leadership transitions across your target accounts and syncs job change data—such as previous title, current title, and job change date—into HubSpot as a custom object.
**Step 1: Create a custom object in HubSpot \[Admins]**
Before syncing custom data from Starbridge, the information must exist as a custom object in HubSpot.
Navigate to **Settings → Custom Objects**, and create a new object called **Job Change**.
Next, add the properties you want to track, such as:
* Job Change Date
* Previous Job Title
* Current Job Title
* Job Change Type (e.g., new hire, promotion, departure)
Set a clear primary display property (e.g., Job Change Summary) and add secondary display properties like Job Change Type and Date to make records easy to scan.
Then, create associations between the Job Change object and Contacts (and optionally Companies). This ensures each job change is tied to the correct individual. Set the association so each job change is linked to exactly one contact, ensuring the data stays clean and tied to the correct individual.
Finally, add the Job Change object as a card on the Contact record view so your team can see these signals directly on contact profiles.
**Step 2: Sync the object into Starbridge \[Admins]**
Once the object exists in HubSpot, make it available in Starbridge.
In Starbridge, navigate to **Settings → Integrations → Edit Object Configuration**.\
Select the Job Change object and confirm that all relevant fields are synced.
Once synced, the object and its fields will be available when configuring your Bridge.
**Step 3: Match accounts, contacts, and the custom object in your Bridge**
Next, configure your Bridge so each row maps to the correct records in HubSpot.
Start by matching companies:
* Add a column → Configure Integration → Pull data from CRM → Look up Company
* Match using a unique identifier such as company name or domain
Next, match contacts:
* Add a column → Look up Contact
* Match using a unique identifier such as email or name
Finally, reference the Job Change object:
* Add a column → Look up Job Change
* Match using a unique identifier such as contact + job change date
Once these lookups are configured, each row in the Bridge is tied to the correct company, contact, and job change record.
**Step 4: Sync job change data back to HubSpot**
Once records are matched, you can send the data back to HubSpot.
Select Configure Integration → Send data to CRM, choose the Job Change object, and select Upsert. This ensures existing records are updated and new records are created if they don’t already exist.
Map your Starbridge fields to the corresponding HubSpot properties, then run the sync. Once complete, the CRM Status column will show Success, indicating the records were exported.
Your team can now view job change signals directly on contact records in HubSpot and use them to prioritize outreach at the right moment.
# For Admins
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/for-admins
Learn use cases for setting up your workspace, managing users and integrations, and monitoring adoption to get the most out of Starbridge across your team.
### Track Team Usage and Adoption in Starbridge
Understand how your team is using Starbridge so you can measure adoption, identify gaps, and improve performance.
#### Step 1: Open the Usage Dashboard
Navigate to the Usage Dashboard from the Settings page. At a glance, you’ll see how your team is engaging with the platform in real time.
#### Step 2: Review team-wide activity
At the top of the dashboard, three key metrics give you a snapshot of usage:
* Active users
* Signals reviewed
* Signals actioned
You can filter by:
* Date range
* Team
* Role
This helps you quickly understand overall adoption and output.
#### Step 3: Analyze rep-level activity
Scroll down to the Team Activity table to break usage down by individual rep.
Here, you can see:
* Last active date
* Number of sessions
* Signals reviewed
* Signals actioned
#### Step 4: Export data for reporting
To share results, you can export a clean CSV in one click on the top right of the page.
### Sync Custom Data into Salesforce
Use Starbridge to push custom signals directly into your CRM. In this example, we'll track job changes for key contacts and sync that information to Salesforce so your team can see leadership changes directly on contact records.
**What You'll Build**
A Job Changes Bridge that tracks leadership transitions across your target accounts and syncs job change data, such as previous title, current title, and job change date, into Salesforce as a custom object.
**Step 1: Create a new custom object in Salesforce \[Admins]**
Before syncing custom data from Starbridge, the information must exist as an object in your CRM. This step is typically completed by a Salesforce admin. In Salesforce, navigate to Object Manager and create a new custom object, such as Job Change.
Next, go to Fields and Relationships and create the fields you want to track. For example: Job Change Date, Previous Job Title, Current Job Title, Job Change Type (such as new hire, departure, or promotion).
You should also create lookup relationships between the Job Change object and both the Contact and Account objects so each job change can be associated with the correct person and organization.
Finally, add Job Changes as a related list on the Contact page layout so your team can view job change records directly on contact profiles.
**Step 2: Sync the object into Starbridge \[Admins]**
This step requires Starbridge admin permissions. Once the object exists in Salesforce, you need to make sure it is available in Starbridge so it can be referenced in your Bridge.
In Starbridge, navigate to Settings → Integrations and open your Salesforce or HubSpot connection. Click Objects & fields. Select the Job Change object and its relevant fields, then click 'Save changes' to sync them to Starbridge.
Don't see your custom Job Change object? Click Resync in the top right to resync from Salesforce or HubSpot so Starbridge can detect your newly defined custom object.
Once synced, the object and its fields will be available for use in your Bridge when configuring CRM lookups and syncing data back to Salesforce.
**Step 3: Match accounts, contacts, and the custom object in your Bridge**
Next, configure your Bridge so each row of data matches the correct records in your CRM. Start by matching buyer accounts. Add a new column and select Configure Integration → Pull data from my CRM → Look up Account.
Match using a unique identifier, such as: CRM Account Name ←→ Starbridge Buyer Account
Once this column runs, each row in your Bridge will be associated with the correct account in your CRM.
Next, match the contacts so the job change data is tied to the correct individual. Add another column and select:
Configure Integration → Pull data from my CRM → Look up Contact
Match using a unique identifier such as: First name + last name, email, etc. This ensures the job change information is linked to the correct contact record.
Finally, reference the custom object you created in your CRM. In this example, that object is Job Change.
Add another column and select: Configure Integration → Pull data from my CRM → Look up Job Change
Match using a unique identifier that distinguishes each job change record, such as: Job Change Type and Previous Job Title
Once these lookups are configured, each row in the Bridge will reference the correct account, contact, and job change record, allowing Starbridge to sync the data accurately back to your CRM.
**Step 4: Sync job change data back to your CRM**
Once the records are matched, you can send the job change data from the Bridge back to your CRM.
Select Configure Integration → Send data to my CRM and choose the Job Change object.
We'll choose Upsert, which ensures that existing job change records are updated, and new job change records are created if they don’t already exist
Map the Starbridge columns to the appropriate Salesforce fields, then run the sync. After the sync runs, the CRM Status column will update to Success, indicating the records were exported successfully.
Your team can now track leadership transitions directly within Salesforce and use those signals to prioritize outreach.
### **Sync Custom Data into Your HubSpot**
Use Starbridge to push custom signals directly into HubSpot. In this example, we’ll track job changes for key contacts and sync that information into HubSpot so your team can see leadership changes directly on contact records.
**What You’ll Build**
A Job Changes Bridge that tracks leadership transitions across your target accounts and syncs job change data—such as previous title, current title, and job change date—into HubSpot as a custom object.
**Step 1: Create a custom object in HubSpot**
Before syncing custom data from Starbridge, the information must exist as a custom object in HubSpot.
Navigate to **Settings → Custom Objects**, and create a new object called **Job Change**.
Next, add the properties you want to track, such as:
* Job Change Date
* Previous Job Title
* Current Job Title
* Job Change Type (e.g., new hire, promotion, departure)
Set a clear primary display property (e.g., Job Change Summary) and add secondary display properties like Job Change Type and Date to make records easy to scan.Then, create associations between the Job Change object and Contacts (and optionally Companies). This ensures each job change is tied to the correct individual. Set the association so each job change is linked to exactly one contact, ensuring the data stays clean and tied to the correct individual.Finally, add the Job Change object as a card on the Contact record view so your team can see these signals directly on contact profiles.
**Step 2: Sync the object into Starbridge**
Once the object exists in HubSpot, make it available in Starbridge.
In Starbridge, navigate to **Settings → Integrations → Edit Object Configuration**.\
Select the Job Change object and confirm that all relevant fields are synced.
Once synced, the object and its fields will be available when configuring your Bridge.
**Step 3: Match accounts, contacts, and the custom object in your Bridge**
Next, configure your Bridge so each row maps to the correct records in HubSpot.Start by matching companies:
* Add a column → Configure Integration → Pull data from CRM → Look up Company
* Match using a unique identifier such as company name or domain
Next, match contacts:
* Add a column → Look up Contact
* Match using a unique identifier such as email or name
Finally, reference the Job Change object:
* Add a column → Look up Job Change
* Match using a unique identifier such as contact + job change date
Once these lookups are configured, each row in the Bridge is tied to the correct company, contact, and job change record.
**Step 4: Sync job change data back to HubSpot**
Once records are matched, you can send the data back to HubSpot. Select Configure Integration → Send data to CRM, choose the Job Change object, and select Upsert. This ensures existing records are updated and new records are created if they don’t already exist.
Map your Starbridge fields to the corresponding HubSpot properties, then run the sync. Once complete, the CRM Status column will show Success, indicating the records were exported.Your team can now view job change signals directly on contact records in HubSpot and use them to prioritize outreach at the right moment.
# For Consumers
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/for-consumers
Learn how to discover opportunities, research buyers, and scale personalized outreach with Starbridge.
### Using Starbridge in Your Daily Workflow
Starbridge helps you discover opportunities, research buyers, and prioritize outreach—all from a single workflow.
#### **My Feed**
Start your day in My Feed.
My Feed surfaces the most important buying signals across your territory, including RFPs, budget discussions, leadership changes, contract expirations, and agency initiatives.
Use filters to focus on the signals most relevant to your role, and review signal details, source documents, and Buyer Summaries to quickly understand why a signal matters.
#### Email Digest
Email Digest delivers your most important signals directly to your inbox on a daily or weekly cadence.
Each signal links back to a card in Starbridge, allowing you to dive deeper. Update your delivery cadence in Settings.
#### Buyer Pages
Buyer Pages bring together everything Starbridge knows about a specific account.
Review buyer summaries, organizational relationships, recent activity, contracts, procurements, and other account intelligence in one place.
#### Ask Starbridge
Ask Starbridge is your AI-powered research assistant.
Ask questions in natural language and get answers powered by your Starbridge data, including signals, buyers, contracts, documents, and organizational intelligence.
Example questions:
* What are this buyer's top priorities?
* What opportunities should I be tracking?
* What's the best outreach angle for this account?
Available within Starbridge, Buyer Pages, the Chrome extension, and Slack.
#### Chrome extension
The Chrome Extension surfaces Starbridge intelligence while you browse.
View relevant account insights directly on agency websites, LinkedIn company pages without switching tabs.
#### MCP: Starbridge in Claude, ChatGPT, and more
The Starbridge MCP allows your organization to connect Starbridge directly to AI tools like Claude and ChatGPT, giving your AI assistants access to Starbridge data and insights.
Once configured, you can combine Starbridge intelligence with CRM records, meeting notes, internal documents, and other connected systems to support account planning, territory analysis, opportunity research, and other AI-powered workflows.
Contact your admin or Starbridge team for setup assistance.
#### Recommended Workflow
1. Review new opportunities in My Feed or Email Digest.
2. Research accounts using Buyer Pages.
3. Use Ask Starbridge to gather additional context and identify next steps.
4. Use the Chrome Extension while researching buyers online.
5. Leverage MCP for deeper analysis and AI-powered account planning.
### Using the Starbridge MCP
The Starbridge MCP brings your buying signals, buyer research, and contacts into the AI tools you already work, including Claude and ChatGPT.
#### What the MCP does
Once your team admin connects the MCP, your AI assistant can read your Starbridge data — your feed, signals, buyer summaries, contacts, and account research. You can then combine that intelligence with whatever else your AI tool can see (CRM records, meeting notes, internal docs) to answer questions and build account plans in one place.
#### What you can do with it
* **Prep for outreach.** Ask your AI assistant to pull a buyer's recent signals, summary, and verified contacts, then draft talking points or an email grounded in real activity.
* **Research an account end to end.** Run deep research across the meetings, RFPs, and purchases Starbridge has for a buyer — even beyond your existing Bridges.
* **Plan your territory.** Combine Starbridge signals with your CRM and notes to decide where to focus next.
* \*\*And more. \*\*
#### Example prompts
* "Summarize what's happening at this buyer and who I should reach out to."
* "Which accounts in my territory have an active RFP right now?"
* "Draft a first-touch email for this account using their recent signals."
#### Connect the MCP
The MCP installs as a custom connector using your Starbridge login. [See here](https://hc.starbridge.ai/research/starbridge-mcp) for more info.
### Research Government & Education Accounts
Starbridge helps you research any government agency, school district, or higher education institution by bringing together buyer intelligence, procurement data, organizational context, contacts, and buying signals into a single view.
#### Research an account from the Buyer Page
Open any Buyer Page to view a complete profile of the organization.
Each Buyer Page includes:
* AI-generated account summary with cited sources
* Recent buying signals and activity
* Verified contacts
* Procurement guidance
* Organizational hierarchy
* Account attributes and related intelligence
Use the Buyer Page to quickly understand what's happening at an account before meetings, outreach, or qualification.
#### Ask questions with Ask Starbridge
Need additional context? Open Ask Starbridge and ask questions in natural language.
For example:
* What are this buyer's top priorities?
* What initiatives are they focused on?
* What's the best outreach angle?
* What recent buying signals should I know about?
Every response is grounded in Starbridge intelligence and linked back to supporting sources.
#### Research accounts with the Chrome extension
Install the [Starbridge Chrome Extension ](/research/chrome-extension)to bring account intelligence directly into your workflow.
When viewing a government agency, school district, university, or LinkedIn profile, Starbridge automatically identifies the account and displays relevant summaries, contacts, buying signals, and recent activity—without leaving the page.
## Use Starbridge in your AI workflows
Connect the [Starbridge MCP](/research/starbridge-mcp)to ChatGPT, Claude, or other supported AI assistants.
This allows you to combine Starbridge intelligence with your CRM, meeting notes, and internal documents to:
* Build account plans
* Prepare for customer meetings
* Analyze territories
* Generate personalized outreach
* Research accounts using natural language
# Welcome to Starbridge University
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/introduction
Everything you need to onboard onto Starbridge, explore GTM use cases, and dive deeper into key features.
Learn the fundamentals, build your first Bridge, and start driving actionable workflows
Market & Competitive Intelligence
Signals & Outbound
Account Enrichment
Contact enrichment
Conference enrichment
RFP Finder & Writer
## Use Cases by Role
Manage set up and monitor team performance
Discover opportunities, research buyers, and act on high-priority accounts
# RFP Finder and Writer
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/rfp-writer-and-finder
Learn how to discover high-fit RFPs, qualify opportunities, and generate compliant proposals with Starbridge.
### How to find best-fit RFPs
Instead of manually searching procurement portals and reviewing every opportunity, Starbridge helps you identify the government and education RFPs that are the best fit for your business. Define your ideal opportunity, prioritize high-fit procurements, and continuously monitor your market as new opportunities emerge.
#### Step 1: Describe your ideal opportunity
Use natural language to describe the types of RFPs you want to find.
**Example**
> Find city and county RFPs for cybersecurity software, including endpoint protection and managed security services.
You can also narrow your search using filters such as:
* Buyer list
* Buyer type
* Geography
* Population size
* Operating budget
* Propensity to spend
* Due date
#### Step 2: Define your match criteria
Customize what makes an opportunity a strong or weak fit for your business.
**Strong match examples**
* Requires endpoint protection
* Threat prevention
* Detection and response
* Managed security services
**Weak match examples**
* Requires certifications unique to a specific vendor
* References proprietary technologies or requirements associated with another provider
* Indicates the solicitation is likely designed around an incumbent solution
Starbridge uses these criteria to rank opportunities based on their relevance to your business.
#### Step 3: Review and refine results
Review the matched opportunities and adjust your criteria until you're seeing the right signal quality.
Each opportunity includes:
* AI-generated summary
* Why it matched your criteria
* Key dates and deadlines
* Buyer and procurement details
#### Step 4: Monitor your market automatically
Once you're satisfied with your search, launch a Bridge to continuously monitor your market.
As new RFPs are released, contracts approach expiration, and new procurement opportunities emerge, Starbridge automatically delivers relevant opportunities to your:
* My Feed
* Email Digest
* CRM
#### Step 5: Generate an RFP proposal
When you're ready to respond, open the opportunity and select **Generate Proposal**.
Starbridge creates a compliant, personalized proposal using your organization's existing content, helping your team respond faster while maintaining consistency.
### Write winning RFP responses in minutes
Starbridge helps you generate compliant, personalized RFP proposals using your organization's existing content. Upload your proposal library once, then create structured proposal drafts from any public or private solicitation in minutes.
#### Before you begin \[admins]
To generate high-quality proposals, first upload the content Starbridge should reference.
Navigate to **Settings → RFP Writer Files** and upload documents such as:
* Past winning proposals
* Product documentation
* Knowledge base articles
* Capability statements
* Approved response libraries
Organize your content with tags (for example, K–12, Higher Education, Cybersecurity, or Product Line). Starbridge uses these tags to retrieve the most relevant content when generating responses.
#### Step 1: Create a proposal
There are two ways to start a proposal:
**Option 1: From an opportunity in Starbridge**
Open an opportunity from your RFP Bridge, Feed, or Ask Starbridge, then select **Create Proposal**. If solicitation documents aren't already available, upload them before continuing.
**Option 2: Upload an RFP directly**
For opportunities sourced outside of Starbridge, navigate to **RFP Writer → Create Proposal** and upload the solicitation documents manually.
#### Step 2: Generate the proposal outline
Name your proposal, select the appropriate content tags, and click **Generate Proposal**.
Starbridge analyzes the solicitation and automatically creates an outline by extracting:
* Proposal questions
* Technical requirements
* Certifications
* Required forms
* Mandatory meetings
* Compliance items
Before drafting, review the outline to confirm all requirements were captured correctly. You can edit questions, add missing requirements, update tags, and review the source documents used during analysis.
#### Step 3: Generate the draft
Once you're satisfied with the outline, select **Finalize**. Starbridge generates draft responses using your uploaded content and the solicitation requirements.
#### Step 4: Review and collaborate
Review the generated proposal and collaborate with your team before submission. You can:
* Edit AI-generated responses
* Assign sections to subject matter experts
* Leave comments
* Adjust tone and content
* Track completion using the Compliance Matrix
The Compliance Matrix helps ensure every requirement has been addressed. AI-generated responses are marked as **Drafted**, while items requiring manual action—such as forms, certifications, or supporting documentation—remain **Pending** until completed.
#### Step 5: Export and submit
When your review is complete:
* Download the proposal
* Export the Compliance Matrix
* Complete your final formatting and submission
#### Best practices
* Keep your source library up to date with your latest approved content.
* Use descriptive tags to improve response quality.
* Always review AI-generated responses before submission.
* Use the Compliance Matrix to verify every solicitation requirement has been addressed.
# Starbridge 101
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/starbridge-101
A high-level introduction to the platform covering the fundamentals you need to understand how Starbridge works, build your first Bridge, and get started with confidence.
### Welcome to Starbridge 101!
We're excited to walk you through the fundamentals of Starbridge so that you can start getting value quickly and confidently.
We’ve been in your shoes— selling to K-12, higher ed, and the government is like fishing in the ocean with a blindfold. You’ve got thousands of potential buyers, limited insight into who's actually intending to buy, and your team wastes hundreds of hours doing manual research, all while competitors are moving faster.
Starbridge changes that. We help GTM teams find, prioritize, and act on signals, or real-time buying indicators, across public sector accounts. With Starbridge, you can do a lot of things, including:
* Monitor every public agency for signals and route the insights to the right reps
* Prioritize accounts using custom scoring
* Enrich your CRM with verified contacts
* Turn buying signals into personalized, outreach ready emails.
And much more. That’s just the tip of the iceberg.
So how does the magic happen? In the next video, we’ll introduce the core engine behind every Starbridge workflow - Bridges. By the end of this course, you’ll know how to build a Bridge from scratch, understand each component, and create powerful, repeatable workflows that drive GTM impact. Let’s get started.
### **What is a Bridge?**
Every workflow is powered by a Bridge, which is the core building block of Starbridge. A Bridge is a configurable, AI-powered GTM workflow that surfaces buying indicators (signals) and data, unlocking any growth use case, from prioritization and CRM enrichment to warm, outbound-ready leads.
We encourage you to think about building a Bridge in terms of the business outcome you want to run. For example:
* Enrich and score my school district accounts using enrollment and budget trends
* Find competitor vendors across my target government accounts
* Launch a personalized email campaign to relevant agencies based on contract expirations
And many more.
Starbridge provides out-of-the-box use case templates built around 5 core GTM workflows that you can launch in a few clicks. These templates cover everything from market and competitive intelligence, to signal-driven outbound, account enrichment, and contact enrichment, and conference enrichment. Each of these categories has different related templates that you can choose from. This is the easiest way to create a Bridge.
### **How do Bridges work?**
All Bridges are rooted in one of our foundational anchors: signals, contacts, buyers, or conferences.
Think of these as the corner pieces of a puzzle. Signals are real time events tied to buying readiness, such as an upcoming contract expiration, a new RFP, or a leadership job change. Contacts are specific people or target roles you want to track. Buyers are the accounts or agencies you want to prioritize, and conferences help you identify and track agencies and decision makers attending relevant events. Our use case templates preselect these for you, but you can also build a custom bridge and choose the right anchor directly.
### **Bridges in action**
Let’s dive into the platform together and work through a use case.
In this example, we’re Apple, looking to sell our iPads and Macs to universities in California. We want to generate personalized emails to the relevant contact at a list of target universities that have contracts expiring soon with our competitors, such as Microsoft, Google, and Lenovo. We’ll select the “outbound on upcoming contract expirations” Bridge.
Once you’ve selected the Bridge you want to build, the first step is choosing your buyer list.
You can create a buyer list directly from the Buyers tab, or build one within the Bridge itself. There are 3 types of buyer lists to choose from.
1. Dynamic buyer list: A live, continuosly updating list of buyers defined by your filters, such as buyer type, location, or budget. As new buyers meet your criteria, they’re automatically added. For example, universities in California with increasing enrollment trends.
2. Static buyer list: A defined group of accounts. You can either manually select specific buyers or use filters to generate a list that remains unchanged.
3. Upload static list from CSV: If you already have a curated list of target accounts, you can upload and use that list directly in Starbridge.
In this example, we'll create a dynamic buyer list and choose universities in CA with increasing enrollment trends.
Once you’ve selected your buyer list, you can create your initial Bridge and enrich it with intelligence by adding additional columns. Each column turns raw data into GTM insights. We can add a contacts column to pull the most relevant stakeholders at each account based on persona and title, complete with validated details like name, email, and phone number. \
Let’s pull roles like the CIO and VP of Enterprise Technology. From there, you can layer in additional columns to deepen insight and drive action, such as a purchase line items column along with a summary description of the purchase orders and contracts.
We can also create a custom account score based off of any attributes, for example, the relevance of the purchase line items to our hardware opportunity.
Finally, we can add a personalized outreach column that generates ready-to-send email drafts for your contacts, tailored to your buyer.
### **What's next**
What makes Starbridge so powerful is how flexible and extensive your data can be. You can surface virtually any signal—our custom web agents continuously capture relevant public sector intelligence, and you can build your own scoring criteria around your ideal customer profile and buying triggers, similar to what we showed in the example.
Once your Bridge is set up, you can share it with your team, export results to your CRM, and enable reps through a streamlined Consumer View built for action. You can schedule email digests, customize feeds to track the signals and accounts that matter most, and sync Starbridge data directly into your CRM.
The next lessons in this course will go deeper into our column types, Starbridge credits, and step-by-step use cases—so you can start building workflows that drive real pipeline.
### Overview of columns
Every Bridge starts with a list of foundational objects that you’re tracking: buyers, contacts, conferences, or signals (RFPs, meetings, job changes, purchase orders, custom web signals).
With columns, you can layer in intelligence to further enrich this starting list of results and make them more actionable, to answer questions like:
* Who are the right contacts at these accounts?
* How startup friendly is this buyer?
* Which contracts are expiring in the next six months?
And more.
When you click 'Add Column', you’re choosing what new information you want Starbridge to add to each row in your Bridge. We have several column types.
### Column types
**Bridge signal-specific columns**\
Bridge signal-specific columns pull standardized attributes tied directly to that signal type. For example, in a Meetings Bridge, you can add the meeting URL, date posted, or Relevant Snippets, which extract key quotes directly from the meeting document.
**Buyer attribute and contact columns**\
Buyer attribute and contact columns enrich the account itself. Buyer attributes might include propensity to spend, employee count, enrollment, or startup friendliness. Contact columns identify the right stakeholders and pull in details like title, email, and phone number.
**Create a score / Run custom AI analysis column**\
The AI Analysis column allows you to describe, in natural language, what you want to evaluate. You can score accounts based on custom criteria, generate summaries, create call scripts, or draft personalized emails—all directly within your Bridge.
**Custom web agent** **column**\
If you need intelligence beyond what’s already inside Starbridge, use the Web Agent column. It works similarly to AI Analysis, but searches the broader internet for additional context—perfect for uncovering public initiatives, press mentions, or competitive signals.
**Generate column with AI**\
And finally, if you’re not sure which column type to choose or want support with prompt optimization, use “generate any column with AI” by simply describing what you want.
For example:\
“When is the due date of this RFP?” Starbridge will create the appropriate structured attribute column.\
“Does this meeting mention funding shortages next year?” It will generate an AI Analysis column to evaluate that.
### **What's next**
In short, columns are how you evolve your Bridge from a list of signals into a fully enriched, prioritized, and execution-ready workflow. In the following lessons, we’ll dive deeper into each column type.
### Using Starbridge in Your Daily Workflow
Starbridge helps you discover opportunities, research buyers, and prioritize outreach—all from a single workflow.
#### **My Feed**
Start your day in My Feed.
My Feed surfaces the most important buying signals across your territory, including RFPs, budget discussions, leadership changes, contract expirations, and agency initiatives.
Use filters to focus on the signals most relevant to your role, and review signal details, source documents, and Buyer Summaries to quickly understand why a signal matters.
#### Email Digest
Email Digest delivers your most important signals directly to your inbox on a daily or weekly cadence.
Each signal links back to a card in Starbridge, allowing you to dive deeper. Update your delivery cadence in Settings.
#### Buyer Pages
Buyer Pages bring together everything Starbridge knows about a specific account.
Review buyer summaries, organizational relationships, recent activity, contracts, procurements, and other account intelligence in one place.
#### Ask Starbridge
Ask Starbridge is your AI-powered research assistant.
Ask questions in natural language and get answers powered by your Starbridge data, including signals, buyers, contracts, documents, and organizational intelligence.
Example questions:
* What are this buyer's top priorities?
* What opportunities should I be tracking?
* What's the best outreach angle for this account?
Available within Starbridge, Buyer Pages, the Chrome extension, and Slack.
#### Chrome extension
The Chrome Extension surfaces Starbridge intelligence while you browse.
View relevant account insights directly on agency websites, LinkedIn company pages without switching tabs.
#### MCP: Starbridge in Claude, ChatGPT, and more
The Starbridge MCP allows your organization to connect Starbridge directly to AI tools like Claude and ChatGPT, giving your AI assistants access to Starbridge data and insights.
Once configured, you can combine Starbridge intelligence with CRM records, meeting notes, internal documents, and other connected systems to support account planning, territory analysis, opportunity research, and other AI-powered workflows.
Contact your admin or Starbridge team for setup assistance.
#### Recommended Workflow
1. Review new opportunities in My Feed or Email Digest.
2. Research accounts using Buyer Pages.
3. Use Ask Starbridge to gather additional context and identify next steps.
4. Use the Chrome Extension while researching buyers online.
5. Leverage MCP for deeper analysis and AI-powered account planning.
# Market & Competitive Intelligence
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/use-case-market-and-competitive-intelligence
Learn use cases for understanding your market, tracking competitive activity, and uncovering insights that help you identify opportunities and refine your GTM strategy.
### **Track Vendor Presence Across Your Target Accounts**
Learn how to surface confirmed vendor relationships across your target accounts so you know exactly which competitors are already in the door before you reach out. This helps your team prioritize accounts where competitors are active and identify opportunities to win business.
In this example, we're Apple looking to sell MacBooks to California school districts. You may want to know which districts currently work with competitors like Google, Lenovo, or Microsoft.
Using Starbridge, you can quickly surface information such as:
* Which competitor is present in each account
* What product or service was purchased
* When the purchase was approved
* Additional purchase or contract details
**What you'll build**
A live buyer list showing competitor presence across your target accounts, including vendor names, products purchased, contract details, and approval dates.
**Step 1: Start with a list of target accounts in your Buyers Bridge**
Begin with a Buyers Bridge that contains the accounts you want to analyze. In this example, we’re working with a list of California school districts.
**Step 2: Add a competitor presence column**
Add a new competitor presence column. This column analyzes multiple data sources to identify whether your competitors are working with those accounts.
In the column configuration, enter the competitors and products you want to monitor. Examples might include:
* Competitor names — e.g. Microsoft, Google, Lenovo
* Specific products — e.g. Surface, Chromebook, ThinkPad
* Alternative company names — e.g. Alphabet for Google
**Step 3: Choose your data sources**
Starbridge can detect competitor presence using our internal data and live web signals. Purchase order and contract data searches Starbridge's proprietary procurement data without requiring any credits. If you want to do a deeper search across the web, you can use web signals that will detect data from district websites, press releases, and more. This search will cost one credit per row.
\*\*Step 4: Choose your \*\*
Under Data Coverage & Confidence, choose how Starbridge handles gaps in vendor presence data:
* Use Only Confirmed Data (default) — Show only vendor data explicitly found in Starbridge's purchase order and contract records.
* Use Confirmed & Inferred Data — Include all confirmed data and fill gaps with high-confidence estimates derived from purchase orders and contract signals. Inferred values are flagged so you can always tell them apart from confirmed records.
When inferred data is enabled, your results will include two additional fields — an Inferred Data flag indicating which rows contain inferred values, and an Inferred Annual Contract Value estimate. The Contract End Date and Summary fields will also be enriched with inferred data where confirmed data isn't available.
**Step 5: Run the column and review results**
Click 'Add and Run'. Starbridge will populate each row with competitor presence data, including the vendor name, what was purchased, and the approval date.
You’ll now see:
* Which competitors are present in each account
* Details about the purchase or contract
* Information such as the vendor, product purchased, approval date, and more
This gives your team a clear view of where competitors are active and where opportunities may exist.
### Analyze Raw Spend Data From Your Target Accounts
Learn how to pull contracts and purchase orders from your target accounts, enrich them with line item detail, and run custom AI analysis on any aspect of the contract.
In this example, we're Apple, looking to sell to school districts and universities. You may want to understand what technology those institutions are purchasing today, what vendors they’re working with, and what contract terms are in place.
**What you'll build**
A Purchases Bridge with a list of contracts and purchase orders from your target accounts, enriched with detailed line items and a custom AI column that evaluates specific contract terms.
**Step 1: Start with a purchases Bridge**
Begin by creating or opening a Purchases Bridge that contains contracts and purchase orders from the accounts you want to analyze.
In this example, we’re looking at purchases from school districts and universities in our target market. Each row represents a purchase record tied to one of your target accounts.
**Step 2: Enrich the purchase information**
Next, enrich the purchase data with additional detail. Click 'Add Column' and select 'Enrich Purchase Info'. Add a purchase line items attribute column. This surfaces the exact line item descriptions, quantities, and pricing included in each purchase order or contract.
Having this level of detail allows you to see exactly what products or services were purchased, rather than just the overall contract summary.
**Step 3: Conduct custom AI analysis to the contract data**
Next, you can add a custom analysis column using natural language. Click 'Generate Column with AI' and describe what you want the column to do in natural language.
For example:
* Does this contract include an opt-out clause or early termination provision?
After entering your request, click 'Generate.' Starbridge will produce a recommended prompt for the analysis. You can review and edit it if needed, then add the column and run it.
**Step 4: Review your results**
Once the column runs, you'll have a detailed, data-backed view of contract terms across all of your target accounts, ready to inform your outreach strategy and competitive positioning.
# Signals & Outbound
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/university/use-case-signals-and-outbound
Learn use cases for turning real-time buying signals into action, from monitoring legislative changes to generating personalized outreach that helps your team engage accounts at the right moment.
### Generate Personalized Outreach for Expiring Contracts
Use Starbridge to generate personalized email templates to the right contact at your target accounts.
In this example, we're Apple reaching out to key stakeholders at New York school districts ahead of expiring technology contracts.
**What you'll build**
A Buyer Bridge filtered to your target accounts, enriched with relevant contact information and a personalized outbound email template for each stakeholder.
**Step 1: Start with a Buyers Bridge**
Open a Buyer Bridge with your target account list. Here we have all school districts in the Northeast.
Use the filters to narrow your list. Here, we're filtering for districts in New York with total enrollment greater than 40,000.
**Step 2: Identify the right contacts**
Add a new column and select 'Enrich Contact' to pull the relevant stakeholders for each account. Search for the roles you want to reach. In this example, we'll pull CIOs and CTOs.
Select the fields you want to surface in the output, such as first name, last name, job title, and email address.
Run the column to enrich your account list with the appropriate contacts.
**Step 3: Generate a personalized email template**
Select 'Create Personalized Outreach' to generate a personalized outbound email template.
In the email template, you can include:
* Static messaging that remains consistent across all emails
* Dynamic fields that pull in account or contact-specific info, like the contact's first name
* \[not covered in video] AI email snippet that generates personalized snippets tailored to the buyer
After writing your template, run the column to generate the emails.
**Step 4: Review the results**
Once the column finishes running, you’ll have personalized emails generated for each contact in your target accounts.
### Track Relevant Legislative Changes and Turn Insights into Outreach
Use Starbridge's custom research agents to scour the web for relevant signals such as legislative changes that represent real opportunities to reach out to your target accounts at the right time. Then, find the right contacts at your target buyers to create personalized emails for reps to send.
**What You'll Build**
A Custom Web Signal Bridge that monitors legislative activity across your target buyers, pulls key contacts from those accounts, and generates personalized emails for reps to send.
**Step 1: Create a Custom Web Signal Bridge**
Select the "Track Legislative Changes" template and select your target buyers. You can:
1. Choose a preexisting buyer list
2. Define your target accounts from scratch using filters (e.g., buyer type, location, population, operating budget, propensity to spend, etc.)
3. Select specific buyers
**Step 2: Describe your ideal signal**
Describe the legislative signals you want to track in plain language. For example: “Find city governments impacted by new requirements related to digital accessibility or ADA compliance.”
You can also set the search to automatically refresh on a recurring cadence, keeping your Bridge up to date as new activity appears.
**Step 3: Identify the right contacts**
Once your Bridge is created, you can enrich it with additional information, like pulling the decision-maker information for each account. Add a contact column, and describe the persona you're looking for, or the specific titles you want to track (e.g., CIO, IT Director)
Starbridge will populate the relevant contact information across all matched accounts.
**Step 4: Generate Personalized Outbound Emails**
Finally, generate personalized outreach emails for these stakeholders. Add a 'Create Personalized Outreach' column. You can either describe the email you want to generate, or build it from scratch. Within the email template, you can include:
* Static messaging that remains consistent across all emails
* Dynamic fields that pull in account or contact-specific info, like the contact's first name
* AI email snippet that generates a personalized section that pulls relevant context from the signal data, or in this case legislative signal
Run the column to generate the emails
**Step 5: Review the results**
Once the column finishes running, you’ll have personalized outreach emails tailored to the right contacts at the right accounts.
### Track Relevant Grants and Turn Insights into Outreach
Use Starbridge's custom research agents to scour the web for relevant signals such as grants and funding changes that represent real opportunities to reach out to your target accounts at the right time. Then, find the right contacts at your target buyers to create personalized emails for reps to send.
**What You'll Build**
A Custom Web Signal Bridge that monitors grant activity across your target buyers, pulls key contacts from those accounts, and generates personalized emails for reps to send.
**Step 1: Create a Custom Web Signal Bridge**
Select the "Track Relevant Grants" template and select your target buyers. You can:
1. Choose a preexisting buyer list
2. Define your target accounts from scratch using filters (e.g., buyer type, location, population, operating budget, propensity to spend, etc.)
3. Select specific buyers
**Step 2: Describe your ideal signal**
Describe the legislative signals you want to track in plain language. For example: “Find city governments that recently received grants related to public safety, emergency preparedness, disaster response, 911 modernization, or emergency management technology.”
You can also set the search to automatically refresh on a recurring cadence, keeping your Bridge up to date as new activity appears.
**Step 3: Identify the right contacts**
Once your Bridge is created, you can enrich it with additional information, like pulling the decision-maker information for each account. Add a contact column, and describe the persona you're looking for, or the specific titles you want to track (e.g., Emergency Management Director, CIO, City Administrator)
Starbridge will populate the relevant contact information across all matched accounts.
**Step 4: Generate Personalized Outbound Emails**
Finally, generate personalized outreach emails for these stakeholders. Add a 'Create Personalized Outreach' column. You can either describe the email you want to generate, or build it from scratch. Within the email template, you can include:
* Static messaging that remains consistent across all emails
* Dynamic fields that pull in account or contact-specific info, like the contact's first name
* AI email snippet that generates a personalized section that pulls relevant context from the signal data, or in this case legislative signal
Run the column to generate the emails
**Step 5: Review the results**
Once the column finishes running, you’ll have personalized outreach emails tailored to the right contacts at the right accounts.
### **How to Find Government Opportunities in Meeting Mentions and Generate Personalized Outreach**
Most local government purchases are discussed months before an RFP is released — inside city council meetings, budget workshops, and committee discussions. With Starbridge, you describe the opportunities you're looking for, and AI search agents uncover those buying signals across hundreds of thousands of public sector sources.
**What You'll Build**
A Meetings Bridge that surfaces government buying discussions matching your criteria, then enriches each one with the right decision-maker and a personalized outreach email. In this example, we're finding cities and counties discussing replacing legacy ERP, finance, payroll, HR, or procurement systems.
**Step 1: Describe the opportunities you're looking for**
In plain language, describe the discussions you want to find
**Step 2: Filter to your market**
Narrow your search to a specific buyer list, or target your market with filters like buyer type, population size, operating budget, and propensity to spend.
**Step 3: Preview and refine**
Starbridge's AI search agents scan meetings across your market and return the discussions most likely to indicate active demand. Each signal includes a summary of what was discussed, why it matters, and how strongly it aligns with your criteria. Preview the results and keep refining your criteria until you're happy with them.
**Step 4: Launch your Bridge**
Launch your Bridge — Starbridge's smart spreadsheet powered by AI agents — and it becomes a live intelligence feed that keeps surfacing new matching discussions over time.
**Step 5: Enrich with decision-makers**
Pull the key decision-maker for each account. Select **Add enrichment → Enrich contact** and describe the target buyer profile — for example, "person involved in technology purchasing, evaluation, and budget approval." You can also specify titles like IT Director, CIO, or CTO, and choose which fields to enrich, such as name, title, and email.
**Step 6: Generate personalized outreach**
Select **Add enrichment → Create personalized outreach**. Build your email from scratch, or describe the email you want. For example:
> "Write an email to this contact referencing the district's discussions about replacing or modernizing ERP or payroll systems. Mention relevant details, explain how we help organizations modernize legacy systems, and request a follow-up call."
Starbridge generates a personalized email for each contact, with dynamic attributes tailored to that specific meeting discussion and buying signal.
**Step 7: Stay ahead of new opportunities**
As new discussions emerge, Starbridge continuously monitors your market and delivers relevant opportunities to your feed, inbox, or CRM — so you can engage buyers while projects are still taking shape, before formal procurement begins.
Meetings are just one signal source. Starbridge also tracks RFPs, contracts, purchase orders, grants, job changes, and custom web signals, so your team never misses an opportunity across the market.
# Vendor presence
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/vendor-presence
See which buyers already work with a given vendor (competitor, complementary, or otherwise), the contract details behind that relationship, and the evidence Starbridge used to find it.
**Vendor presence** tells you which buyers already work with a given vendor (a competitor, a complementary vendor, or any other company you track), the contract details behind that relationship, and the evidence Starbridge used to find it.
## Example use cases
* **Displacement.** Find buyers already on a competitor so you can time outreach to their renewal window.
* **Partnership and co-sell.** Find buyers using a complementary vendor to surface co-sell or integration angles.
* **Qualification.** Score and prioritize accounts by which vendors they already work with.
## What Vendor presence returns
Vendor presence adds two summary fields to every row, plus a set of fields for each vendor you track. Per-vendor fields are prefixed with the vendor name (e.g. `Instructure - Contract Value`), and you can surface any field as its own column.
* **Matched Vendors.** Which of the vendors you're tracking this buyer works with.
* **Vendor Presence Summary.** A summary of the buyer's relationships across matched vendors, with a reference to the underlying reasoning.
| Field | What it tells you |
| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Competitor Name | The vendor these fields describe. |
| Used By Buyer | Whether this buyer works with the vendor. |
| Relationship Context | The evidence and context behind the match. |
| Confidence | How confident Starbridge is in the match. |
| Contract Start Date | When the contract started. |
| Contract End Date | When the contract ends. This can be inferred when inference is enabled. |
| Contract Value | The total contract value. |
| Has Inferred Contract Data | Whether any values were inferred rather than confirmed. |
| Inferred Annual Contract Value | An estimated annual contract value, populated when inference is enabled. |
| Source URLs | Links to the underlying sources behind the match. |
## Set up a Vendor presence column
From any Bridge, click **"Add enrichment"**, choose **Vendor presence**, then configure it.
**Company Name** is the only required input. Starbridge searches documents (and the web, if you enable it) for evidence that each buyer works with that vendor.\\
Two controls tune how broadly each vendor is matched:
* **Alternative Company Names (expands the search).** Vendors often go by more than one name (rebrands, acquisitions, DBAs). Add those alternates and Starbridge treats them as the same vendor, so *Ellucian* also matches *Datatel*. Each name you add is another search term under one vendor. - **Only Return Product Names (narrows the search).** A vendor often sells several products and you may care about only one. Add a product name and Starbridge keeps only matches that name that product, e.g. only *Canvas* within *Instructure*. The vendor (or one of its names) still has to match first; the product just filters that set down.
Click **"Add Competitor"** to track several vendors in one column.
Vendor presence draws on documents proprietary to Starbridge's knowledge base to establish a buyer-vendor relationship. We continuously FOIA the vast majority of US buyers across every category, so most accounts already have purchase order and contract coverage. Search Scope sets which sources we use:
* **Use Starbridge Purchase Order & Contract Data.** Confirmed purchase orders and contracts only, no credit cost. POs come in high volume but with less detail, and are weaker on specifics like subproducts or end dates. Contracts are the reverse: richer detail, but harder to FOIA in bulk.
* **Use Starbridge + Web Data (broader search).** Adds web and meeting mentions on top of POs and contracts, widening coverage where public records are thin (e.g. private institutions). Costs 1 credit per row.
Need a contract we don't have yet? We can run targeted FOIA campaigns for specific buyers or markets. See [How do FOIA requests work?](/builders/how-do-foia-requests-work) and [How do credits work?](/builders/how-do-credits-work).
Choose how Starbridge handles gaps in the data:
* **Use Only Confirmed Data** (default). Only vendor data explicitly found in our purchase order and contract records.
* **Use Confirmed & Inferred Data.** Fills gaps with high-confidence estimates from PO and contract signals. Inferred values are flagged, and this is what populates the inferred annual contract value.
Under **Add Enrichment Fields as Columns**, pick any field above (e.g. Matched Vendors, a vendor's Contract Value, the Vendor Presence Summary) to surface it as its own column.
* **Run Conditions** control when the enrichment runs, e.g. only on rows that match a condition. Without one, it always runs.
* **Rerun Settings** control how often the column refreshes. Without a rule, it won't re-run automatically.
Click **"Add & Run Enrichment"** to populate the column. Test on a few rows first before running them all.
# How Bridges work
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/what-is-a-bridge
A high-level overview of what a Bridge is, how AI Search Agents power it, and the ways it turns public sector data into actionable GTM workflows.
This page is a high-level primer on what a Bridge is and how it works. For a step-by-step builder walkthrough, see [Starbridge for Builders](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge).
## What is a Bridge?
Bridges are the **core building block of Starbridge**. They are how Starbridge turns messy public sector data into actionable insights. Think of a Bridge as a smart spreadsheet powered by AI agents that helps you find opportunities, build target account lists, identify decision-makers, and automate go-to-market workflows. You describe the outcome you're looking for, and Starbridge continuously gathers, enriches, and delivers the intelligence your team needs to take action. A Bridge does 3 things:
1. **Finds opportunities**\
Pulls in buying signals from meetings, contracts, RFPs, purchase orders, conferences, grants, custom web sources, or your target account list.
2. **Adds context**\
Enriches opportunities with decision-makers, contact information, account intelligence, intent signals, and personalized outreach.
3. **Delivers action**\
Sends qualified opportunities, accounts, and contacts directly to your CRM, inbox, Slack, or sales team. **Common use cases include:**
* Monitoring buying signals across your market
* Building target account lists
* Finding and enriching decision-makers
* Mapping territories and named accounts
* Researching buyers before outreach
* Generating personalized outbound campaigns Whether you're turning public sector data into pipeline, building a prospect list, or monitoring strategic accounts, Bridges help your team move from information to action automatically.
Ready to build one? Head to [Starbridge for Builders](/builders/how-to-build-a-bridge) for the full walkthrough on creating, configuring, and sharing Bridges.
## Related articles
The core builder walkthrough: create a Bridge, configure its Search Agent, and share it.
Explore the different types of Bridges and which to use for meetings, RFPs, contracts, conferences, buyers, contacts, and more.
# What is Starbridge?
Source: https://hc.starbridge.ai/what-is-starbridge
## Overview
Starbridge is an AI-native GTM intelligence platform built for teams that sell to local gov, K-12, and higher education. It combines best-in-class public-sector intelligence with AI agents that put your revenue team's research, prospecting, and outbound workflows on autopilot.
## Problem
Selling into the public sector means thousands of potential buyers and little visibility into who's actually ready to buy. Teams spend hours doing manual research, often identifying opportunities only after key purchasing decisions have already been made.
## How Starbridge helps
Starbridge replaces that guesswork and helps teams:
1. Identify and prioritize early buying opportunities
2. Surface account intelligence and research
3. Engage the right contacts with personalized outreach
4. Navigate procurement pathways to close deals faster
## The Starbridge Ecosystem
* **Starbridge Platform:** Your GTM command center for public sector and school data, turning messy government and education signals into scored accounts and ready-to-act opportunities.
* **[Bridges](/what-is-a-bridge):** The core building block of Starbridge. A smart spreadsheet powered by AI agents that automatically monitor buying signals, RFPs, contacts, and more. Describe your target buyers and signals in plain language, and Starbridge deploys AI agents to automatically find, track, and organize relevant intelligence in one place.
* **[My Feed](/consumers/my-homefeed):** A personalized feed that surfaces the newest opportunities, buying signals, and account activity most relevant to you, prioritized and ready for action. Feed cards are pulled from Bridges.
* **[Buyer Pages](/consumers/buyer-page):** A complete view of every account, bringing together contacts, buying signals, procurement activity, and AI-generated buyer intelligence in one place.
* **[RFP Writer](/rfp-writer/setup-rfp-writer-source-materials):** Generate tailored RFP responses using your past proposals, questionnaires, and approved content, so you can respond faster without starting from scratch.
* **[Ask Starbridge](/consumers/ask-starbridge-chat):** Starbridge's AI chat assistant that instantly answers questions about buyers, accounts, opportunities, and procurement activity using insights from your Bridges and web information. Access Ask Starbridge from anywhere in Starbridge, including Buyer Pages, the Chrome Extension, and Slack.
* **[Chrome Extension](/research/chrome-extension):** Access buyer intelligence anywhere you work. View account profiles, contacts, buying signals, and Ask Starbridge directly from organization websites and LinkedIn as you browse.
Download the Chrome Extension [here](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/starbridge-intelligence-f/ebdnaicgibgcpefidllibinnibmjkagi)
* **[MCP](/research/starbridge-mcp):** Bring Starbridge intelligence directly into ChatGPT, Claude and other AI tools. Research accounts, uncover opportunities, analyze procurement activity, and execute workflows using the full context of your Starbridge data in natural language. Contact your Admin and Customer Solutions Architect to learn more.
* **[Daily Email Digest](/consumers/email-digest):** Stay on top of new opportunities with a daily or weekly digest of the latest buying signals and account activity relevant to you, directly in your inbox.
* **[Integrations](/integrations/integrations-overview):** Connect Starbridge to Salesforce, HubSpot, and thousands of other tools to keep accounts, contacts, and buying signals synced across your workflow.
## Related articles
Build the core building block of Starbridge. Learn how AI Search Agents power a Bridge from signal to enriched, outreach-ready intelligence.
Explore the different types of Bridges and which to use for meetings, RFPs, contracts, conferences, buyers, contacts, and more.